K I N Y A R h' A N D A L E S S O h' S

Betty Ellen Cox

Gakuba Faustin

KINYA38MANDA LESSONS

Kinyarwanda, equivalent, for every English word.

Yiny~ da is a rich language with many w~rds having similar meanings,yet fine shades of thought.

Two words may be translated by the same English

word and yet, they may not be used interchangea'bly.So strive to ferret out

the exact meaning of word...Also, remember t,hat each Kinywarwanda word does

not have an exa,t,, English equivalent, and likewise, do not expect to find a

Listen carefully even when you do not understand.'Learn your pronun-

ciation from an Africannot a Euro an. From the beginning, spend time

daily with an African, reading or trying simple oonversation, with him

(her)

correct ing you. Kinyarwanda, is a tonal language, which means that varia-

tions of pitch of voice, as well as length of syllables, wi11 completelychange the meaning.

PBOtMiCIATION

A. The vowels:a i s br o ad a s in f a re is almost like a, in hay

is almost like ee in beeo is almost like o in obeyu is like oo in food

B. The consonants:

as in Engl i sh .

here,

z as i n z one.

from an African.

as for r ( s e e be l ow).

never a. vowel like g in baby or by.

not, to put a vo~el sound between these two letters.

This shou1d be practiced many times with an African.

1 is used mainly in words of foreign origin.However, in many books

d , f , g , h , k , m , n , p , s, t, v, w are prenounced practically the same

b has a very soft sound with the lips barely touching, unless it is pre-ceded by m when it is quite hard.

It does not have the rather

explosive qua1ity that it has in English.c a1ways has the sound of ch a s i n c h urch .

has a very soft sound., like z in azure.

~here one might expect ri, li is written.But the sound. is the same

has a slight trill sound,as if you tried to say d, l, and r at the

same time. The tongue should just flip against the roof of the mouth.

y,as in you, (In combination with other consonants, see below) I t i s

bw is pronounced ~, ana even written ~ in some older books.

Be careful

nn Mhen this occurs in a past stem it is pronounced rather as if therewere a slight i after the n's.

It has been descri'bed as n%ng(as, sing}.

rw is pronounced as if there were a soft g bet~een the r and w.ry also has a slight g sound between the r and y, but not very strong.ty is difficult to describe.

It must be learned from an African.

sw or sy - there is a slight k sound, between the two letters.

'ey, cy, dy , j y , shy — these are special sounas wnicn musj.u~

q and x do not exist, in Kinyarwanda.

These lessons have been prepared in view to a person's spending a. day oneach lesson. Some lessons may require more than a day's study.

The l e s s ons

are only a, guide to study.You will learn many words that are not included

Qj~ j j . „ > g ~ j.' ( 4 .jj R.IP i pj f/1

the two letters

< I;,bI©"

j 'j w 0. C C -'X

Some useful ex ressions

Muraho?

Ml wir iweho.

Amakuru?Ni meza.Mur ir irweho.

Mwaramutseho,

Muraramukeho.

(or, Mwiriwe.)

I

g n~

Good morning. (To someone you see nearly every day,Used up till noon, ar in some cases only till 10~00.)

Hello. (Used from Kh-Q~ m. on.)

Hello. (Tr s omeone you see rare ly , or haven't seenfor a long time, perhaps have never seen before.)

What's the news? (Equivalent of our: How are you?)

Good (news) . (Equivalent of: Fine'..)Good-bye. (Used early in the day — through early

afternoon)Goodnight. (Used any time after 3 p.n., if you expectto see the person the next day or soon.)

Goodbye. (When you do not expect to see the personagain soon. )Murabeho.

Yes.No.

I

Yee. Yego.Oya,Murakoze (cyane) .N dagusQimiye.

Urashak'a xki?

I ki r i i i k i ?Uraturuka, he?Urajya he?Uragana he?

plegleipel gyy I Iei g(

Thank you (very much),Thank you.What do you want '?

What is t h i s '? j rC)u , >~6 jWhere do you come from?

Where re you go ing?Where are yon going'? g I44P hiIIifj IP4~

Continue. K eep on.Do it ( or say i t ) a g a i n .Stop, t h a t ' s e n ough.Wait i Stopf

Try.What are you doing'?I don' t understand (hear ) .Help me.Come here.

I

olol

P,l l l i O ' I l

Komezae

Ongera.R ekeraho.B ' uretse!

Gerageza.U rakora i k i ?Sinumva.Mfasha.N gwino,Igitabo kiri he? W here i s t he b o o k ?

Ndashaka kwiga. i k i n y a r wanda. I want to learn Kinyarwanda.

~~J; j ~ gr } ~c le . ~ j 7ye ~ j ~ i/ Ov t l r i rr IC

J ~ f l o lt h yi ew r yIE'

/ 77 ~c.- tCr ~7

r I ~ ~ h; „ j7 = . ~e

, L q J I )G.'I l fUo j 7e 8 l lc "I h ~c-

l'Sl~ 'l~.l)

I

LESSON 1Class 1 umu- aba-

1. As we take up the study of Kinyarwanda, we must first get a little pictureof the structure of the language. The verb is perhaps the most importantpart of speech because it serves for several parts of speech. H owever, w ewill take that up later and first look at nouns, since their class and formaffect, most of the other words in the sentence. The nouns ar e f o u n d i n t enclasses, each class having its own set, of prefixes. The prefi x o f a n o unwill determine the prefix of other words related to that noun.

2. Class 1, In this class we find only nouns which are names of people{not necessari l y p r oper nouns). ' However, some nouns referring to peoplewill be found in other classes.

Here are a few words of this class:

umugabo - man (married ), husbandumugore - woman (married ), wifeumuhungu - bcy , s onumukobwa - girl, daughter

abagabo — men, husbandsabagore - women, wivesabahungu - boys, sonsabakobwa - gi r l s , da u ghters

Observe that each of these words in the singular begins with umu. That i sthe singular prefix. The plur& prefix is a'ha. Thus, in t h e word ~uuahoumu is the prefix, and -~abo is the stem ( the unchangeable part) . From nowon when you meet a noun of the first class you will be able to form theplural .

Some verbs t o l ear n :

barakora — they are working, they work, they doaragenda — he (she) is going, he goes (-genda may not be used when

followed by a word of place. In that case use: azajya,barajya. e.g. Arajya mu Kirambo - he is going to Kirambo.)

arakora — he i s w o r k i n g , d o i n g ; h e w o r k s , h e d o e s ( o r , she)

baragenda — they are going , ~alking, t hey goarahinga - ho ( he ) i s h o e i ng, he hoesbar.".hinge. t,;'.e~~ are hoeing,•t'.~cy hne

Thus, tHe singular verb pref1x is a-, Bnd the plural ver'b prefix is ba-,Note: These verbs may stand alone with no noun' or pronoun subject expressed

when the person referred to is known.

Now perhaps you can translate these sentences:I. Translate into English:

1. Umugabo a rako ra . 2. A bahungu baragenda. 3 . Umu kobwa arah i n g a .4. Umugore arakora . 5. A b agore barahinga. 6. Abagabo barahinga,7. Umuhungu aragenda. 8 . Abakobwa baragenda. 9 , Umugore arahingI .

II. Translate into Kinygarwanda: Tbe art i c l e s a an t h e aze not ex r e ssed.)1. The boy is hoeing, 2. The girls work. 3. The men are going. 4. Thew omen are wa l k i n g . 5 . A boy i s work ing. 6. A girl is walking. 7. Some(no word needed ) 'boys are working. 8, The man hoes. 9. A woman is going.

10. Saragenda.

10. Nomen work.

LESSON 2

Ni and.SiVocab~lao

umwana (pl. abana) - ch i l dumwami (abami) — king, Lordumwigisha (abigisha.) — teacherQmwigishwa (abigishwa) — pupil

afit e — he {she) hasbafite — they havecyane (adverb) — much, verymurakoze — thank you

is umu-, we will find some words in„which it seems to be umw-, as in t henouns given above. This is due to the fact that u before another vowelbecomes w. This rule applies not only in this instance, but wherever uprecedes another vowel, for the language does not tolerate two vowelscoming together. Thus: umu-ana becomes umwana.. This lengthens the vowelwhich begins the stem: .umwigisha, abigisha.

aba-ana becomes abana; ~aba-I i s h a be c o mes ~abi i sha. (Later Iou vill learnan exception to this rule about a.)5. Use of ni and si. Ni means "is" o r " a r e " , "he {she) is" , " they are"

form regardle s of the subject. Its negative is si, meaning "is not", "arenot", "he (she) is not" , " they are no t " . (These words may not be used i na dependent clause or when followed by a word of place.) Ni and si mayalso be used with "it" for the subject. e.g. Ni umwami — it is the king.Umwana ni umukobwa — the child is a girl. Umugabo si umwigisha - the mani s no t a t ea c h e r . Umwigisha ni Andereya — the teacher is And"ew.~Exce tion: lf the subject of "is" or "are" is a place, as vel l as t he w o r dfollowing, the words ni and si may be used even though followed by a wordof place. e.g. Kirambo ni kure — Kirambo is far away,

Note: Since in Kinyarwanda two vowels may not come together( in speaking ),and most words end in vowels, and start with vowels, the last vowel of aword is dropped (elided) when the next word begins with a vowel.

e.g. {one says) umwana n'umukobwa — 4he child is a. girl (though one doesnot write the apostrophe); umugor' arahinga — the woman is hoeing (but onewrites: umugore arahinga),

Exerciaes:I. Without reference to the vocabularies,words and their meanings:

1. umwana 3. umwami2 . umugabo 4 , umugo r e 6.

i. The teacher has a wife. 9.2. The chi l d ren are go ing. 10.3. The man is a te a cher. 11.4. The boys care working hard (much). 12.5. The pupil s have - t e acher . 13.6., A, womanl is hoeing. 14.7. The child is not a boy. 15.8 . The man has a s o n ,

Also, a before another vowel drops out, thus the' plural of these nouns

give the plural of the following

umuhunguumwiglshc"-

Teachers work hard (much) .The women have ch i l d r en .The pupil is a girl.The girl is not a teacher.f vJen have w' v es .Pugils hoe.T hh teache" i s -"-

7. umukobwa8. umwigi shwa.

II. Translate into KinyA'arwanda ..

— 7-LESSON 3

P ossessive Ad 'ec t i v e

~uooahulanu muntu - p e r s o n a ravuga — he says , i s . s p eak i n gumukozi - workman, employee yee, yego - yes (yego is usual l y u s edumusaza - old man in answer to greetings)Umukiza — Savior oya — no,

Note: Observe especially the pronunciation of umuntu, It is a1most asif the -ntu were blown through the nose.

6. The possessive adjective is made up of two parts: the prefix, whichrefers to and agrees with the object owned, and. the suffix, which refersto and agrees with the owner. This agreement refers to the system ofprefixes for the various classes as ind.icated in Par. 1.

umwana wa-njye — my child abana ba-njye - my childrenwa is the prefix which agrees with the first class singular.-~n' e means "me". Thus, ~wan' e means "of me", that is "my". Do not

try to use -niie for "me" in other instances. The plura1 pref'' b -

n 's lesson we introduce only the personal possessives (that is, theowner being a person ), Other forms will be taught later.

e ix i s a- .In th '

The suff i x es :

~Sin ulan Plural

wabo — thei r b abo — the i r

-njye - me cu us-we - you (sing.) -"nyu - you (plural)-e - him, her - bo - them

wanjye — my banjye — mywave - your (sing. ) bawe — y ou r (owner sing, )we - h i s , h e r be — his, h erwacu oul bacu - ou rwanyu - your (plur. ) banyu — your(owner plural )Note the contraction in 3rd person singular: wa-e = we; ba-e "- bee.g. umwana we — his child abana be — his children

Note; the possessive regularly follows the noun it modifies.

7. Nbese. This word introduces a question, but is not translated. Sometimesit is Ese. It is not necessary always to use it in questions. In speaking,it elides before a vowel, but not in writing. The verb keeps its normalplace in the sentence, instead of being placed at the beginning as inEnglish.

abana babo — their children

e.g. Nbese abigishwa barahinga? — Are the pupils hoeing?

However, mbese(or ese) is nore common, except in shor: questions.Se may be used instead at the end of the sentence for the same purpose.

Abigishwa barahinga se? — Are the pupils hoeing?

ExercisesI. Translate into English:

1 . Hy chi l d2. Your (s.) husband

II. Translate into Kinygarwanda:

1. Umukiza wacu ni Yesu.2. Umwigisha wabo aravuga,

A bakozi banp bar a h i n g a .Umwana wawe n/umuhvngu. Y ee a r a h i n g a .

5. Abig i shwa babo barakora,6. Abantv berakora cyane.7. Iibese umwigisha wanyu arahinga?

B. Abana ban jy e n i ab a k obwa.

4. Your (pl.) t eachers5 . Your ( s . ) c h i l d r e n6 . Her pupi l sHis workmen

(cont. next page)

(Lesson 3, cont.)Ex. II (cont.)

8. Our boys9. Their w i ves

10. Your ( pl.) g i r l s

11. The o l d men work (are working ).12. Your (pl.) k i ng13. Our children are hoeing.14. Your (pl.) children are girls.1 5, Hy sons are not pupi l s .

7. Our Savior

LESSON 4

Class 2; umu- imi-

Voca~laof

umuriro - fire (no pl.),~~ l ' umusozi - hill, mountainumutima - heart umutwe - head

umutsima - bread neza - wel l (adv.), nicelyumugati - br e a d na — and, wi th , byumunyu - sal t

the coming of Europeans. Ilost people now u-e ~umu ati {from Swahili)for the European kind of bread.

• Note: umutsima, is a sort of doughy porridge, the only bread known before

8. Class 2, This class is not used for people, as the first class, thoughthe singular prefix is the same. You do not need to confuse these twoclasses, for if it is a, person it is first class; if not, it is second.The plurals are not alike.

Prefixes: Singular: umu- Plural: imi-

Possessive pref i x es : wa- ya-e.g. umutima — heart imitima - hearts

e.g. wanjye yan jye

9. Conjunct ion na — and,,

umutwe we — his head initwe yabo - their heads

• This vora. na is used for joining nouns, but itdoes not connect clauses, It elides (n') before words beginning with a.vowel. e.g. umugabo n'umugore - a man and a woman

and ni, but the context will usually indicate which is intend.ed. In writingna elides, but ni does not.

in English one would say, "Jt man, woman, and child," in Kinywarwanda it is:"Umugabo n'umugore n ' umwana.

Exerciees :

So, when thus elided, in speaking there is no difference between na

Words in a series in Kinyarwanda are always connected by na. Though

I. Give plurals and meanings of the following: ( { vthen necessary f o r t he s en s e ,make the suffix of the possessive plural, e.g. my heart , ou r h ea +s. )

1. umukozi wawe 5. umugati wanjye2 • umut, 1ma W e 6. umutwe wawe3. umwana wa'oo 7. umwigi shwa we4• umusozl wacu 8. umukobwa. wanjye

1 . T'he boy and g i r I h=' e their breed. 2. Jesus is ny Savior, 3. .'he oldman has sal t a n d b ea d. 4 . You" (pl.) children work well. 5. Hisdaughter an d y o ur (s., l son are going. 6. t'Iy teacher has a fire.wo1kmen and the pupils "zt. hoeing. B. The people are speaking. 9. Your(pl. ) t e achers have (som=) salt. 10. The ~orkman has his bread and (some)s alt . 11. I s y o u r (pl. ) c h i l d a b oy? No, i t ' s a gi r l .

II, Translate intc Kinygarwallda: (i'o not translate the words in parentheses,)

QESSON

Mu and Ku

~Vocabular

umwenda - debt

umwotsi - smoke {pl, imyotsi is rare) umucyo - lightumwijima — darkness, liver umunsi — dayumwenda — garment u munezero - j o y

Note: There is a slight tonal difference in the two ~ords, umwenda.Get an African to say them for you.

11. Mu and Ku. mu — in, into,out of (the inside of a thing)

u changes t o w b e f o r e a v o w e l ( as in f i r s t c la s s) e , g . u m wendai changes to g before a vowel (exceptions shown later) e.g. imgenda

ku - on , a t , t o (the outside of a thing), from (outside)These various meanings are often dependent on the verb accompanying

g Ql H 4 ~

kuva mu muriro - to come out of the firekuva ku muriro - to come away from the fire

them. Thus; kuva - to come from

Note: mu and ku usually remove the initial vowel of the noun following:

C

e.g. ku muriro, not ku umuriro. (For a variation of this, see par. 3 2 .)Exercises:I. Translate into English:

5. Umwotsi uva (comes from) mu muriro. 6. Umusaza afite umwijima. mumutima we. 7. Umukiza arakora mu mitima. yacu. 8, Mbese umukoziafite imyenda? Oya. 9. Abakozi barahinga ku musozi. 10. Abakobwabafite imyenda.

1. The children have joy in their hearts, 2. T he boy h as b r e a d o nhis head. 3. The women work on their hill. 4 . Your ( s , ) d e b t s .5. Our fire. 6. In the fire. 7. At the fire. 8, The old men havedarkness in their hearts. 9. The l i gh t (insert "wo") on the hill isyour fire, 10. The child is walking in the smoke.

1. Umugabo aragenda mu mwijima. 2. Umwigisha afite imyenda.. 3. Umu-gore afite umunezero mu mutima we. 4. Abana be barakora neza.

II, Translate into Kin+arwanda:

LESSON 6

V ocabularvumusatsi — hair (of humanumugozi - string, ropeumugisha - blessingumurima - garden, fieldmfite - I nave

Possessive Particle

head) ndakora. - I am working, I workndagenda — I am going (not

' followed by place)ndajya - I am going {fol l owed

b y a -ord o f p l a c e)12, Possessive Particle. Thisa" expressed. in English by "of"prefix of the possessive adject

Thus: C la s s 1 si ngul a r :ive.wawa

plural : baya

' s , small word used to indicate possessionor " ' s". It is always the same as the

Class 2

the preceding examples.

„ Exercises:

.agrees with it, not with the owner.

(Lesson 6, cont.)The possessive particle always follows the name of the thing possessed and

umutima wa Yesu - the heart of Jesus ( Jesus' hear t )imirima y'abantu - the gardens of the people (the people's gardens)abana b'umwigisha — the children of the teacher (the teacher's children)

)fte will not give the possessive particle with each class.Simply remember

that it is the same as the prefix of the possessive adjective.The -a of the possessive particle elides before a following vowel,

both in writing and in speaking, thus:w' , b ' , etc. as seen in some of

I. Change to the plural and give meanings:(Make all parts plural.)

1. Umwana w Yumwigisha. 2. Umutwe w'umuntu. 3. Umurima w'umusaza..

4. Umugore w'umugabo. 5. Umuhungu w'umwigisha.6. Umwigishwa wa Paulo.

7. Umugozi w'umuhungu. 8. Umwenda w'umukozi. 9. Vmukiza w'abantu.

1. The people of Jesus have joy in their hearts,2, I have the light of

Jesus in my heart„ 3. The teacher's workmen are working in his gardens.4. The child of the king is a girl.' 5. The smoke of the fire. 6. I work

on our hill. 7. The child has hair, 8. I am working in the darkness.9. I am going to the teacher's garden. 10. The old man has the blessing

of the Savior in his heart. .11. Jesus i s my Lord and Savior .

10. Umutima w'umuntu.

II, Translate into Kiny~wanda;

LESSON 7Class : i n- i n-

Yo~bulmy

of this prefix.

bench.i ntebe - c h a ir , stool , i mbwa - d o g

write it: imhamba,.

i nka - cow inzira, - path , wayi nsu - house (p l . amasu) uo Ilmana - Coi

1). ~Class . The prefix i'or Class ) nouns is in- (or, tm-) for both

singular and plural. The context and, agreements will usually indicate

whether the word is singular or plural.Later we will note some variations

Noun pref ix : S ingula r : in- ( im-) Plural: in- (im-)

e.g. i nka yanjye - my cow inka zanjye - my cows

N before H b e comes IP . e.g. i n- h amba becom1es impamba. Some people

N before H becomes ND. e.g. in-ririmbo becomes indirimbo

N before another N or befare Y, drops out. e.g, in-mana becomes Ima:)a,

N before a vowel stem becomes NZ. e .g. i n- a r a b e c ones i n z a r a ,

1. Inka z 'umugabo. ? . Umusaza n ' i r r)bwa ye. 3, Umuhungu arakora mu muri-ma we. 4. Abakobwa bafite intebe zabo. 5. Umukobwa afite imyenda mu nzu

(cont. next page)

P ossessive adjective: y a -za-

N before all labials (B,M, Y,F,P) becomes M. e.g. in-bwa becomes imbwa.

Exerci ses :I. Translate into English:

- 11 -

(Lesson 7 cont . )yanjye. 6. Vmwana afite imyenda ye. 7. Inka zawe ziri (are) mu murimawanjye'. 8. Abantu barajya mu nzu,

II. Translate into Kinyarwanda:1 . The men' s dogs . 2. The girl's chair, 3. I have a dog. 4 . Our chai r s ..5. Their cows. 6. My God. 7. Your (pl.) clothes, 8 . The o l d m a n ' s c o ws .9. The teachers' children. 10. The woman's clothes. 1 1. The c h i l d r e nare going into the man' s garden. 12. I am working in the teacher's garden.

1 3. The women have b r ead o n t h e i r he a d s .

''J"nU3 tjqJ-- fj,cj ~

LESSON 8A dject i v e s

(in this learn only the first half of the list.jThe descriptive adjectives:-bi bad , dirty, ugly-bisi raw , uncooked,(unripel- gari : wi de , b ro a d-gufi s hort, low, shallow-inshi . much, many-iza good, clean, beautiful, nice, pretty-ke few, scanty; little (in quantity), (sometimes,-keya)-kuru i mportant, senior,' great,.adult,.':.-.-nini big, thick, large-nzinya very small, tiny (used only with 7th class)-re-re tall, long, high, deep (prefix repeated as well as stem:

-sa o nly , a l on e , m e r e- shya n ew-to small, little ( ize), young, thin (sometimes, -toya )-zhma, alive, whole, living, healthy

. These ahjectives listed here are the only descriptive adjectives inccmmon use.~Most other descriptive adjectives from English are formed by

the nnun minus the initial vowel. They always agree with the nouns theymodify in class and number, and they alwyys follow the noun.

umuntu mubi — a bad person a bantu bab i — bad p e o p l eumutima mubi — a bad heart imitima mibi — bad heartsinka mbi — an ugly cow inka mbi — ugly cowsimbwa nshya — a new dog imbwa nshya — new dogs

e.g. muremure

As the other classes are given you will be able to form the adjectivesaccording to this rule given above.Note: If both a descriptive adjective and a possessive adjective followa noun, the possessive must come closest to the noun: eg, i n ka ze nke -his few cows. If one of the adjectives refers to quantity it usually comeslast. e.g. inka mbi nke — a few bad cows.

E xerci s e s :I . 'Tran late into English:

1..Inka yanjye ni mbi. 2. Umugabo ni mugufi. g. ~ bantu s i ba k e . 4 . Aba n aban.jye si babi. 5, Umwigisha ni mukuru. 6. Inzu y'umusaza ni mbi.7. Umwenda w'umwana ni mugufi. 8. Mfite umugati mubi. 9. ab na bafiteimigati mike. 10. Intebe zanyu ni ngufi.

(cont. next page)

12(Lesson 8, cont . )'II. Translate into Kiny/arwanda:

1, I have an ugly dog. 2. Our house is l o w . 3 . Your (pl. ) chairs areshort. + . Hi s bad ch i l d r en . 5. Their f 'ew cnws, 6 . The house,is ug l y .7. Your (s.) clothes are dirty. 8. God is very great . 9 . I have h i s .short ro pe . 10. Is the tea,cher's child bad?

LESSON 9Adjectives (continued)

6.

thus: mu-iza becomes mwiza.

an a, precedes the i, the two contract into e, thus;ba-jza becomes beza ba-inshi becomes benshi.

~uocabularLearn the last half of the list of adjectives in Lesson B.'.

1) Though in par. 4 we stated that a before another vowel drops out,there are exceptions to this rule. In the adjectiVes -iza and. -inshi, when

2) Rew@er that as stated in p~. 4, u before another vcwel becomes w,

3) Mso remember that i often (not always ) becomes g before another vo~el,thus: mi-iza becomes myiza, and mi-inshi becomes ~minshi.Note I. In par, 14 we said that n before a vowel becomes nz, thus, n - i zabecomes nziza.; however, the adjective -inshi is an exception, for n-inshi

becomes ~ n insh i . In pronouncing this adjective -inshi, the n is nasal,and is not made with the tongue.

C la,ss 1 m w i z a bezabenshi

Class 2 mwi za myiza.mwinshi nyinshi

Class 3 nz i za nzizanyinshi nyinshi

Note II, The adjective -nini in greeing with the 3rd class does not getan extra n. It is simply like the stem: inka. nini - a big cow,

Note III. The adjectives -nini and -to occasionally are reduplicated inthe plural forms: abahungu banini-banini — big boys; abana bato-bato-little children.

Exercises:I. Translate into English:

1. Inka ze ni nyin hi. 2. ~fite umwana mwiza. 3. Umukobwa we n ' umuhunguwe ni batoya. 4. Inzu yabo nini ni nziza cyane. 5. Jtbana bato si babi.6. Umugabo muremure akora mu murima w'umwigisha. 7. I'ifite intebe nzizanshya. B. Umuhungu muto afite umunyu mwinsi.i. 9. Iibese abigishwa bafite

1. My'good dog i s v e r y sh o rt . 2. Your (pl. } l a r g e cows are n i ce , 3. Oursmall chair s ar c new. 4. Our great God is good, 5. Your (pl.) manypeople work hard . 6 . . t 11 man is walI.ing 'n the garden. 7. The good' children are not few. B. The t e a c her h a s ma™y ga"dens. 9 . His l o ngstring is nice. 10. Ou" God is living.

imyenda myiza? 10. I"'bese inka z'umusaza ni nini?II. Translate into Kinyarwanda:

— 13-

LESSONReview

4.

What are t h e n o unIl 'll . 11 II

Il II Il

Il Il II II II II tf

11 II II II ' l l II II

II 11 II

I. Questions1,2.3 •

What usually happens to u before another vowcl?

6.What is the negative of ~?7 •

.8.and a possessive adjective, what i s t he p r op e r or d e r ?What effect do mu and ku have on the noun which follows them?Before what letters does N change to M?What, happens when N comes before H?What happens when N comes before R?When can ni and si not be used for "is" and "are"'?When is,the final vowel of ni, si, and na omitted?What are the two parts of the possessive adjective?

II. Make the word -iza agree with the following nouns,singular and plural,

and translate each expression; umukobwa, umugati, imbwa.

When you have a noun, a descriptive adjective, an adjective of quantity,

prefixes singular and plural for the first class?s econd c l a s s ?t hir d c l as s ?

-910.11.12.1314,15.

10.11.12,1314.

IY,1,2.

7 •

8.

I I I .1 •2 •

Umwana, wanjye ~ajya mu nzu.3 f

4

Translat,e into English:Mfite umuriro mwinshi,J bagabo beza barakora;:cyane mu mirima yabo.

hbagore benshi barahinga.Umwigisha afitc inka nyinshi.5 4

Umwana we afite imbwa.6.Umuhungu murcmure arakora ku ntebe nto.Imirima yacu mishya ni myiza, cyane.8,Yesu ni Umukiza wacu muzima.9.Imyenda ye myiza si mishya..Abana bato ba ra j y a m u n z u ,Mbese afite abana benshi? O ya, n i ba k e ,Mbese imbwa y'umuhungu ni nziza?Int,ebe zanyu ni ndende.Translat,e into Kinygarwanda:The woman is working in hcr house.Salt i s g ood.rr child of God has much joy in his heart.) •Our good Savior is alive.4 •Is the boy's cha,ir lohg'?5

6.7.

Our hills are very high.

9Thc children of God have many bl«ssings.Do the me.l h v.e many debts'? '~~grrThe man's good pupils are woorking in his new house.

Your (p l . ) b r ead i s b ad . gaW4few girls are hoeing in the teacher's garden.

(46 0

The important people ar« going tc the teacher's house.lO,1 ]12.

LESSON 11C lass cont i nue d

t he s i n g u l a r .

Uoc~bulaoy:-imvura, - r a i n ifu — flour (pl . amafu ) (some use: i f a r i n i )

-inyama' - meat (usually pl.) ' isuka - hoe (pl. amasuka)ihene -, goat i saho - bag, sack ( pl . amasaho) : i i' w<4 ~ )imuhirai at home isahane (or, isahani) - plate, dish (Swahili)i f i - f i sh (pl. amafi)

17, Some third class irre larities. The last five words in this vocabulary,as well as ihene have no n in the prefix; the prefix is simply i.1. ifu - its plural, amafu, is used only of different types of flour.2. ifi — though the plural is usually amafi, sometimes it is the same as

3. i sukh, i s aho, and isahane, all form their plurals with ama- in theplace of i - . This is the regular plural of the fifth class, and youwill learn the proper agreements there. See par. 30. But the singular

i s 3rd c l a ss .

in all of these the 4 is attached to the other word..

pote: Isahane is a Swahili word. F-om time to time a few Swahili words

will be given because there is no.eguivalent for them in Kinywarwanda.

1,8 P"eposition i. This preposition means at, to, from. It is used almost

'ytith certain places ku or mu may be used, but that must be learned by fami-liarity with the place. However, in general, i is used.

and with the possessive pronoun, thus: iwacu - at our place, or, a t h om e ;i~wan - at y our p l a ce (home); iwabo -. at their place (home) . N ote t h a t

In these latter expressions, in most instances the plural pronoun isused; however, the singular is used for the head man of the kraal or family.ne would s ay : ~ iv an e. Iy he said "iwncu" he would mean " in oun v i c i n ' b "In speaking of "his place(home)" one would say iw e.

This preposition is also used in the expressions~ imuhira — at home;

v icin i yIi

Exercises:I. Translate into English:1. Abantu benshi bafite ihene. 2. Mfite amasuka i®uhira. 3. Imvura ninziza. 4. Abagabo barajya mu Kirambo, 5. Vmuhungu wawe afite ihenenyinshi n' inka nyinshi. 6. Umugabo afite inyama nziza nyinshi. 7. Iwacumfite isaho nini cyane. 8. hbigishwa barakora i Kibogora. 9. Umusazaafite ifi nyinshi. 10. Ifu yacu ni nziza. 11. J bahungu bafite imbwa

II. Translate into Kinyy'arwanda:1. I have much good flour. 2. The old man has many goats at his place.3 . The woman has e. hoe i n h e r ho u s e . 4 . The new t e a cher h a s many g a r d ens .5. The te acher' s new house is l a r g e , 6. The boys have a, few fish, (Makeprefix for "few" ma-). 7. The child' s plate is clean. 8. A man is w alk -ing to the house. He has a sack on(his)head. 9. My plate is dirty.10. Are the boys hoeing in the rain?

iwabo.

— 15-

LESSON 12

Verb - r i

he? or, he h e? - where? ( used only i n~uocahular

ingomh — drum, throneimbuto- - seed, plant, fruit,i ntama — sheephari - there is, there are

(like French: il y a)

questions )hano - herehariya - over t h er e

19, Verb -ri. In par. 5 we learned that ni and si are used for "is", "are" ,and the ne~aHve of these words, hut that in certain circumstances thesewords cannot be used. In many instances (in fact, wherever possible) - r iis used where ni and si cannot be, such as with words of place, but not forstate of being, in the 3rd person, except in dependent clauses.

Here is the present conjugation of -ri:ndi - I a m(n s r i = n d i) t uri - we ar eu ri - y o u ar e { sing. ) mur i - you a re (pl.)a ri - h e (she) is bari — t hey a r e

The underlined portion is the verb prefix. In the third person, you remem-ber that arakora is he is working, and barakora is ~the are working. Theseprefixes for the third person will change to agree with the class of thesubject of that verb. Her e are the form- for the classes studied thus far;

Sing. P lu r . ,Class 1 ar i b ar iClass 2 uri iriClass 3 ir i ziri

These same prefixes are used for all verbs. Be-sure you know them. Fromnow on the verb prefixes of each class will be introduced with that class.

e.g. I mana i r avuga.- God i s s peaking

Ufite imbuto - you have seeds.Ihene ziragenda — the goats are walking

-ri is a, defective verb, that is, it lacks certain pa ts. It has no infini-tive and only a few tenses, The missing forms are provided by the verbkuba - to be, become~live {in a, certain place). Hari is a form of'- r i .Note: Observe the sentence order when using he'?. It is always at the endof the sentence or clause.

I hene zawe zir i h e?(goats your a r e wh ere?) — Where are y ou r g o a t s ?

Exercises:I. Translate into English:1. Abahungu bari mu nzu. 2. Umwigisha ari he? Ari iwe. 3. Uri he? Ndihano. 4. Inka zawe ziri hariya. 5. Umwigisha afite ingoma nini nyinshi.6. Inka n' ihene n' intama. ziri mu murima w'umwigisha, 7. Ingoma ziri he'?Ziri hariya mu nzu nto. B. Hari umwotsi hariya ku musozi. 9. Ihene irimu murima, 10. Imana irakora mu mitima y'abantu.

II. Translate into Kinyarwanda:1. Where are your (pl.) goats? 2. (the goats) They are at our place (donot translate'"the goats"; that is given to show agreement.) 3, Whereare the old man's gardens? 4. The man's many sheep are over there.5. Where is your (s.) new house? It is over there on the hill. 6. Whereare you (pl.)? We are here at, home, 7, There are many plants in the gar-den. B. The child has a goat. 9. The girl has a sack of flour on (her)head, 10. The boys and girls are in the teacher's house,

LESSON 13

Class 4 iki- i.bi-

Vocabulazoikintu - thingikijumba -, sweet potatoikirenge — foot

2 0. Cl a s s 4 .Noun pref i xPossessive p r e f i xVerb p ref i xAdjective prefix

igihugu — countryigi tabo — bookigiti - tree

Singulariki -cya-ki-ki-

Pluralib i -bya- ( c y an j ye , byanjye)bi- (kiri, biri)bi- (kibi , b i 'bi)

21. Chan e-down rule. Nhen the stem of a word begins with certain letters,k in a prefix must change to g, and t in a prefix.must change to d.. Theseare the letters which cause this change: C, F, H, K , P , S , T . ( Maybe youcan make up a nonsense sentence using these letters to help you rememberthem, such as: Charlie found his kite gulling a string tail.)

not, ikihugu, but igihugu,'since the stem begins with h.This rule is very important and is regularly applied.,so learn it well,

Note, however, that it does not apply to a k or t preceded by a consonant:e.g. ntukora,. And it does not apply if the vowel between the k or t andthe succeeding consonant is long: e.g. a t i hana (not, adihana).

So it is not: ikitabo, but igitabo, since the stem -tabo begins with t.

Exerci s es :I. Translate into English:1. Umugabo afite ibijumba bike. 2. Ibiti bye ni birebire. 3. Ibirengebye ni binini. 4. Igihugu cyacu ni gito. 5. Ibintu byanyu biri he'?6. Abigishwa bafite ibitabo bishya. 7. Umwana a ite imbwa mu nzu. 8. Hariibiti binini mu mirima yanyu. 9. Ibitabo byabo biri ku ntebe. 1 0. Ig i -tabo cy'umwigisha kiri mu nzu.

II. Translate into Kinykarwanda:1, The girl's sweet potatoes are dirty. 2, There ar e t a1 1 t r ee s o v e rthere at your place. 3. I have a few books in my house. 4. Many hillsare:.in o ur c o u n t r y . 5. The sweet potatoes are saall. 6. vthere is y o u r(s.)book'? It is at home. 7. The trees over there are not very tall. 8. Thewomen have ~ sweet potatoes in their gardens.9, Are t here sheep andgdats in your country? 10, The pupil's books are in the teacher's house.

LESSON 14

C lass 4 cont i nu e d

Voeabulsnvicyuma - iLon, knife, tool, metal tgiesimba — insect.

icyaha — sin inyamaswa — wild animal (3rd cl,)icyobo - hble (in ground) hanze — outside, out of ' doors

22,' The prekixes in the first three words of this vocabulary do not appearthe same as hose in the previous lesson, but they st nll are 4th class.

a) The pre ix ki- before a vowel becomes ~c - , and the prefix bi-

becomes bv-. e . g . iki-aha becomes icyahaibi-aha becomes ibyaha.

— 17-

'o) This same rule applies to adjectives and. verbs:ki-iza becomes cyiza bi-iza becomes byizaki-inshi becomes cyinshi bi-inshi becomes byinshi.

ibi t , i 6 . ab i g i s h wa

Exercises~I. Give the singulars of the following words and translate (without

looking in the vocabularies.);2. ibyobo 7 . ib i t a bo3, imyenda 8. abami4. i b i r enge 9. ibyaha

ibyuma 10. ibisimba

Igitabo cy'umukobwa kiri hano. 2. Hari ibyuma byawe byinshi mu nzu.3. Inyamaswa mbi ziri hanze. 4. Umuntu mubi afite ibyaha byinshi mumutima we. 5. Mfite igitabo cyiza cyane, 6. Intama iri mu cyobo kininihariya. 7. Ibirenge by'umwana ni 'bibi. 8. Mbese ibitabo byanyb bishyabiri mu nzu? 9. Mbese abakozi bafite ibyuma byinshi? Oya, bafite bike.10. Umusaza afite icyuma cyanjye. Kiri mu nzu ye.

III. Translate into Kingarwanda:1. The hole is very large. 2. Many people are outside. g. There aremany sins in the heart of a bad man. 4. Your (pl.) big country is nice.5. Many good'things are in their house. 6. Rhere are your tools? Theyare at home. 7. The girls have few books. 8. The tall trees over thereare very beautiful. 9. The wild animal is alive. 10. There is a smallhole in our ga rden.

11. amasuka12. i b i hugu13. ibijumba14. iminsi15. inyamaswa

II. Translate into English:

LESSON 15Special uses of Class 4

V~ocabularigitambaro — cloth, piece of clothikigori — corn, maize (stalk , ' ear )ikirago — grass mat ( for s l eeping)

~2 . Com ound sub 'ect. Vhen there is a compound subject, especially if thetwo nouns are not of the same class, the verb takes the 4th class pluralprefix. This is true a1so of a possessive modifying two nouns.

imbabazi — mercy, pity,forg i v e ness

umuneke - r i p e ba nanaigitoki - bananas (bunch,tree )

umurima n'inzu bye — his ga-den and housee.g. umugati n'inyama biri mu nzu — bread and meat are in the house.

However, if both nouns should be of the first class, t,he first class pluralpref i x i s use d . .

If both nouns are in the same class (other than 1st class), the v erb maytake the plural prefix of that class or it may take the 4th class pluralprefix. In most localities it seems preferable to use the same class asthe nouns. The same is true of the possessive particle o" adjective.T hus, i t cou 1 d b e :

e.g. umuhungu n' umukobwa barakora — the boy and girl are working.

ihene n'intama z'umusaza, or , ihene n'intama ~b 'umusaza.

we in English' use "thing", " something" , " i t " , etc., no definite objectbeing referred to,the fourth class agreements are used, usually in the plu-ral :

i~biza — good things i~ban jye — my things

bizaba ~b iza - it will be well

v

Exercisest

II. Translate into Kinygarwanda:

Note that in dbblea and ~ib an ' e the initial vowel hae been added,making

nouns out nf the ad.jectives. Now they ar e just like vowel-stem nouns.

I. Translate into English:1. Umunezero n'imbabazi by' Imana, ni bikuru.

2. Ibigori ni birebire cyane.

3. Ihene nyinshi n'inyamaswa nke biri ku musozi.4. Imbabazi z'Imana ni

nyinshi cyane, 5. Ibyanjye biri iwacu. 6. Ikirago cy'umugabo kiri mu

nzu ye, 7, Umukozi wacu arakora ibyiza byinshi.8. Abagore bafite ibi-

gnri byinshi mu mirima yabo. 9. Abana bafite umunezero mwinshi. N i by i z a .

1. The dog and a wild animal are over there.2 . There ar e r i pe b a n anas

in his house, 3 . T h e boys have corn (pl.) and sweet potatoes. 4. Bananas

are very good., 5. The new "loth is long. 6. There is a lot of (i.e. much)rain over there, 7. The men are hoeing well in the bananas.

8. Our

bread (pl.) and, meat are in a cloth. 9. The child's head and feet are large.

10. The man'si chairs a -id drums are in his house.

db 4 % d t + db + dt dh + + +

LESSON 16-ra- Present T e nse of V er b

Yoca~~a aNo new vocabulary is given in this lesson,

the verbs al r eady l earned:but refresh your membory on

-genda - .go, walk-vuga - speak, say-va — to cnme from

— kora - work , d o , make, fix, repair-hinga - hoe , cultivate, dig- jya - g o

study,

elsewhere. Here is the conjugation:

in c l as s and number .26.' Some rules regarding this tense:

Notei Remember, nr becomes nd, thus ndakora.

~2, Con ' ation of - r a esent. The verb is the most complicated and themost important part of Kinyarwanda grammar.

It will require much careful

There are several ways of expressing present time, but here we take uponly one - the -ra present tense. This gets its name from the fact tha.t

-ra always comes between the personal prefix and the stem of the word inthis t ense. You have already seen a few forms of it in Lesson 1 and

ndakora - I a m work ing , work turakora - we are working , work

urakora - you(s . ) a r e work ing , work m urakora - you (p l . ) a r e w o r k i nga rakora ; h e ( s he ) i s w or k i ng , works barakora - t hey are work i ng

Observe and. learn these personal prefixes used here:n-, u - , a - , t u- , mu-,ba-.

The third person prefixes given are those of the first class.Verb

prefixes are given with each class.'A verb must ee w ith itssub ect

1. It is used in stating a. simple fact regarding that which is ha,ppeningnow, whkther an object or phrase follows or not.

umugabo arakora cyane - the man is working hardumuhungu arava mu nzu - the boy is coming out of the house.

2. It is used in questions and answers to questions,whether followed by

an objec t o r phr a s e o r not .

3. It is never used ir. a ~de endent clause, vhen it expresses present time.4. It is sometimes used to express habitual. action, in present time,

when there is no ob ect or hrase following the verb.e.g. 1'ibese Abanyarwanda barahinga'?, — Do the Banyarwanda cultivate?:

Abakobwa baravoma. — girl s c a r r y water .5. The -ra present expresses progressive or continuous present.

6. It is used as the same-dag future tense. (See par, 57.)

~2 , Continuous resent may also be like this: ndi gukora mu biro - I amnow working in the office. The emphasis is on the fact that the actiyn isnow happening, like the French "etre en train de", This is formed with thepresent conjugation of -ri followed by the infinitive. (For the infinitiyesee par, 3Q ) gn some localities, instead of saying "ndi gukora", they say

e.g. arakora - he i s , w ork ing

"ndimo ndakora".Exercises:I. Translate into English:1. Inka ziragenda mu bijumba,. 2, Nbese abantu barakor" mu murima?3. Turakora cyane mu nzu yacu. 4. Imbwa ye irajya imuhira. 5. Urajya he'?6. Nurahin'ga cyane mu mirima yanyu. 7. Imana iravuga mu mutima wanjye,8. Turajya i Kigali. 9. Abakozi bari guhinga mu murima w'umusaza.10. Mbese muri gukora he?

II. Translate into Kinyarwanda:1. God is speMing in the hearts of people. 2. Are you (pl.) hoeing inyour gardens? 3. The bad goats are going into the house. 4. A few menand a few women are working in the old man's gardens. 5. I am going toKirambo. 6. We are working hard in our new house. 7. The boys arecoming from (out of) the field. 8. are y o u {s.) go ing t o { use mu)ourcnuntry? 9. The men's dogs are going into the teacher's gardens. 10. Areyou working i n t h e dark?

LESSON 17Nezat'. re of the -ra Present

• •

• •

Yocabuli nzira c l . 3) - pa th , wayumubyeyi (cl . 1 ) - p a r entumuti (cl. 2) - medicineindwara (cl. 3) — illness

Note: umuti is used not only f'ormixtures, such a,s shoe polish,

28. Negative of -ra present. For the negative the -ra must d"op out„ l t s

nti- {note the exception in the first person singular), and it must precedethe personal prefix, (A different neg'.tive prefix is used in dependentc lauses, see par . 186) .

- kunda — l o ve , l i ke-shime, - praise, be content withkandi - also, and (to connect clauses)

medicine, but for most preparations orinsecticide, etc.

s.

Note; nti-u-kora becomes ntukora, nti-a-kora. becomes ntakora.

Here is the negative conjugation:sinkora — I am not working ntidukora — we are not working

n tukora — you ar e n o t w o r k in g ntimukora - you are not warking

ntakora — he is not working ntibakora — they are not working

Observe the parts of thc word now: nti - mu- kora

Observe also the change-down rule in 1st per, plural: n tidukora .neg. prefix personal prefix verb stem

20{Lesson 17, cont. )The third person prefixes of the other classes follow the regular rule:e.g. inka ntizijya mu murima — the cows are not going into the ga"den.

~2. Negative of -ri. The negative o f the verb -ri is formed the same way:ntituri - we are notntimuri - you (pl.) are notntibari — they are not

sindi - I am notnturi — you are notntari - he is not

Exercises:I. Translate into English:1. Abantu ntibahinga mu mirima yabo, kandi ntibajya'imuhira.

2. In tamantizijya mu nzira. ). Nkunda Imana mu mutima wanjye'.

4. Ntitujya imuhira,

5. Umuhungu ni mubi, ntakora. 6. Sinshima abana babi, ariko (but) nkunda,abana beza. 7. Umwana afite indwara mbi, ariko (but) ntakunda umuti.

8. Mbese ababyeyi bawe bari imuhira? 9. Ntitujya mu nzira nini.10. Ntituri mu murima wanyu, turi iwacu.

II. Translate into Kinyarwanda:1. I am not going to the house. 2. I praise God in my heart. He has

" ' much mercy. ). The child's illness is not very bad.4 . He does not l i ke

med.Cine.. 5. My parents are not at home. 6. Me love our Savior verymuch, and we do not like sin. 7. The women are not hoeing in the sweetpotatoes, they are in the house. 8. tthere are the goats? They are not

on the path. 9. Don't you (s.) love your parents? 10. The sleeping mat

is not in the house, and my clothes are not, on the chair.

LESSON 18Class i - ama-

izuba, - sun~Vocabulsr

igi - egg (pl . amagi)ivunja - jiggeri buye - s t o ne,, pebble, r ockijambo - word (pl. amagambo)iji ho - eye (pl. amaso)

~0. Class $. Sin~ ar Plura l

1 far angcL - f r a n o

i zuru - nos e , n ostr i liziko - fireplace, stove

iryinyo — tooth (pl. amenyo)

ishuI.i — school (some write, ishuri)

Lesson 11 which form their plural with am.-.

Class pref i x i - { o r , i r i ) ama- i buye amabu y e

Possessive pref i x rya- ya- ryan jye yan jyeVerb pref i x r i - a r ir i ar i

Adjective' prefix r i - ma- ribi mabi

Note 1: The singular adjective prefix here is ri-.This is the only place

the ad.jective prefix differs from the noun prefix(see par. 15). Before

a vowel the singular adjective prefix becomes ~r - . e.g. ~r i z a .

Note 2: These plural prefixes are the accords used for the nouns given in

~i. gote and learn th- pluralsef. ~t'isho, iianbo,and ~ir in o, since they

s eeb i r r e g u l a r . Though ~amen o looks irregular it actually i" not . i .n pa r .

16.1,we saw that sometimes a and i contract into e, thus ama-inyo becomes

The singular prefix of' Class 5 nouns before a vowel is irr- i n st e a d gtf

d ust i - , as i n t h e s o r d , ~i r i n o .~emen o.

Exercises:

vowel after mu and ku. The important ones are:

(Lesson 18, cont . ) — 21

~2. Yiu and, ku with 5th class nouns. Nearly all 5th class nouns~~k ee t he i rinitial vowel when they follow mu or ku, contrary to the regulm rule.

However, in speaking it is pronounced as if it were mw and kw, T his i salso true of the nouns which are 3rd class in the singulm, but take a 5thclass plural> such as isuka, isaho, isahane, but not inzu.

mu ishuZ+i(dmonounced: ms ishuiiY - i n s c hoolku ibuye (pronounced:kw ibuye) — on a rockku isahane ( pronounced:kw isahane) - on a p l a t e

mu {or ku) zuba - i n t h e s un mu (or ku ) zuru - i n t h e n os'emu (or ku) jisho - in the eye mu (or ku) ziJ o - in the fireplace

The plurals of all 5th class nouns follow the regular rule, dropping theinitial vowel: ku mabuye — on the s t ones mu maso — in the eyes,

I . Translate i n t o Engl i s h :

becomes meza). 3. Ifaranga ryawe riri ku isahane. 4. Umugabo afit'e

amafaranga menshi. 5. Umwana afite ikintu mu jisho rye. 6. Umuhunguafite igi rito. 7. Hari umuriro mu ziko. 8. Hari abana benshi mu ishuii

ryanyu. 9. Ku musozi wacu hari amabuye menshi. 10. Amagambo y'Umukiza

1 . The t e a cher s ay s many words . 2. Our new school is very nice. 3, The

sun is large. 4, The Mord of God is good; it works in people's hearts.5. Do his parents have many francs! .6. John ( Yohana) doesn't l i k e e g gs ,but (ariko) he likes meat, 7. I have the 'blessing of the Savior in myheart, and I' love His Word. 8. The child has a small nose and big eyes,

and, much hair, 9. The old man h s only a few teeth. 1 0, Homen don' t g oto .(use mu) school. 11. The girl has a little stone in her nose. 12. I

However, a few 5th class nouns follow the regular rule and drop the initial

1. Amabuye make ari ku musozi. 2. amenyo y'umuhungu ni meza (Note: ma-iz"-

[lsM " i r+ u i m

ni meza cyane.II. Translate into.Kiny~wanda:

have a jigger in my foot.

LE~SQN 19hore about Class~

~uocabulsramazi - wateramata - milkamavuta — butte". oilameza — table (Sw.)amahoro — peace

will learn others later.

amaraso — bl o od-shaka — want, desire, look forico — dir t (not soil as in gard.en)

n . ~ ' ' ' i ' ' ' ' ' ' i " ' ' 5which have ~onl the plural form. Of course, all agreements are with this

plural form. The first 6 words in this vocabulary are some of these. You

~4. 5 th c l a ss words having c . The last two words in this vocabalary: icumu

5th class words, forming their plurals like any other word in this class,

Besides the two words given here, there is one other of fairly commonuse: i c u k i r o — manure heap . There may be a few other rare words like this.

icumu — spear

but their stem begins with c: icumu — spear; amacumu - spears.

22Exercises:I. Translate into English:

1. Umusaza afite inka nyinshi n'amata menshi. 2. Abana barajya mu i sh diryabo. 3. Umukozi afite amacumu maremare. 4. Umukobwa arahinga mu mirimay 'ababyeyi be. 5. Sinkunda amazi mabi. 6. Umwana afite ico ryinshi kubirenge bye. 7. Hbese urashaka amavuta ku mugati wawe? 8. Abanab'Imana bafite amaharo menshi cyane. 9. Ibitabo byawe bishya biri he?Biri ku meza mu nzu yacu. 10. Abigishwa barakora mu ishul i . 11. A marasoya Yesu adukiza ( saves us f r o m) ibyaha byacu.

II. Translate into Kinyarwanda:1. God's 'people have joy and peace. 2. I have a very small stone in(my) eye. 3. The pupils have the Word of God in school. 4. I want(some) clean water . 5. Bad people are not going i'n the way of God.6. The clean cloths are on the table. 7. A workman is hoeing at theschool. 8. Our teacher is speaking the Word of God.

9. I am walking inthe way of God. 10. We are praising God and we love our Lord JesusChrist (Kristo) .

LESSON 20Heview

classesIlearned thus far.

regularly belong in that class.

tive; -kunda in the present negative.

I. Question

2. What ar'e the prefixes of 4th class nouns?3. What, chIange takes place in those prefixes before a vowel.

Conjugate the verb -ri in the present affirmative; negative.What verb takes the place of -ri for forms that are lacking?

6. What preposition is usually used for "at" or "to" with names of places?7. Give the verb prefixes (3rd pers.) singular and plural for all the

8. What is'the change-down rule?9. Give two uses of the 4th class prefixes other than for nouns which

1C. Conjugate: ~ enda,in the -ra- present; -hinaa in the -ra-present nega-

11. When ma~p the -ra present tense not be used?12. What are the 5th class noun prefixes?13. Explain Ithe use of mu and ku with 5th class nouns, singular and plural.14, What are the exceptions to this rule?15. Give the possessive particle for each of the classes studied, singular

II. Give the glurals and the meanings of the following:1, umubyeyi 7 . i f i 13. i sahane 19. indwara2 . i k i gor i 8 . i r y i n yo 14 . i cy obo 2 0. i b u y e3. i vunja 9. umuti 15. i kirenge 2 1, 1 g 14. i shul i 10. i j i sho 16. i n t a ma 22. ikijumbai cumu 11, i cyah a 1 7. i k i r a go 2 3. i nz i r a6 . i suk a 12 . i j am b o 18. i cyuma 2 4. i g i t i

1. Name thWee words in the 3rd class which form their plursls like $th cl.

and plural .

25, umut1fllaIII. Translate into English:A. Abantu benshi bafite ibyaha mu mitima yabo. Ntibafite amahoro n'umu-n ezero. A r i k o (but) Imana ifite imbabazi nyinshi. Imana irakunda abantu.A bana b ' I mana n i b e z a . Baragenda mu mzira y'Imana Barashima Imana

(Lesson.20, cnnt . )kandi bafite amahoro menshi. Barakunda Ijambo ry'Imana. Nfite amahoromeza cyane mu mutima wanjye.

B. Abigishwa barakora mu mirima y'ishu3.i. Bafite ibitoke n'ibijpmba .n'ibigori mu mirima yabo. Bafite amasuka. Umwigisha erajya nIu,ishxriAbana barakunda cyane umwigisha wabo, p ravuga amagambo meza, kandi ara-shima abana (insert " who") bakora neza. Umwigisha ntakunda 'imyenda mibi

IV. Translate into Kinyar~anda:1. I am working in my big garden, .2 Chi3.dren do not like wild animals.3. The teachers have.'many good phpils in the schools. 4. The boys' smallmats are in their house'." 5. The Banyarwanda like corn and sweet potatoesand bananas. : '6 . Ar 'e you (s.) going home? 7, A girl is working in her

..par tents' garden at their place. 8. We are praising God in our hearts.'9. The goat is on a large stone. 10. There are many cows in our count ry .11, The chi l d ren want (some) corn (pl. ) and, (some) milk. 1 2 . Our n i cenew school is very big. 13. The chkld's medicine is not on the table.Nhere is it? 14. I want my books. Are they in your (s,) house? 15. Abig wild animal is in a hole in the teacher' s field. 16e Your (s.) newcloth is very pretty. 17. Where are the meat and. butter? 18. Iiy parentshave (some) tall trees at their place. 19. The cows are not walking inthe path. 20, Nhere is the teacher? He is speaking the Word of God atthe.school.

- 2 3 -

n' umusatsi muremure.

LESSOIk 21

Verb « f i t e

Yo~b~a aumukene (cl. 1) - poor person inzara (cl, 3) - hungerumukire (cl. 1) - r i c h person a riko - b u tumuyaga,(cl. 2) - w i nd ubu - nowinkoko (cl. 3) - c h i cken u bu ngubu - r i g h t n o w

.~ Verb "fite • This verb is defective. Likc -ri it has no infinitive and

used for its missiag parts is kuuIra.

an object follows (and one usually does), we give here the present tensewithout -ra, of which you have already had a number of forms:

'nopkI g~ . t It

Since the -ra present tense ordinarily is not used with this verb when

d uf i t e « we haveufit e - y o u have mufite - you havea fite - he {she) has bafite - they have

mfitq - I have

I'ote the change of letters in the personal prefixes according to the rulesgiven in par. 14 and 21. Remember the accords for the other classes:

e.g. Imana ifite - Cod has.The negative is formed regularly: simfite, ntuf'ite, ntafite, etc.The -ra present of this verb is not used, except when there is ani objectp ronoun in t h e verb (See Lesson 57, 58).Exer'cises :I. Translate into Englishi

1. Mbese ufite inkoko? Oya, simfite inkoko. 2. Dufite ihene arikon tiduf i t e i n k a . 3. Umukire afite ibintu byiza byinshi. 4, Nbese mufiteibitabo byanyu? Oya, biri imuhira. 5, Imana ifite imbabazi nyinshi,6, Umukene ntafite amafaranga menshi, ariko ubu arakora. 7. I'Ibese hari

— 24-amahoro mu gihugu cyanyu? Yee, dufite amahoro menshi. 8. Dufite inyamaz'inkoko, Ziri ku meza mu nzu. 9. Abakire .bafite inzu nziza, n ' i nkan'intama n'ihene n'inkoko. 10. Hari umuyaga mwinshi mu biti hariya.

II. Translate into Kinyarwanda:1. The poor man's child has much hunger, 2. Sins are very bad , bu t Godhas mercy. 3. The rich man's wife has a bad illness. 4. I s t h er e muchwind in your country? 5. Ne have chickens, but not (= they are not ) many.6. The rich man's spear is very long, 7. Ne like chicken mea( (meat ofchicken ), but poor people don't have chickens. 8. You (s. ) h ave goodcows; do you have much milk and butter? 9. Me are working hard in ourgardens, tmt we don't have many s~eet potatoes. 1 0. The men are pra i s i n gGod, and they have much joy.

+ de + + + + + + + + +

LESSON 22Infinitive and Im erative

~Vocahulaukumena - to spill., break„empty out (tr. ) gut e k a — to cook(in water )(trkujugunya - to throw away, discard gufa.sha — to helpg usoma - to r e a d iki? - what?k uzana - t o b r i n g

Note: tr. after a verb means "transitive", i.e. a verb that t a kes anobject. int. means intransitive, i.e. it does not take an object."to go" is intransitive; "to help" is transitive.

~6, Infinitive. You will see that all the verbs in this vocabulary beginwith ku or ~ . {Hemember the change-down rule, par. 21) . I n E n g l i s h weform an infinitive by placing the word."to" before the verb, e.g. t o w o r k.In Kinyarwanda, ku (~) is attached to the verb stem. Then to conjugatea verb we simply .remove the ku and add the proper prefixes. From now onall verbs given in the vocabularies will be given in the infinitive form,

hote the use: Ndashaka ~ku enda - I w ant ~to o.You can easily form the infinitives of the verbs already learned.

n.The singular negative imper tive is like the present negative, except thatthe final a is changed to e.

e.g. Nt u g e nde — don ' t g o Ntuteke ibijumba — don't cook sweet potatoes.For further explanations see par, 132-134. Two imperatives may not followeach other without changing the form of the second one {see par. 134).Except in the imperative, the verb stem can never stand alone.

E xerci ses :I, Translate into English:1. Zana igitabo n'amafaranga. 2, Turashaka, kujya i Kigali. 3. Ntukoremu murima ubu, kora mu nzu. 4. Abana barakunda gusoma mu ishuri.5. Mbese mufite iki? Dufite ibitabo byacu. 6. Soma mu gitabo cyawe gi-shya. 7. Mena amazi mabi; ntuteke ibigori mu mazi mabi. 8 , Fasha aba-kobwa guhinga mu bitoke. 9. Teka inyama "' inkoko ku ziko. 10. 'Turafashaabigisha bacu gukora mu ishur i.

II. Translate into Kinyarwanda:1. Hoe wel l i n y our (s.) big garden. 2. Cook the sweet potatoes and corn.3. Go to help the poor people. 4. I like to work in the house. 5. Theboys want to go to school, 6. The pupi' s like to read in school. They

Kora, - w ork! Gend a - g o ! Zana — bring!

a

•

'

•

r ead very wel l . 7. Don't b r i n g y c ur ( s . ) sleeping mats and clcthes intot he house ncw. 8 . Mhat ar e y ou (pl.) dcing? We ~e helping the boys(to) bring the fish. 9. Don't empty out thc milk; it is gocd, 10. Thewind is bringing the smoke into our eyes.

LESSON 23

Class 6 ur u- i n-

~S. C l ass 6 Sing. Pln-"al

~Vocabularurugi — door urukwi — stick of firewoodurutoke (or, urutcki )- finger uruzi — riveru rukundo - l o v e (no pl . ) ur ubaho - b o " . rd , s lateu rugo — homestead, kraal , gushyira — to put

enclosure (urugo is often used for "home")Noun pref i x ur u — ( u r u t o ke) i n~ i nt o k e)Poss. pre f i x r wa- (rwan jye) za — (zan jye)Verb pref i x r u - (ruri ) zi - (zi r i )Adjec.pref i x r u- (rubi) n- (m-) (mbi)In forming the plurals of words in this class remember,the changes

that take. place when n comes in contact with' certairi'l~tter's(paree 14)

40. The plural of uruzi is inzuzi, and that of u r uui i.s inz~i, andlikewise for all vowel-stem nouns of this class. (The stems of thesewords are: -uzi , -ugi.)Note: The plural agreements of class 6 are exactly the same as those ofclass 3.Exerciees:I, Translate into Kinyarwanda:1. The man's fingers are long. 2. Bring wood ( insert zo) to put in thefire. ). The love of Cod is g eat (much), 4, The long river is overthere. 5. We have a few slates in school,

II. Translate into English:1. Shyira. urubaho rwawe ku meza mu ishuri. 2. Dufite urugi rugufi munzu yacu. 3. Nbese urugo rwanyu ruri he? Huri hariya ku musozi. 4. Nugihugu cyacu hari inzuzi nyinshi. 5. Vmwana arashyira urutoke mu jisho.

III. Cive plurals and measings of th se words. Write a sentence usingeach of these words in either. singular or plural.

1. inka uruzi 8,. urukw12. urutoke 6. ishut..i 9. urubaho3. i sahane 7. ig i 10, urugi4. i nkoko

e.g. u ru baho — board imbaho — boards-

- 2 6 -

LESSQN 24

hold out yo ur hands,

"slaps zn the f ace" .

uru-uki = u r uyuki inz-uki

~< I<

changes to w. ) P l . i nz K r a .

i~locabulauruhu - s ki n uruyuk i ~ becurufunguzo - key (Sw.)~4<."~~„~< uruhinja — infant (up to one month )ururimi — tongue, language u ruzige — l o c u s turushyi — palm of' hand urwKra — fingernail, toenail

41. U r ushvi . T he plural i s ~amash i. This word i' usually used in th". senseof holding out one's hands to receive som thing. They say , "Tega amashyi"

.~Urush i also has the a regular 6th class plural, ~tnsh i , b ut i t mean s

b2. The words ~uru uki and urwara form their plurals with a z: inzuki ,inzara. (Do not confuse inzKra with inzara 'meaning "hunger". The tone i sdifferent as well as the syllable being'longer.) T h ese are vowel-s temwords, t hus i n z - in the plural (see par. 14 and 4O). Observe:uru-ara = urwara. (since the vowel i. is long, the u of' the prefix

~4. Observe the plurals of uruhu and ~u ruhin ' a : ~ im u , ~im in1a. Remembert hat n + h = m p .

Exercises:I. Translate into English:1. Uruyttki ruri ku rutoki rwanjye. 2. Inzige nyinshi ziri mu mirima.3. Urubaho rwawe nti r ur i h ano. 4. Urukundo rw'Imana ruri mu mutima wanjye,5. Uruhu rw'inyamaswa ni rwiza cyane. 6. i,bana baratega (see par. 41)amashyi. 7. I.bese ufite imfunguzo zanjye? Ndashaka kujya mu ishu fi.8. Mbese uzavaga am~ imi rwacu? 9. Sinshaka inzuki mu nzu, 10. Mbese

1 , The cow's skin i s l a r g e . 2. The t e a c h er s p e a ks m any l a n guages.3. Nhere are your (s.) keys? T hey arc he re . 4. The boy's fingernailsa re di r t y . 5. The woman's baby (infant ) has a bad i l l n e ss . 6. God putsl ove.in our hear t s . 7. Nhat do you have i n y our hand (palm)? 8. Manybees and locusts are in our fields. 9, Put the teacher's keys in hisroom. 10. Nomen love their babies (t iny) v er y mcuh.

muzana impu z'inka mu rugo?

II. Translate into Kinyarwanda:

LESSON 2$Frefixless Present. Tense

~Yocabularkugura - t o b u y n 'ingoga — quicklykugurisha — to sell vuba — qui c k l y , s oon, r e c en t l ygusenga — to pray, worship buhoro-buhoro — slowly, s oftly , s o - s okubona — to see, find, receive, get (sometimes used in the simplekuza — to come form "buhoro" )urwandiko (inz-) - letter (missile)

44. Pref'ixless Present. This is another tense uscd 'o express present timc.It is not, truly "prefixless", for the personal prefixes • e used, t h e s a mea s fo r t he - r a- pr e s e n t . But the -ra- is omitted. Thus:,

(Lesson 25, cont.) - 2 7 -

nkora - I wor k dukora — we workukora — you work mukora — you workakora — he works b akora — t hey wor k

' l l t d. 1

he negative is the same as that, of the -ra- present see par 28

:k5, Uses of the prcfixless present tense.1. It is used to express habitual present: nsenga' Imana — I worship God

(regularly ). Nhen nothing else follows the verb in thc clause, except~c ane, t e -ra- is retained, even to express habitual action.

2. It must be used for present, time in most d d t 1wi s u y l at er .

3. There are times when you will hear it used when you would expect the-ra- :present. Observe those by listening carefully but f t hpar ollow these rules givcn here, and those in paragraph 26.

epen en c au ses, which we

o r e m o s t

mu i sha ama i?

u muti. 9. J a vu b aurukundo rwinshi n'imbabazi.

II. Translate into Kinyarwanda:

to school. The teacher is speaking. 4. Put the books on the chair.5. M ere do you (s.) cultivate? I cultivate in m field 6 Nh

they don't want to go to school. 8. Bring your.(s,) books herer s . 9. o to the river quickly, Bring (some) f i sh .

t fExercises:.. Translate into English:1. i bantu bagura ibitabo hano. 2. Urashaka iki? Ndashaka amata 3 Mb

gur' g'. '. Murabona iki? Turabona inzu nziza. 5. labantu benshi

basenga Imana mu rusengero (church). 6 . A b ana baza buhoro-buhoro muis u i . 7. Ndashaka kubona ishDi ryanyu rishya. 8. iab b a k

ya vu a kugura inyama. 10. Dukunda gusenga Imana; ifite

wo>~ip Goda 2. The boy is coming slowly. g. Go quickly1. Me like to wo>~'

gr I m selling chickens and eggs. 7. The pupils walk slowly;s, oo s er e. I want

a agore za ugur a

t o see t h e ~ o r ds. G10. I like to get letters. Do you get letters?

LESSON 26

1~<ccabclacGlass

agakiza — salvation (no pl.)akazi - work (Sw.) (no pl.)akantu - a little thingagahinda, - sorrow (no pl.)

~ 6. ~Class

aka- u t u-

umurimo — work, taskumunwa. — mouth,lipmu kanwa - inside the mouthinjangwe — cat (tame or wild)ibicu ane — cold in the head, runny

nose

I

Noun prefi x aka- (akantu ) utu- (utuntu )Poss. pref i x ka- (kanjye ) t wa- (twanjye )Verb pref i x ka- (kari)~'adj. pr e f i x ka.- ( k abi ) t u- { t ubi )

Note: ka- for adjectivc prefix before i changes to ke-: ka-iza — keza

he, lural is not very .conmon for most of the wordover t h e l ur al x u

e wor s g i v e n ab o v c . H ow-o r e p u r is u sed commonly, especially for words brought into thisclass fron other classes, as you see in th f 11e o ow i n g paragraph.

- 28(Lesson 26, cont, )

the prefixes of this c'ass to give the meaning of a little thing:e.g. ikintu - thing akantu - a. little thing

umwenda. — garment akenda. — a little clothing

umunyu — sal t akunyu — a, little saltamazi — water utuzi — a little wateramata - milk uduta — a little milk

48. This is the diminutive class. Words of all bther classes may be given

igisim'ba - wild animal agasimba - insect

Note that the last two words, since in their regular form they have onlya plural prefix, when changed to this class, still have a plural prefix.i,'ote also that the diminutive oy ~umun u i s ak u n y u, n o t ak a n y u . i l s o ,iiambo in the diminutive is usually used in the plural: ~utu ambo,

49. The diminutive form is commonly used when a person is asking forsomething, though it isn't just a little that he wants.e.g. Ndashaka uduta — I want a little milk (but he really wants more

than a littlei)

Exercises:I, Change the following words to the diminutive form, giving &th singularand plural, if both exist (without reference to the above list):1 • l g l t l 6. iki jumba 11. umugati2• umunyu 7. igitambaro 12. urukwi3. imbuto 8. inkoko 13. ama,z"4 . i g i t a bo 9. umwenda ' 14. u r wandiko

ibuye 10. igisimba 15, inyama (pl . o nly and r e t a i n n

II. Translate into Kinyarwandap (use diminutive rather than adjective

1. The woman has a tiny child. 2. The children want a little milk.We have the salvation of Jesus in thu r hear t s . 4. The o l d man ha s much

sorrow. 5 . tWe have much w thrk, but we like to work, '6. The child' s mouth

is small. 7. The large cat goes in the garden. 8. There is a, very little

mountain in our country, 9. The children have (some) very small dishes.10, Some little dogs are in your (s, ) house.

o f pref i x )wherever possible)

LESSON 27

C lass 8 ubu- ama -

~yocabularubwenge - wisdom (no pl.)ubuntu — grace (no pl.)ubugingo — life (no pl.)b.Il u ' -'~ »'-

uburir i — bedi sha.za ( 5th) — pea( s)kuko — because

ubwato — boat

' >0, Class 8 .ubu-bwa-bu-

bu-

(ubur ir i )(bwanjye)(b ~i)(bub s )

ama-ya-

( am ar lr 1 )(yan Jye)(arl)( imab i)

N oun pre f i xP< ss, pr e f i x,Verb pr e l i xo d j . p r e f i x

51. i ' i o s t w o r d s 'n this class have no olural, but ubwatc and uburiri dohave: amato, amariri.

52. The great majority of wcrds in this class are those expressing abstractideas, such as the first three nouns of the vocabulary; they seldom have a.

(Lesson 27, ccnt . )p lural .

E xerci s es :I. Translate irto English:

II. Translate irto Kirygmpvada:

~ Bwa . Th i s i s p r o nounced baa, You will see it written hpa in szme ef'he elder printings k H ave an A f r i c a n ?i lp you with 'the pronzmcxati on.

Kuko introduces a. dependent clause. Bemember the rules ebcut verbsin dependent c lauses (par. 5, 19, 26). Kuk™ and othcr conjunctions endingin -ko ( such as, a"ikc ) in pronunciation change the -ko t" - kw befcr e w or dsbeginning with a, e, r i , and t o k ' oe f c r e u , You will elso see it writtenhat way in some cf the older printings. e .g, k u k w a f i t e . . ; kuk ' u f i t e .

.

1. Umwigisha mwiza afite uhw nge bwinshi. 2, Amato menshi cyane ari muruzi. 3. Uburiri bw'umukire ni burebure cyane. 4. Nshima Imana kukcifite ubuntu bwinshi. 5, ?ifite ubugingo bushya muri Yesu (translate murias mu). 6.' Dukunda guhinga amashaza mu mirima yacu. 7. Paulc n>umwigishamwiza kuko afite ubwenge bwinshi. 8. Duscma iby ' (about ) ubuntu bwa Yesumu Gitabo cy'Imana, 9. Urukundo rw'Imana, ruzana umucy mu mitima yacu.

1, The wcmen have a f e w g» cd peas . 2. 'God' s wisdom is very great (much).'The men are g< ing in boats. 4. Do you (pih.) have the grace of J esusin y'our hearts? 5, Bring the short bed into the h"use. 6 . A w i s e p e r s o n(a p".rson of wi sdom) 1<ves Gnd Xecause He brings salvation into our hearts,7. God' s mercy and grace biing peace into my life. 8, D" you (pl.) seethe boat, cn (mu) the river cver there? 9. The poor man wants tc buy a newbed, but he hasn' t {any) francs. 10. I have jcy because God l~ves tohelp pecple.

LESSON 28

uhu — now

bwakeye — i t h a s d a ~ned

dependent c l a u s es)

" ou ,wi l l l ear n o -.ner exp" ess i o ns ro,". time t~ time nvclvinr-: this use.

y~ocabularubushye — burn (no pl.)ubukene — need, pcverty (no p'.)ubwana — ch nldhood {nc pl. )ubus.re — you+h (age no t p e rs~n)

55. Obscrve the w<rds in this class: ubwana (f om umiwana), and ubusore:,yr mumus re ). .',,any cthers are y""med in '.his i ray. e . d . U bu k r i ~sto i 'r om"mukr~isto — Cbr''* : i a n i t y .Another uso oz th's class is in tempora' e xpress ' o n s , such as :

b uri j e - »t is getting da"<,it is late ( in t he day) (bwije i nh ukeye — the n ex t d a y

ln. ~i m era : i v e c ; ":o come". I'uz* has no i mp eza-.ive i n t h s innd?ular, a n d

u bwoya — fur , ha i r (except »yf humanhead) (no pl. )

uburyc — oppor t u n i t y , way, kind (no pl,)ubutumwa — messa,ge (no pl,)ubutumwa bwiza — Ccspel

s o you must u s e : newinc — come, come nere.= xerc i s es :I . 'Iranslate into =nglis?.:

1, Ngwiro vu b a; b u r i j e , 2. Ubukene 'cw'umukene ni bwinshi. ";. Umwana,we

(Lesson 28, cont . )afite ubushye bubi mu mutwe. 4. Indwara y'umuhungu ni nbi cyane.5. Genda ubu gufasha umwigisha gukora mu murima. we. 6. Imana ifashaabantu mu bukene bwabo. 7. Dusoma Ubutumwa Bwiza mu Gitabo cy'Imana.8. Abigishwa barajya imuhira ubu kuko bwije. 9. Mwaramutseho? Amakuru?Ni meza. 10. Injangwe if'ite ubwoya bwiza bwinshi;

II. Translate into Kinyarwanda:1, We have a good opportunity (insert " bwo") t o w o r s h i p G od . 2 . Th er eis much joy in the Gospel of Jesus. 3. Sheep's hair is long, but a dog'shair .is short. 4, We have great (much) need in our hearts; but Jesus isour Savior and He has great mercy, 5. We want an opportunity (insert"bwo") to help the poor people because they have great need. 6. A womanis bringing (some) f'lour into the house. 7. Put (some) oil on the child'sburn. 8. In my childhood I liked (nakundaga) to help my teacher.9 , Come here b r i n g your ~ ) peas and c or n ~ . 10 . Don' t you w a n tto read in the Gospel of John (Yohana)?

- 3 0 -

LESSON 29.Future Tense

' ~vocabularkubika — to put away, to store ejo — yesterday, tomorrow (dependingkugaruka — t o r e t u r n , co me back on tense o f ' v e r b)k ugira - t o d o , m a k e , h a v e n one — today , n o wg usubir a — t o r e t ur n , go b a c k , uyu munsi — t o d ay

ubwoba - f ear (about 3 p.m. till 6 p.m.)Future Tense. For future time ~after toda the particle -za- is inser-

ted in the verb between the personal prefix and the verb stem, This isoften called the far future tense. -za- is always long in both affirmativea nd negative . Th u s :

do again , r e pe a t nimugoroba - in the afternoon

nzagenda - I s h a l l g o t uzagenda — we shal l gouzagenda — you w i l l go muzagenda — you will goazagenda — he w i l l go bazagenda — they will go

But for future time ~toda (called the near future tense) the - r a - pr e s entis used. In this use the -ra- is retained even in dependent clauses.

ndagenda none - I shall go todaynzagenda e jo - I shall go tomorrow

You remember also that this is the verb which supplies the missing partsof' -fite. Thu', for the future of "to have" you must use kuuzir-.

Verbs ku a r u ka sub i r a . ~Ku ~uka is used in the sense of to return

another , "Azagaruka hano ejo" — he vill return here tomorrow. But if' aman is at Kigali and says, "I will .eturn to Butare tomorrow," he wouldno u p. ku aruka,, but Busub'rraa. e.... Kzasubira i Butsre e io — l willreturn (go back t o Bu t a r e t o mo r :o w .

to the place where the speaker is. e.g. A man at Kigali would say of'

(Lesson 29,. cont. )Exercises:I. Translate into English:

1. Abagabo benshi bazajya i Kigali ejo kugura imyenda. 2, Umubyeyiw anjye ar ag ar uka uy u muns i . 3. Umuntu mubi agira ubwoba bwinshi mumutima we. g. Bika ibintu byawe mu nzu. 5. Ej o a b ahungu bazagarukahano mu ishuZi. 6. Abakozi barasubira iwabo nimugoroba. 7. Umwana waPetero azafasha ababyeyi be mu mirima yabo. 8. lnka zijya. mu nzira, nto.9. Tuzagira umunezero mwinshi kuko tuzabona Umukiza wacu. 10. Tekaibijumba byinshi n'inyama n'ibigori kuko abantu benshi baraza.

II,,Translate into Kinyarwanda:1. The women will dig in their husbands' gardens tomorrow, but todaythey are reading in school. 2. '1'he teachers are going to Kigali todaybut they will return tomorrow, 3. The boys will put away their books int he af ternoon. 4 . Y o u(pl.) will have God' s blessing in your hearts (farfuture }. 5. The teacher will come tomorrow into the school to speak theWord of God.. 6. The children are afraid because they see a wild animaloutside. 7. Will you ( pl. ) come back today? N o , we will come backtomorrow afternoon. 8, What will the pupils do (this) afternoon'? Theywill read in the Gospel of Matthew (Matayo). 9. The women are puttingaway the cloths now. They will come back tomorrow. 10. We are praisingGod because He will have much mercy.

LESSON 30Review

forms of -fite that do not exist?

I . Con juga t e :1. ~ku enda in the -re; present, affirmative.2. -fite in the prefixless present, affirmative.3. ~ukora in the prettxless present negative4. -ri in the prefixless present negative.$. ~ fasha in the ter future aggirmative.6. gmsoma in the far future affirmative.

II. Questionsi1, What verb is used for the missing forms of -fite? What are some

2, How is the imperative formed: affirmative? negative?When must, the prefixless present tense be used?

4, When is the -ra- present most often used?What t,ense is usually used wh n the present verb is the last wordin t h e s e n t e nce '?

6, What class is used. fo" the diminutive?7. What kind of words for the most part are found in Class 8?8, What happens when the prefix bu- precedes a vowel?9. What is the imperative of "to come"?

10. When is the -za- future used?11. What other tense may be used to express a future idea and when is

12, Give the diminutive form of these words: igitabo, umwana, umusozi,' i t u s e d ?

urubaho, amazi, igiti.

IV. Make ithe adjectiveplural, if plural1, ubutumwa.2. umuyaga

uruhinja4. i shaza5. i j ambo

(Lesson 30,c ont, )III. Make the possessive adjective "my" agree with the following words.

Then change the words to plurals including the possessive adjectve.Also give the me.-nings of' these expressions. (Some words may no th ave a plura l . ) e . g . For th e wo r d um uh~un u you would w r i t e :umuhungu wanjye — my son abahungu banjye - my sons.l e u r U g l Ubwa.to 9 . u r u t o k e 13. Ur uk wi2, i n j angwe 6 , uru r i m i 1 0. u r u z i 14. ubury o3. umukire 7. akazi 11, umunwa 1 g. ur waraumugozi 8 . ubur i r i 12. ubushye

-iza agree with the f'ollowingexists, and translate:

6. akantu7 • i cyuma8. ubwoyat

9. amata10. agakiza

11.12.13.141$.

nouns, s ingular and

uruhuinkokourubahoifuumun sl

V. Translate into Rinyarwanda:

love and., mercy; He wants to help people. 4. The woman will cook fishon the stove tomorrow, 5, Come here; don't put the board away in theiiouse, 6. Pour out the bad milk; bring the good milk in the house.7. Tamorrow the old man's sheep and goats will go into our field.8. Work quickly; it is late and you have much work.

9, The r i ch m a nwill return to his home tomorrow. 10. We are bringing our dishes

1. We will read in the Gospel of' John now. 2. Many rich men have manythings, but they do not have peace in their hearts. ), Jesus has grace,

because Ae want (some) meat.

LESSON 31Ne ative of Puture Tense

Thus:

~Vo abulsz'kuririmba — to singkubanza — to begin by, do firstgutangira - to begin to

negative pref'ix, personal prefix,sinz~enda — I shall not gontuzagenda - you will not gontazKgenda - he will not go

neg. p r e f i x per s . pr ef . t ense s i stem

ntituzZgenda — we shall not gont imuzagenda — you will not gontibazagenda - they will not go

This negative form of' the futu e cannot be used in dependent clauses.

5i. Ver bs ku b a nz- snd gutanstra. Though both og th se words mesr. "bbsehgin",

k ugera — t o a r r i v eindirimbo — song, hymnmu gitondo - in the morning

This follows the regular rule:t ense s i g n, stem of . verb :

nt 1 ba- za- genda

Banza guhinga — begin by hoeing, hoe f nl st (implying tMt the"'e issomething else to do when hoeing is f'inish d)

Tangira guhinga — begin to hoe (tha is, start that task now)

(Lesson 31, cont . ' )

E xerci s e s :I. Translate into English:1. Ejo mu gitondo abantu ntibazakora kuko bazajya gusenga Imana, 2. Ejontituzatangira gufasha abahungu, 3. Banza kuririmba; turashaka gushimaImana. 4. Abahungu baratangira gusoma neza. 5, Umwigisha araza vuba.kuvuga Ijambo ry'Imana. 6. Abakozi barabanza guhinga mu bigori; ejobazakora mu nzu. 7. Abana bararirimba indirimbo z'Imana mu ishu&i.8. Vuba tuzabona imyenda mishya kuko ababyeyi bacu bazagaruka imuhir'a. .

9. 11banza gushyira utuzi mu isahane. 10. Umwotsi mwinshi uratangirakuva mu muriro .

II, Translate into Kinyarwanda:1. The cows will not go into the river. 2. We shall have the blessings

of God in our hearts. 3. The pupils will not arrive in school tomorrowm orning. 4 . Y o u(s.) will come in the evening (today) to help the girls.5. We will begin to sing sooni 6. First go to work in the garden.7, The women will not cooP fgsh tomorrow morning; they will cook meat.8. Our teacher will arrivd~this afternoon; he is not here in the morning.9. The old man's son will not go to school tomorrow 'because he has abad illness. 10. We will not buy your (pl,) goats; they are very small,

LESSON 32Class uku- ama-

ukuboko - a rm~Vo cRbul aI

ukuguru - l egugutwi — earukwaha — armpi t

62. ~Class . ~Stn Pl.

ukuri - t r ut h (no pl. )ukwezi - moon, month (pl. amezi )

(u) kwizera — f aith ( no pl . )

Noun pref i x uk u - ( uk u boko) ama- (amaboko)Poss. pre f i x kwa- ( k wanjye ) ya- (yanjye)Verb pref i x ku- (kuri) a- (ari)Ad j, pre f i x ku- (kubi) ma- (mabi)

The plural a.ccords are the same as those of Class 5.According to the regular rule, ku- bef'ore a v o we l b e c omes kw-

e .g. k u - i z a = kw i z a ku-insh i = kwinshi

~6 , This class contains all infinitives, for in Kinyarwanda, as i nEnglish, an infinitive may be used as a noun. Besides the infinitives,

there are very few other words in this class, except those given in this

vocabula ry . The v o r d S l v e n h e r e , (~ukwizera — faith, c omes Trom the v e r bkwizera — to be l i ve. The infinitive, become a noun, is given the in"'tialvowel u only when it follows a form of the verb "to be", such as n i , s i ,-ri. Otherwise it looks just like the infinitive, but the context wijlusually .make it plain whether it is the infinitive or a noun,

k ugaruka — to r e t u r n k ugaruka kwe — hi s r e t u r nK wizera k wawe kur i h e . ' — Where '' your faith2

t >yg

Har'i ukwizera kwinshi mu mutama we — There is great faith 'n his heart.

f ' u ' - r<s. bl ytcuh

Exer cises :I. Translate into English;

I, Ukuboko kwe ni kugufi. 2. Umuhungu wawe afite amaguru maremare,

3. Abantu ben hi bafite kwizera guke. ~i. Imana ikunda gusenga kw'abantu

beza. 5 e Umwana muto afite indwara mbi mu matwi (ye). 6. Umwigishawacu avuga ukuri. 7. Inkoko ntifite amaboko ariko if ite amaguru,

(Lesson 3 2 , cont. )8. Turaririmba indirimbo z'Imana ku3:o dufite umunezero no ( = na )kwizera. 9. Hari umunezero mu gukora cyane. 10. Umuntu afite amaguru

n'amaboko, n'umutwe, n'amatwi, n'amaso, n ' u munwa.

II. Translate into Kinyarwanda:1. The arm of God is not short. 2, The moon is small now but soon we

shall see a large moon. 3. Do you have much faith in your heart'?4. The teacher's faith is very great (much). 5. Jesus will come soon;

perhap ts (ahari) we shall see His return. 6, Put (some) medicine on the

child' s leg. 7. My daughter has a burn on her arm. 8 . A m o n t h h a s

many days. 9. Are you (s.) telling (speaking) the truth'? Will you help

the poor man tomorrow? 10. Their parents will not come tomorrow'because

there are locusts in their garden and they have much work.

LESSON 33C lass 10 . ah a -

Vocobulaaahantu — placehasi - on the ground, flooribishyimbo (cl. 4) — dry beans,

~Sinaha- ( aha.n tu)ha- (hanjye)

(hari )ha- ( habi)

b ean pl a n t s

gukubura — t o s weepgukiza — t o h e a l , save, s ave f r omkuguma — to stay, remain

PluralAll forms are the same a.s thes ingula r .

64. Class 10.Noun pref i xP oss. pref i xVerb pref i xA dj. pr e f i x

2. As a ver b sub j e c t :

i s used o r n o t ,66. Some uses of the ha- prefix:

l. In the adjective:

Harashyushye — it is hot.

~6 , There is only one word in class 10:ahantu — p la c e , However, t h i s

prefix ha- is used to express the idea of place whethcr the word ahantu

a) to amee with the adverb of place.e.g, Hano n i he z a — h er e i t

i s n ice ( o r , clean ), or, It is a good place here.

b) in the adjective when ahantu is understood.e .g. Ni hab i c y ane -

lt, le very Ltrty (plsc~e

a) to agree with ahantu or adverb of place.e.g. Hariya hitwa Kigali

That place over there is called Kigali,b) in an impersonal sense when no subject is expressed,

e.g.

c) to represent the English expletive "there".(You have al r eady

seen this in hari.) e.g. Haza umugabo — there comes a man.Hari ibijumba? - are . here any s weet p o t a t o e s?Yee, b i r a 1 ar i — Y es , t he r e a r e.

Note: In birahari the -ha- gives the idea of place also.N ote t h a t

.nswe irg this question one would make the verb agree with ibi 'umba:';ee, b i r a h ar i — Y es , t he r e ar e, Nta bihari — there are none. See par.213).

Somet'mes just hari is used. e.g, Hari amazi menshi hano — there's

I n t h e e x p r e s s i o n : mu maso hawe - y o u r f ac e. Since there is no other

word fo r " f ac e " , amaso is used with the possessive adjective having theha- pre f i x , and it is preceded by mu.

m uch water h e r e .

Exercises :

good place" i s a ha n t u he z a .

I. Translate into English:

(Lesson 33, cont )"In" is not usually used with ahantu: not "mu haIltu heza". Thus, " in

1 . Hano n i h a b i cy a n e . 2 . Kubura h as i v u b a . 3 . Haza abantu b e n sh i m u

ish4i , 4. Hariya ni hanini. 5. Hbese hari ibishyimbo byinshi?Yee,

b irahari . 6 . Umukiza a k i z a abantu i b y aha byabo . 7. Hari ibishyimbo

'byinshi hasi mu rugo. 8. Ndashaka. kuguma. iwacu, sinshaka kujya i Kigali.

9. Tuzajya: kuba. ahantu heza cyane. 10. Uyu munsi abigishwa ntigakubura

1. I don't want to stay in a. dirty place.2. Are there(any)bananas on

the ground? 3. Jesus likes to s ve people from their sins.4 . The g i r hs

are sweeping the floor, 5. Outside it is very dirty; go to sweep the

ground well . 6, I see a nice place over there.7. Peter's son will not

go to Cyangugu. 8. Are there (any) people in the school?Y es, t h e r e

are many men and women and a, few children.9. In the morning there

come a few workmen. (Nhile awkward in English, this is correct in Kinya-

rwanda,) 10. John has joy in his face.

hasi mu ishQi.

II. Translate into Kinyarwanda:

VER3 PREFIX

LESSON 34 Chart of the Classes

ADJ. PREFIX POSS. PREFIX~6 . CLA S S ' NOUN PREFIX mu-

ba.-wa-ba-

waba

POSS. PART.

1. Sing.Plur .

2 . Si n g .Plur.

3, Sing.

UIllu-imi-in-in-i k i -ibi-

mu-mi-n- m-

PILLr.

S ing.Plur.

5. Sing.

Z1-

ki-

Plur.6. Sing.

Plu- .

7, Sing.P1Ur •

8. Sing, u'ou-

ama-

UrU-in-aka-UtU-

ru-Zl -

ki-bi-

ma-

IU-

ka-tU-tu-

u", ' ama-Pl

9. S1ng e

Plur.1 0. S i n g .

Plur .

uku-ama-aha-aha.-

Ku-ma-

ha-ha-

n- (m-)

n- (m-)

wa-ya-ya-za-

cya-bya-rya-ya-rwa-za

ka-twa-

ya-kwa-ya-ha-ha-

ya

cyabya

r w2.za

katwa

bwaya.kw2ya.

hahaha-

ha-

Note: From now on in gener.l the class of a noun will not be indicated -';.the vocabularies, for you hould be able to identify them f'or yourself.

(Lesson 34 , cont. )

garden?

Exerci 'ses:Translate into Kinyarwanda:1 . Hi s g ood d og .2. Our ne w books

A little .boy.Cold ( fresh) mi l k .N1ere is their big

6. God' s Son.7 . The teacher's key .8 . A l ong r i v e r ,9. The grace of God.,

10. The sheep are here.

11.12.13.14.15.16.17.

18.19,20,21.

Much wind .Deep ho3.es.O ur Savi o r .The boys ' chair s .God's people.A shor t b e d .The boat i s ont he r i v e r .

Good meat.My nice catMany words.

.

Your (pl.)

d.ebts.

f'ing.er a s

gra,ce.

the garden.

2 2. New"hear t s .2~. The poor man' s many

2g. My eyes.25, Your (s.) long26, God's mercy and

2 7. Good seeds are i n

28. Our many bad sins ,2 9. Tge l o v e o f ' J e s u s .30. The girl's mat.par ents.

LESSON 35Vowel-stem Verbs

that makes the contra,ction.

'(ocab~aakwandika - to write kwrgisha - t o t eac hkwizera, — to trust, believe kwrga — to l earn , s~~~gkwereka - t o show kwihana, - to confess, r e pent (of)I'.8. Vowel-stem verbs have stems which begin with a vowel which is always

- andika , i ze ra , etc, Since the vmel u before another vo~el becomesthe infinitive ku-andika becomes kwandika. S o whenever yo u s e e a ninfinitive beginning with kw- you know it is a. vowel-stem verb,

In some:-,iodern orthographies the u of ku- is dropped before u and o, thus;kubaka (stem -ubaka ), and koza (stem -oza).

69. For the conjugation of these verbs it. is very important to rememberthe rules for vowel and consonant changes. (Par. 4, 14, 21, 22, 31, 46, 62)a) Here is the -r"- present conjugation:

ndizera, - I t r u st tur i z e r a . - we t r u s tur i z er a - y ou t r u st murizera - you trusta riz er a - he t r ' u s t s barizera — they trust

For other classes, the same principle applies, for it is the a of -ra-

Note: In all forms of these vowel-stem verbs the yccent falls an that first'iowel of the stem, which is always long, thus: a-andika,b) The prefixless present:

nizera twizera (tu + izera = twizera)wizera (u+izera =-wizera) (mu + izera = mwizera)yizera (a+izera = y i z e r a ) (ba, + izera = b i z era)C lass 2 wer e k a y er ek a Class 7 ~ eka twereka3 yer eka ze r e k a 8 b w ere l y er eka

c yereka by er e k a k wereka. y e r e k a5 r y e r ek a y e e k a 1 0 h e r e k a hereka6 r wereka z e r e k a

mwrzerabizera

7G, Note 'this tense for the ot.her cla ses:

-37 -

Exerci ses :l. Translate into English:

kugenda ubu kuko twandika inzandiko.

ll. Translate into Kinyfarwandai

~l. Note in the 3rd person singular gizera, the vowel change of a.Instead

(Lesson 35, cont.)

of the vowel a dropping out before another vowel, as you have learned, ith ere changes t o E . Thus ~a- ze re. becomes Eize ra ; l i k ewi s e , T er e k a , ~

andika,

1, Umwigisha yizera Imana cyane.2. Abana biga neza mu ishuri. 3. Umuko-

bwa arihana ibyaha bye. 4. Umwigisha yigisha abana benshi gusoma

no (no = na ) kwandika. 5. Ndashaka kwereka abigishwa Igitabo cy'Imana,6. Umwigisha arafasha abana kwandika. 7. Abana barereka ababyeyi baboimyenda yabo. 8. Umuhungu w'umusaza yiga vuba indirimbo nshya.

9. Igitabo cy'Imana cyigisha abantu urukundo no kwizera,1 0. Nt i d u s h a lm

1. The 'boys write well but they do not read. well.2. The bad. man is

confessing his sins; he will receive the blessing of God. and joy in hisheart. 3. I believe the Mord of God and I want to teach many people totrust God.. 4. Our Savior, Jesus, will save bad people.

They wil l

receive new hearts, 5. His repentance is good..6 . Do you {s. ) t r u s t

the Savior? He wants to show people His love.7. The love of ' God shows

people the good way. 8. Do you (pl.) write letters in school?

9. Parents teach their children to do well.10. Me are learning to

sing (some) nice new songs.

LESSON 36

Far Future and Present Ne ative of Vowel-stem Verbs

kwubaka (or , kubaka) - t o b u i l dkwxbagirwa — to forgetkwibuka - to remember

added:

c ontrac t i o n .

accept, admit

r ule, bu t , of course, adding the negative prefixi

~2. Far Future of vowel-stem verbs.This is formed by dropping the

~Yocabularkwambara - t o wear , put , onkwanga. - to r e f u se , ha t ekwemera - to agree, be willing,

of the -za- tense sign before the vowel of the stem:

~ Ne ative future of vowel-stem verbs is formed according to the same

sinzibagirwa - I shall not f'orgetntazubaka - he will not build

the prefixless present affirmative,except that the negative prefix is

sinibuka - I don't rememberntitwibuka - we don't remember

ntiwi'buka — you don' t rememiber ntimwi'ouka — you don' t remember

ntiyibuka - he doesn't rememberntibibuka - they don't remember

All other vowel-stem verbs are handled in the same way.

It is important

to emember that the vowel of the stem is never lost in any kind of

ntiyambara — he doesn' t wearntiyemera - he doesn't agree

nzemera - I will agreeazibuka - he will remember

ntiyubaka - he doesn't 'ouild

: eat

i rxCp • .

x ''eroises :(Lesson 36, cont, )

I. Translate into English:

II. Translate into.Kinygarwanda:

1, bmubyeyi ntiyanga gufasha abana be. 2 . Abagabo bazubaka .ishuri e j o .3. Abagore bazemera gukora neza, mu mirima y'abagabo babo.4. Ntituziba-gizwa kuzana ibijumba byacu ejo.

5. Abakene ntibambaza imyenda myizakandi ntibafite amafaranga men.,hi.6. Ihene ntizambara imyenda,, arikozifite ubwoya. 7. Tuzubaka. inzu n s hya. i wacu.

8. Mbese muzambara, imyendayanyu myiza ku munsi mukuru? 9. Abana ntibibuka neza indirimbo nshya.10. Abigishwa ntibazandika inzandiko vuba, kuko bazabanza kwiga gusoma,

1; The teacher's workmen will build his new house soon.2. You (s,)will ndt forget to come to buy your books today, 3. The boys agree to

go to Kigali to look for their things.4. The rich man refuses to workin his garden. 5 . You

(pl.) will remember to come to school tomorrowmorning. 6. I am not willing to bring my slate, because we have slatesat school . 7. God's people will build a. new school soon,

8. Do'sheepzefuse to go in the path? 9, Vill you(s,) remember the good words ofyour teacher? 10. The poor man will not z'epent of.' his sins because he

is a fra i d (= has fear ) .

LESSON 37Cardinal Numbers 1 — 10

Your vocabulary for this lesson is the numbezs given in the followingparagraph.7Q Stems of the number words:

- mwe one- bi r i two- t a t u three— ne four

- tanu f i v e- tandatu six— rindwi seven

(u munani eight(i cyenda nine(i) cumi ten

76. The cla.ss eements:

Numbers from one through seven must have prefixes according to the classo f th e n o uni modified, but from ~

ei ht to ten the forms are invariable,Hezeare the numbers with the first class agreements,

T he pref ixes are t h esame as for verbs , e xcept the f i r s t c la s s s i n gular ,umuntu umwe - one pezsonabantu batandatu - six peopleabantu babiri - two peoplea bantu ba r i n dwi - seven peopleabantu batatu - thz ee peopleabantu munani - eight peopleabantu bane - f our peop l e abantu cy enda - n ine peopl eabantu ba t anu — f nve people abantu cumi - ten people

Class 1 umwe babir i Class 6 rumweClass 2 umwe i bi r i Class 7 kamweClass 3 imwe ebyiri Class 8 bumweClass 4 kimwe b ibi r i Class 9 kumweClass 5 rimwe abir i C lass 10 hamweNotq: For the 3rd and 6th class plural agreements another form is used:-.wo - eby i r i ; t hree - e s h a t u ; f 'our — enye ; f ive - es h a nu ;~ ix — esheshatu ; seven — indwi . e .g. i nk a eshatu - t hr e e c o ws ,inka ndwi. (Note that indwi with these classes loses the i, just as do'.he numbers f o r 8 , 9 , 10 ,

when it follows the noun.)

ebyiritubir iabiriabirihabiri

(Lesson 37, cont,. )The numerals from 8 to 10 lose their initial vowel when immediatelyfollowing a noun, but if used, by themselves they retain it.e.g. ibitabo munani - eight books

-39 -

Nbese hari ibitabo byinshi? Oya, ni umunani gusa.Are there many books? No, there are only eight.

Numbers always follow the nouns they modify.

Exercises:

~8. For just counting when no object is involed, one says: rimwe, kabiri~atatu, kane, gatanu, gatandatu, karindwi, umunani, icyenda, icumi.

Translate into Kinyarwanda:l . on e s t o n e 13. three j i g g e rs2, t.hree f i ngers 14. one cow3. six months 15. f i v e f r a n cs4. two cats 16, four hills

e ight chai r s 17e two a r rns6. four t e achers 18. th ree beds7. ten boys 19, si x h oes8L f ive books 20. ten sheep9. one door 21. one board

'0, six d.ogs 22. eight s chools11; nine eggs 23. five little tnings12. seve» bees (Use diminutive)

25. one cat26. many boats27. three p l aces28. nine goats29. seven (ears of ) corn30. four r i v e r s31. eight gardens32. two days33. f i ve r o pes34. seven mat.s35. one leg

2 4; si x pup i l s

LESSON 38Hi her Numbers

~oaabulaaurusengero (or, i s engero) k ubara - t o co u n t

i t o rer o — church (people) seizeum waka — y ear kwin jir a — to enter ( usual ly(pl . i myaka - years , c r ops) f ollowed by mu)imbeba — rat, mouse

ZK ~

church (build ing) gufata — to take (hold of ' ), catch ,

cumi n'umwe - eleven cumi na batandatu — sixteencumi na babiri — twelve cumi na barindwi - seventeencumi na batatu — thirteen cumi n'umunani - eighteencumi na bane — fourteen cumi n'icyenda - nineteencurni na batanu — fifteen Note: in these last two forms it

could be : n a munani , n a . cy endaHere you see the class agreement comes in the word following na.e.g, abahungu cumi na bane - fourteen boysr amagi cumi n'ane - 14 eggs.

Observe that with eleven, though t,he noun is plural, -mwe h as a s i ng u l a rprefix: e.g. iminsi cumi n'umwe — eleven days.

when it does not follow a, noun, e.g. Nbese hari abantu benshi? Haricumi na babiri basa. Are there rnany people? There are only twelve;

In numbers from 11 to 19, icumi loses the initial vowel i- even

(Lesson 38, cont . )

8 0, The t en s and hundr eds .makumyabiri - twentymirongwitatu -' t h i r t ymirongwine - fortymir ongwi't,anu — f i f tymirongwitandatu — sixty

Note: For '800 one may say: mIn these forms just given, there is no change for agreement.

,

'~, h~ ,> 'go a

mirongwirindwi - seventymirongwinani - eightymirongo cyenda - ninetyijana - one hundredmagana abiri - two hundred

I Y

20 people - abantu makumya'biri20 cows - inka makumyabiri

34 sheep — intama mirongwitatu n'~en e124 francs - amafaranga ijana na makumyabiri n'ane.

But: 21 people - abantu makumyabiri n'umwe

Observe the agreement as underlined in the last word.Note that na must be used between each segment of the number:

132 men - abagabo ijana na mirongwitatu na babiri.

Exercises".I. Translate into English;

1. Bara abahungu (insert "who" ) bari mu ishuli, 2. Hari abahungu ijanana mirongwitatu na batanu. 3. Abagabo n'abagore makumyabiri na babiribarinjira mu rusengero. 4. Injangwe nini irafata imbeba ebyiri,

Tuzaguma gukora hano imyaka itatu. 6. Abagabo barazana amabuyemagana atatu na mirongwirindwi n'umunani, 7. Inzu y'umukire ifiteinzugi cumi na rumwe. 8. Turashaka amasuka makumyabiri n'arindwi, kukohaza abakozi benshi . 9. Muzagura inyama z'amafaranga magana abiri namirongwine n'atanu. 10. Abigishwa. mu ishuli ryacu ni magana atanu namirongo cyenda na batandatu.

II. Translate into Kinykarwanda:(Always write out the numbers.)1. Fifteen workmen are coming to 'build the house t,oday, 2. The rich manhas forty-three cows, and many goats. 3. Me have four cats; they willcatch many rats. 4. There are thirty-six trees in the teacher's field,5, The boys write on slates. They have fifty-one (slates ) . 6 . Buyeighty- four eggs. 7. There are twelve sheep in our field. 8, The poorman has a debt of 465 francs. 9. Sixty-six workmen w"'ll build the church,10. The boys will learn in school seventeen years.

LESSON 39-n ahe? How man ?

Y ocabul~ yingofero - h a t (Sw.)umujura — thiefigisambo — thiefijoro — night (5th cl . )kwumva (or, kumva) — to hear, feel,

smell, taste, understand

(see par, 82)

gutuma — to send (see pa-. 82 )kwohereza (or, kohereza ) - t o s e nd

nyamara — but (see par. 83)ahubwo - but (see par. 83)

"last night." i" usually: ~nl 'oro. )("at night", or "'n the night" o"

,id

(Lesson 39, cont. )81. -n ahe? - how man ? This word also takes class prefixes, but observethat they are the same as those of the numbers, not of descriptive adjec-cives. Only plural forms exist because the idea is plural. L ike o t h e radjectives it fallow the noun it modifies. ~nahe? cannot be followedby the - r a - p r es e n t , except when it..is used for future time today.

ende

C lass 1 banga h e ? Class 6 z i ngah e ?Class 2 i nga h e? Class 7 t un g ahe?Class 3 z i ng ahe'? Class 8 ang ahe?Class 4 bi ng ahe'? Class 9 ang ahe?Class 5 ang ahe? Class 10 h angahe'?

e.g. Hari abantu bangahe? - how many people are there?

Notice the, word order g.hen "how many?" goes with the ~sub'ect it is inthe beginning of the .sentence; when it goes with the ~ob'ect it is at the

82, Gutuma and kwohereza. Though both of these words mean "send", theyare not guite the same. Gutuma usu'ally emphasizes the fact of a message.Kwohereza is to send anything not a message, or no emphasis on the message.

Nzatuma umuntu i Kigali - I will send a person to Kigali (implying

Nzohereza imbaho i Kigali - I will send some boards to Kigali.

Umukire afite inka zingahe'? — how many cows does the rich man have?Abigishwa bangahe bafite ibitabo? how many pupils have books?

that, he carries a message),3+ Rriko a ma ra ahubwo, You have now learned three words for "but".in most i n s tances, er i h o and ~nsmara are interchangeable Ahubwo means"'but." when an idea of definite contrast is involved M , i ~ tm lwv dlau' 'e.g, Ntuzane ibitabo, ahubwo uzane intebe - Don't bring books, buk

.<ote: In the gocabulary you see that kwumva (kumva) is used for all thesenses except seeing. However, its commonest meaning is "to hear". Becautious in using it for the other senses and observe how the Africansuse it, Also note this use of it. Sinumva ikinyarwanda,— I don' t u nder-stand Kinyarwanda.Exercises:I. Translate into English:

1. Mufite ibitabo bingahe'? Dufite cumi na. bibiri. 2, Mbese uzoherezaabantu bangahe i Kiga,li kuzana ibintu byawe? Nzohereza icumi. 3. Mbeseufite ingofero zingahe? Mfite ebyiri. 4. Nzohereza urwandiko i Cyangugukuko nshaka kugura imbaho mirongwitatu n'enye. 5, Imana ikunda kwumvagusenga kwacu, 6. Mbese wumva ikinyarwanda? Ndumva buhoro, nyamara'.sicyane. 7. Yesu atuma abantu be kuvuga Ubutumwa bwiza. 8 . Aba j u r abafashe (past of -fata) ihene zingahe? Ni Icumi n'ebyiri. 9. Muzagumatfano amajoro angahe? Ni atatu. 10, Bara. amafaranga. U.ite angahe?Mfite mmngwitanu n'ane.

1I. Translate into ~inyarwanda:1. How many children are ente. ing the church? 2, How many books willyou send": 3. Thieves like to go in the night because there is darkness.4. How many years will you teach here? I will teach six years. 5. Sendtwelve men to bring my boards. 6. Send a pupil to bring your letter tomy house. 7. Do you (pL,) hear the drums? Where are they? 8. I hearthe workmen. What are they doing? They are bui l d i ng a church. 9, Inthe night the old man hears a thief in his kraal, He gets ( takes) h i s

,u'\,f stl « f «~ tf ~

b ring the chai r .

spear, 10. I want to put away our clothes now, but I don't see wella t ( i n ) n i g h t ,

LESSON 40,Review

I, Questions:

usage?

II . Conjugate:

19, Twelve hills

6. How many little things?(dimin.)

and kwohereza; 3 ) ar iko and ahubwo.l. Explain the difference between: 1) kubanza and gutangira,;2, What is the most common use of class 9?3. Name all the words in class 9 which do not come under tha4. What one word belongs to class 10?5, Givq 3 uses of the ha- prefix.6 . How do you say "hi s f a ce"?7. Give 2 examples of vowel-stem verbs.8, Count from one to twenty.9, In what way do the numbers 8 to 10 differ from the others

10. C iv e t h e w ord ~nshe with all og its class agreements.

1. kwambara in the far future affirmative.2. ~kvib irwa in the present negative.n. ~kwdn 'i ra i n t h e i e r rn t n r e n e g a t i v e .4. kwihana in the -ra- present affirmative.5. kwemera in the prerixless present affirmative.

III. Translate into Kinygarwanda:1. How many cows?2. One eye3.. Three poor men4, Fifty-four goats

Fourteen hoes

7. Three years8. Twenty-five chairs9. Thirty-six chickens

10. One church11. Seventeen s chool s12. Four hundred thirty-two francs13. Forty-eight, children14. Six t y -one eggs15. Ten hats1 6. One st r i ng1 7. Twenty-one f i s h18. Eighty - t h ree sheep

20. Five p l aces21. How many gardens?22, Four t ee t h23, Fifty-nine stones2 4. Th i r t y - o n e n i g h t s25. Nany beans

Five count r i es

26. Six l anguages27. How many books?28. Thirteen mats29. Four t h i eves30. One rat31. One stick of' wood32. Six sk ins of ' cows33. Two keys34, Seventy-eight months35, Ninety boats36. Two beds37. Fifteen big holes38. One hundred and sixty-six ~orkmen39. How many legs?40. Seventy-two slates41. Forty-one sweet potatoes42, Ten sacks43. Twenty-two ( ears of ) c o r n

46. Ten fingernails47. How many seeds?4 8, Twenty - s i x s p e a r s49. Fourteen letters50. Nany peas

t use.

in thei r

2) gutuma

45. One r i ver

43

LESSON 41-oee — a~l l ev er

umushumba. - shepherd, h «~ ~jVocabulap

umwungeri — shepherd(both of these sometimes usedf o" "pastor" )

igitangaza — surprising thing,

84. -Ose means "every" or "whole" in the singular, and in the plural it is"all". Here it is with the class agreements.

izina - n ame(5th cl . )gusinzira — to sleepryar i ? — when'?buri — every, each (not used with pl.)

miracle, amazing thing

Class 1 wes e bose

zose

~Sin Plural

Class 2 wos e yoseClass 3 yose zoseC lass 4 cy os e byoseClass 5 r y ose yoseClass 6 r woseClass 7 kose twoseC lass 8 bwo s e yoseClass 9 kose (kwose) yo s e

, Class 1 0 hos e hoseNotice the first class singular is wese, not wose.Note: hose, .by itself, often means "everywhere".

~9. In the singular this word. usually conveys the idea of entirety:inzu yose - the whole house; umunsi wose - the whole day ( rather t han"every day'). But it can mean "every": umuntu wese - every person. Inthe plural it is "all": inka zose — all tne cows. Often when ir. Englishwe would use the singula "evezp", Kinyarwanda uses the plural; e.g.every day — iminsi yose.

day. Observe that the initial vowel is dropped after buri.

86, Place in the sentence. -Ose always follows the noun it modifies. Ifthere should be several adjectives modif'ying the same nourf; -ose mustcome lait of' all: abantu bose — all the people. Inka zacu nziza zose-all our n i c e cows,97. Derived from this same stem are the words: twese — all of us; andmwese — all of you. Of course,"all of them" is bose.

at the end of' the sentence or clause, though sometimes it immediatelyfollows the verb. e.g. Uzajya i Kigali ryari? — Mhen well y o u g o t oKigali?Exercises:I, I f ake - o s e

tra.nsla,te1 . ig l t o k e2. Umukobwa

Another way of saying "every" is with buri: e.g. buri munsi — every

agree with the following words both singular ~~d plural andinto English:

6e Umusozl 1. Umushumba( I Uz ' 12, i z ' na8. a 1antu 1 3. i g ' t i9. ukuboko 14. i n k ok o

pl, ) 1 0 . i n j angwe' 15. umut i

1~ Umu 1uraingof'er o

18. Umwaka19. aka" i tU2O. Ubwato

imbwaamavutaamashaza (

"I . 'I'ranslate into Kinya wanda:

l. All people like to sleep all r:ight (i.e. "in the whoie r ight" ) .

2. All the miracles of Jesus are very great. 3. He is writing his whole

n ame. 4 . Ev e r y s h e pherd h e l p s h i s s he e p . 5. When will all the boys

come back to school? 6, All girls like pretty clothes. 7. Me wil lremember to worship God every day. 8. I want to see all of your big

garden'. 9. Mhen will you (s.) remember to bring all my chickens'?10, OuIr little cat catches big rats, It's amazing (a surprising thing).

LESSON 42"To wash"

Vocabul~kumesa - to wash (clothes)gukaraba, - t o w ash handskwiyuhagira - to bathe oneselfkuronga - t o wash {vegetables)

B~ Kinyarwanda, does not have just one word that means "to wash"as in

English. The word is determined by the thing to be washed,Kwoza {koza) is more generally used than the other-, for it is used

for washing dishes, floor, windows, in fact, in most instances where thereseems to be no specific word for that kind of washing, such as the o therwords given in this vocabulary. ~Kwo e. {koga) is more often used for "swim"t han fo r " w a s h " . Gukaraba does not need to be followed by a word for"hands". However, you may hear it used for washing arms, and even the face.

90, Im erative of vowel-stem verbs. These follow the regular rulei just

the stem of the word, Thus: Oza ama,sahane — wash the dishes. Andikaizina ryawe - write your name.

' -xercises:I. Translate into Englishil. Abakobwa baramesa imyenda, yabo mu ruzi. 2. Jya gukaraba neza.3. Abahungu bazoza hasi mu ishuli ejo mu gitondo. 4 , Kwiyuhag i r a c y a n egushobora gufasha umuntu kwanga indwara. 5 . Abana bato b a shobora k w i g akwiyuhagira neza iminsi yose. 6. Bonga neza ibijumba; ndashaka gutekainyama, n'ibijum'oa, 7, Abigishwa biga, kwoga. mu ruzi, 8. Mushobora k u zanaamazi menshi kuko abana bashaka kwiyuhagira. 9, Ibuka kumesa imyenda

mibi yose. 10, Ejo uzambara imyenda myiza,.

II, Translate into Kinyarwanda;1. Mash all my clothes today, 2. I do not, want cold (akonjy)water; Iwant t,o take a bath. 3. Mash the floor well in the whole house today.4. You (pl.) can remember to wash (your) hands wel l every day . 5 . Whenw ill y o u (pl.) wash all the tables i.. the school? 6. The boys like toswim in the river. 7, The girls are washing all the peas and bea.ns inc lean wat e r . 8 . Cats d o n ' t w a s h i n water . 9 , Do y o u w ash y our f a c e i nthe morn igg ev e ry d a y ? 10. Mash all the dirty dishes now.

kwoga ( koga) - t o wash feet , swim> ~" +kwoza (koza) - t o wash (see par . 8 9 )gushobora. - to be able to, can, may

LESSON-nd.' - other

~Vocabu1ar 'igihe '- time, at the time whenamakuba — troubles (no sing.)~amagorwa — difficulties, t oubles)ahari — p e r h aps

inshuti — friendi g i sebe — ulcer , s o r e, woundg uhemba - t o p a y ( f or w o r k do n e , not

an a rt ic l e ), b )a. j; > r' C

Lesson 4g, cont . )

~1. -ndi — other another> This word has f'or its prefix the characteristicletter s of t,he class, or the initial vowel of the class, I n most c a s esit is just like the noun prefix. This adjective differs from the otherslearned thus far, in that it precedes the noun it modifies. Here i t i sgiven with a noun of each class, singular and plural.

~Sin Plural

axercises:I. Translate into English:

child

Class 1 undi mugabo — another man abandi bantu — other people

Class 2 undi murima — another garden indi migozi — other ropes

Class 3 ! zndi nka. - another cow izindi mbuto — other seedsClass 4 ikindi gitabo — another book ibindi bihugu — other countries

Class 5 irindi shMi — another school andi magambo - other wordsClass 6 'urundi ruzi - another river izindi mbaho - other boards

Class 7 akandi kana - another saall utundi tuntu — other little things

Class 8 ubundi bwato - another boat andi mariri — other beds

Class 9 ukundi kuboko - another arm andi mezi — other months

Class 10 ahandi hantu — another place ahandi hantu — other places(ahandi by itself is "elsewhere")

Nbtice that, this adjective causes the initial vowel of the noun.followingto be dropped. It is not: abandi abantu, but abandi bantu,

Note: This word can also be used for "more". e.g. Mfite ibiti bitatu,

nyamara ndashaka ibindi bibiri - I have three trees, but I want, two more.

1. Haza abandi bagabo batandatu. 2. Abahungu bose ntibafite imbaho.

Turashaka izindi cumi n'eshatu. 3. Umukobwa afite ibisebe bibiri ku

kuguru nlikindi ku kuboko. 4. Jya gushaka ibindi bijumba byinshi,Nzahemba. abakozi undi munsi; si uyu munsi. 6. Inshuti zacu zifite

amakuba menshi; ntizishobora kugera hano vuba.; zizaza undi munsi,7, Amazi yo (do not translate ~o) mu ruzi ni make; tuzajya kwoga,

(koga)ahandi. B. Petero azashaka akazi ahandi undi mwaka.

9. Sinshoborakuza. iwanyu uyu munsi; ariko nzaza ikindi gihe, 10, Muzagura andi magi

1. The poor man has few francs and he has many ot,her troubles.2. We

will help the girls another time. ). A friend likes t,o help other

people (at) all times. 4. The teacher is looking for many more pupils.We want to hear the Word of God today. Perhaps we shall not receive

another opportunity, 6, I don't like your hat; can't you get another?

7. You (s.) can pay five workmen .today; you will pay the others anothermonth. 8. Find (look for) another cat, because we have a lot.of rats.9. The teacher is going to Cyangugu to buy (some) more song books ( =

books of songs). 10. The shepherd has ninety-nine sheep, but he is

ryar i?II. Translate into Kinyarwanda:

looking for the other one.

LZSSONSome Yerbs

~l 'bccbulccgusaba -kubaza -gusublxakwongera

t o ask = or , b eg , ~ ayto ask (a question)- to r epeat , do again- to r epeat , do again ,

wenda, yenda - perhaps (same as ahari )nabi - b adl y ( adverb)i sandugu ( i sanduka) — box (3rd c l .

sing., 5th.pl . ) ( Sw.)add more

46

e.g. Jya kubaza umwigisha - go to ask the teacher.

L esson 44 , c o n t .

92. Cusubira , "to repeat, do again". This is the same as ~subirameaning "to go back". It is followed by the iqfinitive in a statement. Itis followed by the subjunctive as the second of two commands (see par. 133).

Arasubira kwandika — he is writing again. Subira uvuge — say again.

~guon era and gusubira are interchangeable for the idea oy "repeat", 'but~kubn era aiso ia used for "to add more".

Sinzongera kwibagirwa - I won' t forget again.Sinzasubira kwibagirwa — I won't forget again.Ongera umunyu — add some salt (or, some more salt),

~9. Gusaba and kuba.za, Though both of these words mean "to ask" they arenot used interchangeably. Kubaza is only t,o ask a question.

But ~saba is to ask for something, or to ask a favor. In this lattersense it means " to pray", when asking God for something; but prayer inthe sense of "worship" is ~~sen a,.Ndasaba. agatambaro — I am asking for a little cloth.Ndasaba umuntu kujya i Kigali - I am asking a person to go to Kigali.Arajya gusaba umusaza kuza hano - he is going to ask the old man to

Tuzabkqza umwigisha amazina y'abana - Me will ask the teacher thecome here.

children' s names.Exercises:I. Translate into English:

1 . S i n z ongera guhemba neza abahungu kuko bakora n a b i . 2. Dusaba I managukiza abandi bantu benshi, 3, Nzabaza abigishwa. ioyo (the things which)biga mu ishuli. 4. tb'enda umukozi w'umukire azasubira iwabo vube.,5, Abashumba barasubira gushaka intama, zabo. 6. Nt iwemera ko (that)ukora nabi? Yee, sinzongera. P. Ndashaka kubaza umwigisha izina rye,ariko mfite ubwoba. 8. Abana. barasaba ababyeyi babo kugura imbwa.9. Umugabo abika imyenda. ye myiza mu isandugu ye. 10. Shyira ibitabon' imbaho miu isandugu,

II. Translate into Kinyarwanda:1. The water (insert vo) in the river is bad; we will look again forwater. 2. I an asking all the boys to bring thei" books tomorrow;perhaps they will remember. 3, The boy's parents are returning to theirhome, but he (ariko we) is staying at school. 4 . Ask again fo r t h r e emore books. 5. Put five other slates in the box. 6, I w an t t o h earagain the words of the Savior, '7. Ask the new teacher his name. Ican't; I don't speak his language. 8. The teacher does not praisehis pupils, because they work badly. 9. Mhen will you pay the workmen'?I'll ask the teacher. 10. Vhere'are the tools? I don't remember.

Perhaps t hey a r e i n t h e box .

LESSGN 45V erb - z i - t o k n iow

"ocabular Yimpumyi — blinc personumur lzo — tall kumenya - : -" k n ow, k now howihembe (5th c l . ) - ho r n ( a n imal ) kc — that (conjunction introducing

dependent clause ) (see par; 54)Verb -zi, to know, know how. This is another defective verb. I t has

only present orms, an no tn tnctive. For its missing parts use ~kumen

iny ota — thirst

Af firmative

(Lesson 45, cont , )

Here is the -ra- present of -zi:

ndazi — I know turazi -we knowurazi — you know murazi — you knowa razi — he k nows bar a z i — t h e y k n o w

The prefixless present also exists: nzi, uzi, azi, tuzi, muzi, bazi.

Now you have learned the three most important defective verbs: - r i ,- f i t e , -zi. Hemember to use these ~henever possible. Their substitute"-:kuba, kugira, kumenya, are to be used only when no suitable form exists

96. One often hears: ndabizi (I knos) or sindabizi (simbizi) - ( I don ' tknow). The "bi" in this word is an object pronoun meaning "it" or"them",which you will learn later.

Exercises:I, Translate into English:

1. Mbese impumyi izi kugenda mu nzira? 2. Mfite inyota nyinshi, ndashakaamazi mesa, 3. Mbese uzi umusaza'? 4. Umturizo w'inka ni mugufi nyamara

amahembe ni maremare. 5, Umubyeyi we afite inzat ra n'inyota mu mutima.

kuko ashaka kumenya Yesu. 6. Ibitabo by'indirimbo biri he'? Simbizi .Ahari biri mu ishuli, 7. Subi"a ku ruzi kuzana amazi menshi. Twesedufite Myota. 8. Impumyi ifite amaso, nyamara ntibona. 9 . Nzi k oYesu azagaruka. 1 0 , A bana bazamenya gusoma neza vuba,

II. Translate into Kinyarwanda:1, Put all the dishes on the table. 2. The children don't know the path.3. The b3ind man cannot see the dtord o f C o d, b u t h e ca n h e a r an d h e ca nk now the l o v e o f J es u s . 4. I don't know your name. 5. The blind manfeels thk tail and horns of the cow. 6. Uo you (s.) know how to cookfish? NP, I don't know, but I' ll ask my parent, .7. The te acher i steaching the children - new song. He knows how to sing very well.8. The goat's tail and horns are short, 9. Do you ( s.) know our h i l l ' ?It is very high, 10. Our teacher knows many languages,

sinzi - I don't know . ntituzi- wcntuzi - you don't know n ti muzintazi — he doesn't know ntiM zi

~l ie at i v e

of the defective verb.

LESSON 46Ad ' ect i v e C hart

gutsinda. - to defeat , c onquer or otherwise

Y ooabulardimbaraga - strength (usually pl.) bambe, nako - e x c u se me (I misspokeumunyabyaha. - s i n n er ~~b&« t d d- I myself' )g ukizwa — to b e s a v ed , h e a l e d , umbabarire — excuse me, I' m sorry,

cur ed forgive me (I hurt you physically

nonaha - n ow, r i g h t now komera — excuse me (when causing or

b.B. Before beginning thcse exercises, study the adjective chzwt given

o n the n ex t p a g e , which is ". good review o. the adjectives studied.

observing physical harm or nearaccident

Exerci ses :I. Translate into Eni gl i s h :

1. Twese dushobora gutsinda Sata,ni mu mbaraga za Yesu, 2. Mu rugo rwacuhari abanyabyaha, benshi, ariko Yesu afite imbaraga zo gukiza bose (do nottranslate zo}. 3. Ndashaka ku~a ibindi bishyimbo byinshi, nyamarasimfite amafaranga menshi cyane. 4, Injangwe zingahe ziri mu nzu ye?

(Lesson 46,: cont , )Hari eshatu. 5, Urugo xwe ni runini cyane, kandi ni rwiza, 6. Umba-barire, sinshobora kuza iwanyu nonaha, ariko nzaza undi munsi. 7. Hariimitima, nako, imitsima ingahe ku meza? 8. Umwana afite ubushye bubiku ku~ . 9. Uyu munsi ndashaka kwandika inzandiko cumi n''ebyiri.10. Sinibuka neza ibitangaza byose bya, Yesu.

II. Translate into Kinyarwanda:1. The man has much faith; he will be saved. 2. tiany sinners will besaved because they will heax the Mord of God. and will confess theirsins and will believe Jesus. 3. I have only a little (use "few")strength, but I like to work. 4. Jesus will hplp His people to defeatSatan and sin. 5. The rich man has many houses in his kraal (home-stead); and he has eighty-four cows, 6. How many little stones (usediminutive) do you have? I have thixty-six. Look for (some) more.7. Our fr i end s a re t i o f l i n g in the river. 8. Mrite all thenames of the pupils in my tIooK. 9, We nave much peace and 'joy becauseJesus conguers sin. 10. How many people are in our new big church?

ADJECTIVE CHART

2 s i n g .pl.

1 s i ng . m u b ipl . bab i

mubimibi

3 s i ng . m b ipl . mbi

i I s i n b. b i b ipl . b i b i

s ing. r i bipl . mabis inI; . r nb ipl . mbi

7 s i ng . kab ipl. tubi

8 s i ng , bu b ipl . mabi

9 s i ng . kub ipl . mabi

ha,bihabi

bumweabiri

rl IBIWeabiri

hamwehabix i

kimweb ib i r i

umweibir iimweebyix'i

umwebabiri

har. jyehan jye

wanJyeban jyewan jyeyan jyeyanjyezanjye

97. CLASS DESC.ADJ. NUMEKK I O S S.ADJ, -OSE -NGAHE? - 'NDI - HE?wese u ndi uwuh ebose ba n gahe a b andi a b a hewose undi uwuheyose in gahe indi iyihe

yose indi i yihezose zingahe izindi izihe

c yan jye cyo s e ikindi ikihebyanjye byose bingahe ibindi ibihe

ryanjye r y ose irindi iriheyanjye yose anga h e andi eyahe

rumwe r wanjye r wos e urundi ur uheebyiri zanjye zo s e zi ngahe izind.i izihe

kamwe k anj y e k os e a kandi ak a h etubiri twa njye twose tungahe utundi utuhe

bwanjye bwos e u bundi ubu h eyanjye yose angah e andi ayahe

k umwe kwan j y e k w os e u kund' uku h eabiri yan jye yose angah e andi a, y he

hose a har.di h e ?h ose h a n gahe a h andi he ?

N.B. The word -he? in the preced.ing table you will study later, He?is an adverb, meaning "where?".

1 0 s i n g .pl.

LESSON 47Viord Order

' :ocabula r bu muzungu — whit e p e r s o n ,

go)kubanguka - t o h u r r y (torwose — completely, very

Eur opean

much

e -haf i

must

far , f a r awa ynear (Note: ku re and hafibe followed by ya befoxe aor pr'onoun. )noun

(Lesson 4), cont. ) 49

the house.

there may be.

big cows.

e.g. ibiti bye binini byose - all his big trees

When kure and ha i are followed by a, pronoun, the possessive adjectiveis used. e.g. hafi yanjye — near me. With a noun: hafi y'inzu — near

98. Order. of ad~ e cti v e s .1) You have already learned that the possessive adjective must follow

immediately the noun it modifies, no matter how many other adjectives

2) Also, you have learned that -ndi — other, must precede the noun it

modifies, and it removes the initial vowel of the noun. e.g. abandibantu benshi — many other people.

3) The adject i ve ~nahe - how many? follows all other adjectives.

4) If several descriptive adjectives modify one noun, the ( rder i s notimportant, although in some lccalities it seems to be preferred thatadjectives of (luantity, such as -i nsh i and - k e ~ke a come after the

other descriptive adjectives, e.g, inka zacu nini nyinshi - our many

5) The adjective -ose — all, preferably follows other adjectives.

6) The numeral a (ijectives usually follow any other descriptive adjectives,though it is not absolutely essential that they do.

e.~. abana be bato babiri - his two small children.

a fu r t he r n o te about some adjectives. -inshi and - k e (~ke a) mean"many" and "few", but in tleir singular forms they are used of things

which are upcountable or abstract. e.g, ifu nyinshi — much flour;

umuyaga m$inshi - a strong wind (never say umuyaga munini or mutoya);umunyu m e - a little salt; kwizera guke — a little faith.

100. Position of adverbs. Nost adverbs follow the word they modify,though some prefer to put ~cane at the end of the sentence if there are

not too many words between it and the verb it modifies,e.g. A good man works hard — Umugabo mwiza arakora cyane.

A v3ry good man works — Umugabo mwiza cyane arakora.

1. Kibuye~ ni k u r e c y a ne ; b a nguka kugenda, 2. Izindi mbwa. zacu nini

ebyiri ziri hafi y' inzu. ), Umuzungu muremure arabanguka rwose.4. Tuzajya vuba mu gihugu cya, kure cyane. 5. hbahungu beza bose bakoraneza mu mirima yabo minini. 6. Umuzungu afite abana bato bangahe? Nib atanu, k and i b o s e n i b ez a . 7. Umugabo azana amata meza menshi cyane

iminsi yose, B, Umugabo wanjye aragaruka nimugoroba guhemba abakozi beDose. 9. ' Abakozi barubaka neza. cyane inzu nini y ' umwigisha wacu .10, Dufite udusan(iugu tunzinya. dutanu„

II. Translate into i" nyarwanda:1. The rich man has very many nice large cows.

2. Put the chair on the

floor near my small table. g. Hurry to go to school; the other boys are

there (aho). 4. Perhaps we will receive three other good books soon.

5. Your three little children are over there near the school.6. Where

are all my nice new clothes? They are i n y o ur b ox. 7, There is anotherlong, wide river near ou~ hill. B. The girls are cooking a few small

fish on the stove. 9. IIinani' s child has a few more jiggers in hisfeet. 10. 0ur wonderful living Savior has much love and mercy.

e.g. aba nd i b a h ungu ban in i b a n gahe.' — how many other b i g b o y s ?

Exerci ses :I. Translate into English:

LESSOÃ 48Personal F r o n guns

s

~eocabularurupfu '- death (no pl.)ubushobpzi - p ower (no pl.)ubwami - kingdom (no pl.)

101. Pe r s o na l~ onouns.. Th o ugh t h e p e r s o hel p r on o uns as s ubject s d o n o thave to be expressed other than:by. the personal prefixes (i .e . ndagenda— n is $he personal prefix) , Chese pronouns exis t and are needed in

many instances. (@o~g i'p )g4g~g,)

wowe (we) — you (s'.') mwe bwe — you(pl..) (sometimes mwe')

is simply we, The third person singular' ~pp .looks the same as this shortform of tHe 2nd person, but in pronunciation it is clipped off a bitshorter t han the 2nd person. Get an African to say both sounds f'or you.

Caution: Do not try to use these words as objects of verbs, One wouldnever say "ndabona wowe" for " I s e e you" . You will learn later how tosay that correctly.

desired.' eeg. Jyewe nzaguma aha ariko w:we uzagenda — I shall stay here,but ~ou will go (~et,ttg tt, tls i M t tbes 8 + flc)102. N u ri and ku r i . T prepopitions mu and ku change to muri and kuribegore~l . p r o per names, 2) aP w'ord-s beginning with consonants, )) thepersonal pronouns, 4 ) the demonstratives (these will be taught in a laterlesson ), e . g. mu r i Y esu — in Jesus k uri twe - t o u s , unto us

2) Beforh infinitives it does not change. e.g. ndi mu gusoma - I amreading r i gh t now, This form is often used to express the idea of"to be in the act of.

. . " , like the French "en train de. . "

These pronouns may be used as subjects of verbs when emphasis is

j yewe - I , m e . twebwe .- we, us (sometimes twe)we — he, h i n , she, he r bo — t he y , t he m

The we in iparentheses after wowe is to indicate that eome+imes this pronoun

ku babarir a — t o z o rg i vekugwa — to fallgupfa — to di e

e.g, mu Kirambo is the form used for "at Kirambo".

E xerci ses :I". Translate into English:

1. Jyewe ndashaka kuguma muri Yesu Kristo Umukiza wanjye. 2. l"lur i mwehari benshi (insert " whom") Yesu ashaka gukiza, 3, Imana ifite ubusho-bozi bwinshi bwo (do not translate bwo) gutsinda Sa.tani, 4. Twebwe tuziYesu; tuzinljira mu bwami bw'Imana, a"iko abanyabyaha bazabona, urupfu,5. Yesu ni Vmukiza wacu; abantu bose (inser t "who") bazagenda kuri weba.zakizwa, 6 . l ' ' i wowe(insert " who') ukunda gufasha ababyeyi cyane.7 . Jyewe nkund.a. ib i g c r i , ariko wowe ukunda cyane i n y a ma. 8. Subirakuri Petero vuba; a"i mu gupfa. p, Abantu bashobora kugwa mu cyobo kukokiri hafi y'inzira. 10. Bara a b i g i s h wa bose ; umwe muri bo afite indwara

II. Translate into Kinyarwanda;l. Jesus does not want sin in His people; He will forgive eve yone hiss ins . 2 . Co m e t o J e s us ; H ; wants to save every person. ~~, We can al lreceive ne" li~e in Jesus, '; t. death is in Satan, 4. You ( s . ,emphasis )a re you a b i d i n g (staying) in Jesus? L'c you have His peace in your heart?5. Send a letter to I')atayo, 6. Among you (pl.) there are rich people:bandpoor people, men and women. 7. Come to me; I will buy your eggs. 8, We(emphasis ) want t o h ave power ( insert bwo) to defeat sin and (no) toenter the kingdom of.God. 9, The old man will die Soon; w e want t o g o

mbi.

'\*

- 51 -

to him to s eak words of love. 10. Do you (pl. ) s e e the people overthere? My h ild is among them.

LESSON 49Review

I. Questions: .l. Where does ryari come in the sentence": Nhat does it mean?2. What word. is used for "to wash" : 1) clothes, 2 ) dishes, 3 ) hands,

4) floor, 5) feet, 6) vegetables, 7) whole body?3, Give the imperative of: kwandika, kwoza, kwizera (and the meanings ).4. Where does -ndi come in the sentence'! What does it mean? Nhat

effect d.oes it have on the noun accompanying it?Explain the difference between ~saba and kubaza.

6. What verb supplies the missing parts of -zi? What does -zi mean?What tenses do you know of this verb":

7, Where does ~a h e come in the sent,ence? What does it mean? Givea sentence using it.

8. When may -inshi and -ke be used in the singular?9. Where do most adverbs come in the sentence?10. Give the six personal pronouns.11. When d.o mu and ku change to muri and. kuri (4 occasions)?

II • Nake the adjectives: -ose, -ngahe, -ndi , -njye, -bi, and the numerals(using "one" and "two" only) agree with the following words. Give bo t hthe singular and plural whenever possible.

1. umushumba iz ina 8. ubuntu2's umut 3. 6 , urufunguzo 9 . uku b oko

ihene 7. akana 10. ahant u4 . i g i s ebe

LESSON 50R eadin L es s o n

Uocabul~zakujyana - to take with one, go with gushuka — to deceivekwica — to kill kurir a — t o c r y , , w eepkureba - to lcok at, look, see kugira ngo - to think that, suppose

( in sense of " g o t o s ee') that, so that, in order that

b e expens i v eguhenda — to o v e r c h ar ge , e x t o rt ,

hote: kujyana igitabo — tc take a book (wit1jl; kujyana na Petero — to gu w i t h

Read the following aloud to an J frican and have him (her) help you withpronuncia t i o n . T hen t r a n s l a t e (present verbs may be translated as past):

Umunsi umwe Yakobo atuma Yosefu, umuhungu we, k u r eba b ene s e c u min'umwe, kuko bajya kure kujyana inka n'.ihene zabo. Bene se babona Yosefubaravuga, bat i (do riot translate bati, nor ati, as you see it later):Ntidukunda Yosefu, tumwice (let us kill him~ U mwe mukuru, Reyubeni,aravuga, ati Oya, tumushyire (mu is "him") mu cyobo. Reyubenx ashakagukiza Yosefu, nyame"a abandi bene se baranga rwose, Abandi bene s e b a f a t a

Peter

Yosefu na Bene Se (his bro thers )

(Lesson 50, cont . )

imyenda ya, Yosefu kugira ngo bayohereze (so that they might send them)kuri se (the'ir father), V uba haza abantu b enshi . Bene s e b a Y o s e f ubaramufata (mu= him) baramugura. Abandi bantu bamujyana, mu gihugu cyaEgiputa. Bene se bashyira amaraso y'ihene ku myenda ye kuko bashakagushuka Yakobo. Bohereza imyenda ya Xosefu kuri Yakobo, Baravuga, bat iBeba neza. Nbese ni imyenda, ya Yosefu? Y akobo areba i myenda., ag i r a ng cYosefu y i shwe (was killed) n'inyamaswa (na can mean "by"). A rar i r a cy a n e .

LESSON 51Ordinar P as t Tense

Vocabularkunywa nyoye ) — to dr i nk i bi r y o — f o o dgucana (canye) - to light (fire, lamp) kare - earlykurya (r7ye) — to eat

~1 0 . Or d i n a r Past Te n s e . All the tenses dealt with thus far were formedby changes in the prefix. But the past tenses are formed by changing thesuffix as well as the prefix. There are some rules to go by for forming

these suffixes, but since so many verbs are irregular in this respect,the paat stem will be given with all verbs from now on.

Here are the past stems of a few verbs that you have learned~gukora - -koze kuvuga, -vuzekugenda. -giye kuzana, -zanyekujya -giye

n akoze - I wor k e d twakoze - w e w o r k edwakoze - you (s.) worked mwakoze - you (pl,) ~o r k edyakoze - h e , s h e w o r k ed bakoze — they -worked

Now note the conjugation:

tu-a-koze becomes twakoze, etc.

The rule for forming this tense is: personal prefix + a ( which i s t h etense sign), + past stem of verb: n - a - k o z eNote the contraction: o-a-koze hecomes wakoze; a-a-koze becomes yakoze;

104, The main use of this tense is to express that which has happenedearlier in the same day, it may also be used. for that which happened ata previous time, but the tone is different.

1

nakoze t wak oz ewakoze mwakoze The tone on a is long and low.y akoze bak oze

Ig something follows the verh (other t h an ~ca ne or a t i ), th e ~s in l artakes a, short a, but it is still a low tone,w hether l ong or s h or t ,

nakoze imirimo twakoze imirimowakoze imirimo mwakoze imirimoyakoze imirimo bakoze imirimo

Pa,st time before to~da : The form is the same but the tone is high. (See

I. 'I'ranslate into Englishil. Abaga'bo;bagiye kare mu gitondo kuko bafite akazi kenshi. 2. Mwagiyekare cyane gushaka ibiryo byanyu. 3. Abana bariye ibiryo bike. 4. Ejoumwigisha yavuze amagambo meza mu ishuli, 5. Twacanye umuriro mwinshikuko dushaka guteka vuba. 6. Abakozi bakoze umunsi wose kuko bashakaamafaranga menshi, 7. Inshuti yanjye yavuze ko i.zagaruka vuba cyane.

(Lesson 51, cont . )

B. Abana banyoye amata yose mu gitondo, 9. Vmukene yariye ibiryo byinsh'maze (then) yagiye. 10. Vmukozi yazanye inkwi nini mu nzu.

II, Translate into Kinyarwanda:li Two boys worked well in the garden but the other three worked badly.2. You (pl.) drank much dirty water. 3. The children brought theirbooks to school today because they want to read. 4 . The g i r l br ou g h twood and she lit a big fire. 5. We ate meat and beans arid bananas, andwe drank much water. 6, I worked hard yesterday, and I brought my food.7. What did you (s.) say? I said that I will come back tomorrow. 6, Thegirls made a fire because they want to cook (eome) meat and (some) sweetpotatoes. 9. Where did you (pl,) go yesterday? We went to Cyangugu tobuy (some) food, 10, I think that Mary brought a new chair to school.

- 53 -

IZSSON 52Hules for Fast Endin s

~Vccabclac

inkumi - .young lady (unmarried ) to doc t o ringurube '- p i g umuganga — doctor

umusore - young man (unmarried ) kuvura ]je) - to treat (sickness),

kwa - to (before name of person asd octor , t e acher , e t c .)

~10 . In forming the past stems there are certain rules to bo by, but asstated, befoke, there are many irregularities.Here in the first column are the final syllables of present stems; in thesecond column are the forms to which these stems regularly change for thepast; in t,he third column are examples.

-bada i ga

-ha-ka-ma -mye

-bye

-shye-tpe

-na

-sa-ta-sha— shya

-ze

-nye, nnye-nya -nj.je (sometimes -'nye)-ra, (see n ote par.' &6 )

g uhemba -hembye, kur e b a , - rebyegukunda - kunze, kuv u g a -vuzekWbaha -ubashyeguteka -tetsegusoma -somyekubona. - bonyc, guk e na -kennyekugabanya. -gabanije, kumenya -menye

-se (sometimes -she) gukubi t a - kubise , guf at a . - fashe- shi j e , -sheje , -hije,-heje kwigisha -igishije, kunesha -nesheje- sh i j e , -sheje , -hije,-heje gushyushya -shyuhije, kureshya

- reshej e-za - je , - j i j e , - je je kuza. -je , guk ize. -kijije, kweza.

-ejejehote: A cluj to determine whether the past suffix will contain i or e canbe found in the A I V rule, paragraph 157,

106, There are several th:ngs that may happen to the suffix -ra.

-she kumesa -meshe

In stems of two syllables, .hen the first of these is long, t:i e - r ac hanges t o - v e. eg . put er = — teye k uvur a -vuye

2) In stems of two syllahles,when the first of these is short, the -rachanges t o - z e , e . g , k . . igura - guze kur i r a - r i ze gus hy i r a -shyiz .

3) In stems of more than two syllables the -ra changes to -~e, if thepreceding syllable i short. e.g. kwinjira - in j i y e -

ku'babar ira - bab ar iy e

(Lesson 52 , .o.".;. , '

4) Words of nore than two syllab"e which end i nZ r a or - r 2. (a longvo"el ) o ten have their past stes in -i."ive or -ereve.gusinzira - si n - i r i y e knrorera - rorereye

However, the vowel that is lcng in the present stem becomes short int he pas t .

Note: Yerbs of one syllable stem follow no regular rule. All p r esentstems end in a, except those of defective verbs, and all past str.mse nd in e

E xerci ses :I . T r a n s l a t e i n t o E n g li sh :

1. Abakobwa bashatse k u j y a k wa, mugang kuko a,zi kuvura . 2. Twab a z eabasore n' inkumi; hari abasore cumi na. batatu n' inkumi cumi n'ebyiri.3. Abasore banyoye amazi mu ruzi. 4. Abakobwa babangutse c y ane kugerahano uyu munsi. 5. Umujura yafa.she intarra, eshatu, 6. Abantu benshibaje ku muganga kuko avura indwara nyinshi, 7. Umwana yarize kukoumubyeyi we yamushutse (mu = him) . 8 . 1'1bese mwageze mu rusengero rya i ?Twageze mu rusengero mu gitondo. 9. Abana basinziriye neza mu ijororyose. 10. Abigisha bafashije abana gukora iki? Bafashije a'cana gusome..

II. Translate into Kinyarwanda: (Do not try to find a word for "did" - thatis just the English way of making' a c1uestion pa.st. )

1. The doctor treated many people today; he knows much wisdom, (Thissounds aueer in English, but is the way it is expressed in Kinyarwanda,)2. I put the seeds in the box, Where are t hey now? 3 . D id y o u (pl.)see the teacher's books? 4. Did you (s.) r ead the whole book of J ohntoday? 5. Jesus saved many people because they prayed (to) God. 6 . Weknew that you (pl.) came because we saw the children. 7 . The th i e fdeceived the rich man and took his things at (in) night . 8. T he youngman wanted. to go with his friend. 9, The girls washed thcir clothes inthe river. 10. The women cooked a lot of(many) corn and sweet potatoes.

kuba.-anze

LESSON 53

(Instead of a new vocabulary this timegiven thus far, with their past stems.ble for this lesson, and thc remainderfollowing lesson.)~10 . kw ambara

kwandikakwanga

kubabarirakuban gukakubanzakubar 2.kubazakub'kakubona.gucanakwemerakwerekagufa,shagufata,

-ambay e- andi t s e

-ba.ye-babariye- ben„u t s e— ca.n je-baze-ba ji je-bi t se-bonye-canye-emeye- ere t s e- fash i j e- fashe

Past Ve rb E n d in s

- f i t ekugarukakugendakugerakugirak Vgll l i i2.Kugural'lugur 1 sh 21.ugwaguhemb"guhendaguhingakwibagi r wakwibukakwicakwiga

we give a table of all the verbsI'temorize as many of them as possi-for the vocabulary work in the

no pastgarutse

"g1ye-geze-gize-gumye-guze- gur i s h i j e-guye-hembye-henze-hinze-ibagiwe- ibu t s e -- i she-1ze

{ Iesson 53, c n : .,

kwongya

kwigishakwihana.k winj i r akwiyuhagirakwizerakujyakujyanakujugunyagukar'aba.gukizagukizwagukoragukubtlragukundakumenakumenyakumesakunywqkwoga ',kwohereza,

kwoza lgupfa 'kureba.'-r ikurira

-oze

-igishije- ihannye-ln J lye— iyuhagiye- i zeye-giye-jyanye— jugunye-karabye- k l j i Je- k i j i j w e« koze-kubuye-kunze-mennye-menye-meshe-nyoye

-oherej e-ongeye-ogeje-pfuy-rebyeno past

- r i ze

kur ir i mbkurongakuryagusabagusenga,gushakagu Sh lmcLgushoboragushukagushyirag usinz i r agusomagusubiragutangi r agutekagutsindagutumakwubakakwumvakuvakuvugcLkuvurakuzcLkuzana

-somye

-vuze-vuye- j e-zanye

no past

-senze

-ror.ze- r i r i m bye

- r i y e-sabye

-shatse-shimye-shoboye-shutse- shy i z e" sinz i r i y e

-subiye- tang i y e- t.etse- t s i n z e-tumye-uba.tse-umvise-vuye

Zl

Note that in most instances it is only the last two letters of' the stemwhich change, In the vocabularies from now on only the syllable which ischanged wi l ~ b e s h o wn, axcept where the whole stem changes.In the above list the verbs whose stems begin with o or u have been givenwith kw- as the infinitive, but remember that these are often writtenwithout the wL koza,, ra t h e r ' th a n kw oza; kumva rather than kwumva.No further grammar is given in this lesson, Spend your t.ime learningthese past suffixes,

Exercises:I, Translate int,c English:

1 . Abahungu bakubuye neza hose mu i s h u r i . 2. 1'ibese wabitse ibitambarobyiza, byose? 3. Yesu yakijije Abanyarwanda benshi nyamara dushaka koa bandi bensh i b a k i z wa , 0, Nahembye abakozi amafaranga magana, inani namirongwine n'abiri, 5. Twagarutse hano kuko dushaka kwumva Ijambo y'Imana.6. Abana, baje mu ishuri, ariko batatu bagumye hanze. 7. Yibese mwakarabyeneza? Oya, ntidulite amazi. 8, Umusore yaguye hasi; h'ari iouye mu nzira.9. Twafashe imbeba eshatu nijoro. 10. Ilbese waguze iki? Naguze inyama

l. We helped our te2cher today because he has much work. 2. Did you ( pl.)sleep wel l ' r. '.he n i r h t . 3, The child cried all day bec.use he wanted,ood, L, I coun ed all the men and women in church yesterday;

saw83 men and 97 women qwritc out numbers). 5. Our teachers went home(this) morring. 6. Whe e did you (s.) put away the disl.es? I pu t t , e nir. a box. 7. Jesus f'orgave Paul all his sins. He is a wonderful Savior,8. What did you do today? 9. We sang many songs in church yesterday.

Ilike to sing. 10. We went with the young men to look at, the big river,

n' amavuta,

II. Translate into Kinyarwanda:

LESSOt'

Ordinar Past 'continued)In this lesson, instead of a new vocabulary, continue memori"inr. the pastsuffixes of verbs gi ven in Lesson 53.

108. For forming this past tense in agreements with nouns o f c l a s ses o t h e rthan first', it is impcrtant 'o "emember the rules for vowel and consonantchange. H ere are so me examples:

~Sin-. Plural2nd class w agiy e yagi y e3rd class y a g i y e zagi yeQth class cyagiye byagiye5th class ryagiye yagiye6th class rwagiye z agiye7th class kagiye t wagiye8th class bwagiye y agiye9th class kwagiye yagiye

~10 . Yowel ','stems in oast. .=or the conjugation of vowel-stem verbs in theordinary past, remember .ha a before other vowels drops out. Thus:

nibagiwe - I forgot yubatse — he builtbemeye - they agreed twogeje - we washedmwandi!tse — you (pl. ) ot e

Exercises:I. Translate into English:

1. Inka zagiye ku ruzi kunywa amazi. 2. Twibagiwe kuzana ibitabo byacu.3, Yibese mwogeje neza amasah=- ,e yose? L'. Twizeye ijambo rya Yesu kukotwumvise ibitangaza ( insert "which") yakoze. 5. Ubukene bw 'umugabobwazanye amagorwe. menshi n'ubwoba. 6. Ihene yanyoye amazi mu ruzi.7. Inyamaswa zishe intama eshatu. 8. Inkumi zogeje amasahane mabi yose,9. Injangwe yacu yafashe imbeba nyinshi. 10, Umuriro wazanye umwotsi

II. Translate into Kinyarwanda:1. Two blind men went to the church to pray. 2 . Th i e ve s e n t e r e d t he.house in the night because the man was sleeping hard (cyane) , 3 . T h e o l dman's workmen built a. big house in his kraal. 4. I wrote the names ofall the girls in the school. 5. The new books 'f'ell on the floor. 6. Theold man died yesterday. 7. Did you (pl,) hear the words of the teacher?8, Sin brought death to all people. 9. Did you (s,) r emember to sendthree men to Kigali to buy food? 10. Me repented of all our sins andJesus came into our hearts,

mu nzu yose.

* + + + + + *

LESSOii3 'ee=tive o ' urdina r Pas t

~Vocabulaz1 t,eranrr o ( )th) — mee~l:1f',

i karamu — penc ' 1 (3rd s ' : .:110. The ne.:ative of the ordinarv oast 's simply the negative p-efix,personal prefix, tense sig., and past "tem. nti — tw — a. — koze.

.,inagiye — I didn't. g< ntitwagiye - we didn'' gontiwagiye — you didn't, go ntimwagiye — you didn't gon tiyag i y e — he d i Ch ' t , g o ntibagiye - they didn' t, go

gukt " i k i r a — to f o l i o .cyang%2 — or

b= 3.d o r 5t h)papul G — paoe » ) pp c e

Exercises:

( Lesson 55, cont . )

The same rule applies f'or vowel-stem verbs;sinoge je — I di dr t wash ntibubatse — they didn't build

Vith other classes: inka ntizagiye - the cows didn't goIll. Remember that kuva is usually followed by mu or ku (par. 11 ) , t h o ughit may not always be, etgt wavuye he? navuye mu ishuri - where did you

(This implies that one has been in the school. I f yo u s a i d , "Navuyeku ishuri," you would mean, "I came from the area around the school."

I, Translate into English:1. Sinshobora kwandika urwandiko; sinazanye ikaramu yanjye.

2, Abantubangahe bavuye mu rusengero? 3. Navuye mu byaha byinshi; ubu nzakurikiraYesu imyaka yanjye yose. 4. Mbese ntimwazanye amakaramu yanyu n'impapurozanyu? 5. Iteraniro rinini ryakurikiye Yesu hose, ntiryashatse kuva. kuriwe, 6. Aba'byeyi bacu nti'oubatse inzu nini cyane. 7. Mbese n t i w a guzeimpapuro n'ikaramu? 8. Imbwa ntizaje mu rusengero; ntitwashatse ko zinji a.9. Inyamaswa ntizumvise abantu; nuko rero (so) bafashe nyinshi .10, Umujura ntiyabonye ibintu byinshi kuko umusore yinjiye mu nzu.

I I , 'I'ranslate into Kinyarwanda:1. The boys didn't come from the school; they came from church. 2. Thechildren wrote on all the paper and we didn't have any other. 3, Theblind men fell; they couldn't see the path. 4 . Didn' t y o u (s.) want tocook thh sweet potatoes in the evening yesterday, or did you f o r get?5. The young men did not eat all the beans. 6. Ve didn't ask the teacherto write a letter because he is very busy ( = has much work), 7 . D idn ' tvou (pl.) bathe this morning? Your legs are ve ry d i r t y . 8, They sangtwo songs at church, but I didn't sing, 9, Didn't the young girls agreeto hoe in our garden today'? 10. The dog didn't look at the cat; it

- 57 -

come from? I came from school.

l ooked for f o od .

LESSON

Past of -ri — a tense

r ed-; lar ru l e s (see p~.. 108).

sinari, ntiwari, ntiyewi, etc,

n ari - I w a s twKri - w e were

V o"abulaaumufundi (Sw.) - mason, skilled workmana kabande - va l l e ygutaha (shye) - t o g o home, «fui t workgusura (ye) - to visit, go to visit

112. For the past of -ri there is no change in the suffix; it is as f'ollows:

wari - you (s.) were mwari - you (pl.) wereyari — he, she was b ari — t h e y w er eThere is no other simple past' tense for -ri, so this form is usedwhenever any past time of -ri is expressed.

For agreement with nouns of other classes this verb f'ollows :he

~l l " , The negat i v e i :he a me wi t h , o. cou se, the negative prefix:

llh. ~atense. The suff'ir ~a is added to the present, stem oi a verb

1) To express continuous past actione.g. I w a s hoe'ing - nah ingaga

kurangize. ( je) — to f i n ish ( t r . )kuzamuka (tse) - t o go up (as

hil l )kumanuka (tse) - t o g o down

I was not hoeing - sinahingaga2) To express habitual past action. I liked to learn — nakundaga kwiga.

\

ma,„

(Lesson'56, cont . )

3) Past time after the ~ord ~i i he :Nakubonye igihe wavaga mu ishuri - I sew you when you came from

Naje igihe wandikaga -' I came while you were writing.school .

Exercises:I. Translate into English:

l. Umufundi yari hano ejo nyamara uyu munsi ari imuhira.2. Mbese wara-ngije imirimo yose? O ya, s i n ar i ha n o . N zarangiza v u ba . 3 . Abakoz ibose batashye ar i k o ba z a garuka e j o . 4. Twari mu ishuri mu gitondo cyose

k andi t w i g a ga, by i ns h i . 5. Abagore bar i mu kabande guhinga. 6. Mwarihe ejo? Twazamutse umusozi, twagiye gusura inshuti zacu,7, Umufundintiyari hano mu gitondo; nuko abandi bakozi ntibashoboye gukora,

(nuko= so )8. Twar'angije gucana; ntimushaka guteka ubu? 9. Abagore bamanutse mukabande, kardi abana bakurikiye ababyeyi babo.

10. Ntitwari imuhiraigihe mwazaga iwacu. Mbese muzagaruka ejo?II. Translate into Kinyarwanda:1. The children went up the hill thxs morning but they came back.

Now .t hey ar p i n sch o o l . 2. The teacher's wife was not in church yesterday.3. The mason was building a. house, then (maze) he went to Butare.4. Mere,you (s.) a t s c hoo' yesterday? Mhere were you? I was wor k i n gin my field. 5 . The young gi r l s u sed t o ( = habitual past) go down todig in the valley, 6. The workmen have quit work, but the ma,sons arehere in t h e yard (kraal ). 7 . I was at your(pl.) place yeste day outyou were no t a t hom e . 8. The rats were many in our ~aal, but we gota ca,t; it caught four in the night. 9, The poor man forgot his troubles,because,he found much joy in Jesus. 10. You (s,) d i d n ' t we ar yo ur n e wclothes today. Mhere are they?

LESSON 57

par t i c l e s a r e:

mu — him, he r ba — them

command

be difficult '

~Vocabulargucungura (ye) - t o r e deemgutegeka. ( tse) — to r u l e , g overn,

kurushya (hije) - to trouble,

inserted in the verb between the tense sign and the verb stem.These

n (or m) - m e tu (du) — usku (gu) — you (s ) ba - you (pl )

e,g. ndakubona — I see you (s.), t uramushima — we praise himImana iratubabarira — God forgives us i rankunda — He l o v e s m

( For the use of ~ or ku , and du o r t u , remember the change-down rule ir,pm. 21 ; and fo r t h e use o. n for n, the rule in par. 14.)'116. These object pronour. are the same whether used -s di=ect.

o- i n d i r e c - .objects. e.g. I givc you the book, is: Ndaguha igitabo, though "you" hereis an indirect object,. As indicated in par. 101, one would not s ay"Ndabona wowe" for " I se e y ou", However, for special empba i: one ~mi ht,Note: The k,or t of an object pronoun changes according to the

change-downrule, but the k or t of a syllable preceding the object pronoun, is nbtc hanged by i t . T hus: n d ~ sab a , kukubona,

guha (haye) - to give, give toguhana ( nnye) - t o p u n i s hguhana (nye) — to g i ve t ,o each

other

say, "Ndakubona wowe."- I s e e you, ~ou th e re !

Exercises:

have been ~ cr kw-

translate ati) Urankunda?II. Translate into Kinyarwanda:

i n " r i n g " ) + ye, Work on this sound with an African.

I, Translate into English:

Bdraruhije — it is difficult ( for t e n s e s e e p a r 1.29) .Byamuruhije — it was difficult for him.

(Less'on 57, cont,.)

Mhenever an object pronoun inter'enes between an infinitive prefix and thestem, the infinitive prefix reverts t,o ku- , even though originally it may

~ll . Kurushya. This is often used with impersonal prefixes (bth c l ass ):

Note 1: Observe the imperative of ~uha: "give me" is mna. T he stem i sonly - h e . , of which the h changes to g because of the pr eceding m.To bepolite one sometimes says: mpa se - please give me.

Note 2: ('he suff'ix -~nn e (as, -~hann e) is pronounced rather like n+~n (as

l . A bahungu bar i he? Ntitwababonye mu ishuri uyu munsi. 2, Umwana yako-ze nabi; cyane; umubyeyi we azamuhana, 3. Imana yaduhaye agakiza n'ibindibyiza byinshi. 4. Yesu yaje mu isi (earth ) kuducungura no kudukiza (no =na)," 5. Imana yambabariye ibyaha byanjye byose. o. Twabahaye amakaramun'impapuro. Biri he? 7. Bireturuhije kujya iwanyu ubu. Tuzababona ejo.8. Mbese umuganga yakuvuye neza? Yaguki ji je indwara yawe? 9. M iinani Qr (k~('-)ntari hano; namutumye ku Gisenyi, 10. Yesu yabajije Petero, ati (don't

1. Mhere were you (pl.) yesterdav? I did not see you the whole day.2. The pupil is bad; his teacher cannot govern him. 3. I p r a i s e Godbecause He saved me and. He gave me peace and joy . 4. It is difficultf'or him to learn because he has much other work. 5. Jesus helps usevery day to do His work; we praise Him with

(in) all our hearts.6. Andrew's (Andereya) children are good; he governs them well. 7. Mhatdo you ('s,) want? I paid you yesterday, 8. It was difficult for us tof i n ish our work. Mill you help us? 9. Mhere were you (pl,)? Yourparents were looking everywhere for you. 10. Me saw you (s.) y es t erdaynear the old man's kraal.

LESSON 58Ob'ect Pronouns continued )

deceive

Vocabularykubeshya, (shye) - to lie, lie to,

'kwiba ( bye) - t o s t e a l , steal fromg ukubita , ( se) — to h i t , s tr i k e , b e a t

h o.e; Us e o f ~kubesh a: arambe-hya - he 's lying to m. " He i s l y i ng

a.bout me" reauires the prepositional ending, s ee par . 2 0 0 . Kwibaara~n iba — he is stealing from me. ( for nv , see par . 1 1 9)118, The object, pronoun must agree with the noun it refers to in class'nd numb r. In the previous lesson .,ou learned the p rsonal object pro-

nouns. Now, here are the pronouns for each of the classes:S in~. P l . ~Sin . Pl ur ,mu ba Class 6 r u ziwu y i Class 7 ka tuy i zi Class 8 bu yak i b i Class 9 k u y ar i y a Class 1 0 ha ha

kureka (tse) - to leave, forsake,stop ( int,.) , a l l ow { t r . )(see par, 13@

Cla,ssClassClassClassClass

mu isandugu.

Exerci ses:I. Translate into English:

h ave i t .

6n{Lesson 6 , c on-..)e.g. Ufite igitabo? Yee, ndagifite. Dc you have the book? Yes, I

Webonye ahantu? Yee, nahabonye. Did you see the place? Yes, I saw it.Urufunguzo ruri he? Ararufite. Where i s t he k ey ? He has i t .

1. Nbese waretse ibyaha oyawe byose? Yee, nabire tse ker " (long ago) .2. Imbwa yagize nabi cyane; umusore yayikubise.3. Wabonye igitabogishya? Ndaki reba ubu. 4. Umusore ni umunyabyeh"; akunda kubeshya,

kandi ejo yibye amafaranga cumi; ariko azayazana. $ . Uzazana ib i r y obyawe ryari? Nzabizana vuba,. 6. Biranduhije kwibuka amazina yanyu.Ongera kuyavuga. 7. Nabahaye imirimo myinshi. Yiwayirangije yose?8. Wacanye umuriro? Oya, Nariya yawucanye. 9. Wakoze iminsi ingahe mumurima? Sinayib ze. 10. Naguhaye utwuma tubiri. Turi he? N atubi t s e

II. Translate into Kinyarwanda:1. Have you seen my new house'? No, I will look at it tomorrow, 2. Whatdid you give the cat? I gave i t m i l k . 3 . I g ave you (some) new books.Did you bring them? 0, The boy stole the paper; but, he refuses to bringi t , 5. Did you steal the European's dog? No, I bought it. 6, Wheredid you buy the salt? I bought it at Butare. 7. We bought a new bed;my wife liked (praised) i t ver y much, 8. I didn't hear the child'sname. Did you s.y it? 9.,God gave us a wonderful Savior; we praiseHim {God) very much. 10, Did you see the moon last night ( = in the night)'Y es, I saw i t ; ' t was very l a r g e ,

LESSON 59Object Pronouns with Vowel-stem Verbs

The wu of 2nd class, loses the u before a vowel.

2) a before another vowel drops out.

~Vocabularkwanika (tse) - to put out in sunkwanura (ye) - to bring in from sunkwubaha (shye) - t o h onor , r e v erence,

{ kubaha) respect

~11 . a) In using these object pronouns with vowel-stem verbs it isimportant to remember the rules for vowel contractions.

1) u before another vowel changes to w.e.g. bamwanga (for ba-mu-anga ) — they hate him

batwigisha (for ba-tu-igisha.) — they teach usndakwizera {f'or nda-ku-izera - I trust youyarwibye (for ya-ru- ibye ) - he stole i t ( k ey)ndabwemera (for nda-bu-emera,) — I accept it (grace)yawibye (for ya.-wu-ibye) — he stole it (salt)ndabereka ( o r n de.-ba-ereka) — I s h ow t h e m

I i» grd an~.' 6th cla s;orms and '» 2nd '1"ss plur'1 drops

yagibagiwe (y;.-y i - i bagiwe ) — nc . orgot t h en (debts)~) in class ~, ki changes to ~c and bi t o ~b , 'oefore a v o w e l ,

ndacvibuka (nda-ki- ibuka) - I remember it (boak)na~bitegiwe (na-bi - i bagiwe ) - I forgot them (books)y~ibye (ya-ri-ibye) - he stole it (franc)a~nereka (a-n-ereka ) - he shows me

a azica l ara-ri-ic ) — he ki'ls them (chickens )

ijwi — voice

kwinginga (nze) — to beseech,beg

out

very

5) ri of class 5 changes to ~r

6) the object pronoun for "me" n changes to ~n before a v o wel

(Lesson 59, cont . )b) The future of vowel-stem verbe with a prono"n o'cject: when a

pronoun object is inserted it follows -za- , and makes whateverchanges are necessary according to the above rules.Thus: nza~c ibuka - I will remember it

nzakwereka - I will show you

- 6 1 -

nzabereka — I will show them

120, If an indirect object and a direct object come in the same verb, thedirect precedes the indirect, e.g, Did you give Tom .the book? I gave i tto him: Wahaye Toma igitabo? Nakimuhaye.

I. Translate into English:1. Turakwinginga kudufasha, mu mirimo yacu. 2. Mfite ibitabo byawe;nzabiguha ejo. 3, Ijwi ry' Imana ryanyeretse inzira. y' agakiza; naryumvise.4. Umukobwa yanika imyenda mu gitondo; ni mugoroba arayanura. 5, Imanaifite ubushobozi bwinshi; ni byiza kuyubaha. 6, Mwaduhaye imirimomyinshi, ariko twayemeye. 7, Wavuze amazina yose? Yee, neyavuze kandinayanditse, 8. Ndabona imvura. Mbese imyenda, iri hanze? Yee, ndaya-nura vuoa,. 9. Umwigisha wawe yakwigishije byinshi. Mbese uzabyibuka?10, Dufite udusahane twiza. Watwogeje neza?

II. Translate into Kinyarwanda:1..Where are my two sheep? The dog is killing them. 2. I . or g ot t obring the book today, but I will xemember it tomorrow. 3, The o ld manhas done (worked) many sins, but he is confessing them. 4. The teacherwants medicine; the doctor will give it to him in the evening. 5. Whereare the good peas? A thief stole them, 6. The people respected him(the teacher) because he taught them well. 7, Did you take the key tothe mason? No, I forgot it. 8, Has John seen your garden? Yes, Ishowed it, to him. 9. Did you put, the wood out in the sun? I pu t i tout yesterday morning. 10, Where axe my new ropes? Thieves stole them.

Exercises :

LESSON 60Review

Cive the ordinary past of the following verbs, using a 3rd classsingular subject. Then translate the foxms you have written,1. kwigisha 6. gukurikira 11. kuva 16. gu t a ha2, kubona. 7. kubaza 12. kwing i ng a 17 , guha3. kubanguka 8 . guf at a 13. guteka 18 . kube shya4. kurangiza 9. kuza 14. kwihana 19. gu s e nga5. kwin jira 10 , kurire. 1 5. kurushya 20 . gup f a

II. Write in Kinyaxwanda: (Do not translate the words in parenthesesl)1 , The cows dr ank . 14. The goat s l ept ,2. The boy washed them (clothes ). 15, I gave it (cat) the meat.3, Jesus saved me. 1 6. The bee s t a yed i n t he ho u s e .4 , I gave i t ( key) t o h e r . 17. The child found it (franc ),

She cooked them (corn) . 1 8. Theeves s t o l e : '. (boa"d) f r o m him.6. The animal ate them (peas) , 19. Th e y washed the-„ ( plates).7 . .h e , h eep d i e d . 20, Jiggers were in his feet.B. We saw it (bed). 2 1. Did y o u wash t h e m ( feet)?9 , The young gi r l s s a ng . 22, Sinners repented (of) them (sins) .10, The pupils learned them(words).23. They gave them (gardens) to us.11. The trees fell. 24. The plants d i ed ,12. We saw them (trees ). 25, We heard i t (voice) .13. We reverence Him (God),

III. Give the ordinary pas' oi ~k u: i r a , showing ag r eement. wi'.h all olasse

IV. Using the first perscn singular as subject, give the ordinary past of

~uha, inserting the object pronoun for each class,singular and plural.

singular and plural,

BESSON 61Ordinal Numerals -ombi

~Yooabulsrinanasi (3rd c l , ) — p ineappleikirayi - white potatoinyanya (or, urunyanya).— tomatoigikombe — cup, '',?. t 2 ?

agrees with t h e n oun.umuntu wa mberc - the first person

icyayi (no pl.) - t ea. (4th cl ,)ikawa (3rd, cl, ) — cof f 'ee, coffeenyuma (or, hanyuma.) - a f ' t erward,

121. The ordinal numerals ( i .e . f i r st , second., etc , ) are f o rmed by thepossessive particle followed by the ka- f'orm of the numeral, f'or numbersfrom 2 to 7; for 8 to 10 use the invariable form of the numeral; "first"is the possessive particle followed by mbere.

Note that the noun andpossessive particle ere in the singular,and that the possessive particle

urupapuro rwa kabir i - t he s e cond paper(or, page)inzu ya gatatu — the 3rd houseubwato bwa kane — the 4th boatishuri rya gatanu — the 5th schoolumusozi wa gatandatu - the 6th hillakantu ka karindwi — the 7th little thingurubaho rwa munani - the 8th boardukwezi kwa cyenda - the 9th monthigiti cya qumi — the 10th tree

t rees

later

~Kan ahe? means "how many times?

-

'"" ' m — 'jE'-!'— -"'" " " " " " " '

-' - "

e.g. Ya,somye kabiri - he read twice.

~12 . Numeral adverb. You have alreedy learned that when counting with noobject involved you say: rimwe, kabiri, etc. This same form is used for

inanasi ya cumi na rimwe - the 11th pineapple(note ri m we, not mbere)Fcr numbers from 12th upward, the last part of the number usually ma.kes

the plural ac c ord . However, you will often hear it with the ka- form.igitabo cya cumi na bita,tu (or, ~atatu) - t h e 13th bookurupapuro rwa makumyabiri n'eshanu (or, na gatanu) - t h e 2 5t h page122. T he " l ast " of anything is«numa or ~i m eruka p e eoeded by t h e p o s s -essive partible. In a line of people the last one is:

umuntu wa nyuma or, umuntu w'imperuka.

"once", " twi ce " , etc, Also for "three times", etc.

Using this sam prefix I a-, kenshi means "many Times", thus, "of'ten" .

e.g. Ya je hano kangahe? Yaje kenshi — How many times dic he come here?

12Lt. -Ombi both. tk'hen one wishes tcsay "my two eyes", he must say:

imply that he had more than two eyes.This word may be used just as weuse "both" , and must be used in referring to two of' anything when that is

all there is of it. Speaking of two people when only two are being consi-dered, one would say bolnbi. "Both of' you" is mwembi; "both of us" istwembi. For other class agreements use -ombi with the consonants of the

H e came of t e n .

possessive particles as prefixes.

Exerci ses :(Lesson (6 1, con t . )

Translate into Kinyarwanda:1 . The 4t h s h e ep2 . The 16t h b o y3. The last paper4. The 3r d s h epherd5, The 57th song6, My two ears7 ( The 29t h e g g8, The 18th letter9 . The f i r s t hou s e

10. The nd r i v er

coffee

11, Five times12, The 24t h man1 3. The 43rd t r ee14. The 10t h s t r i ng15. The 5th p ineapple1 6, The 12t h p o t a t o1 7, The 4t h c u p o f

18. The 27th tomato19, The l a s t w oman20. How many times7

21. Both ou r h o u ses22. The first time23. The 136th hymn2 4, The 9t h y o ung l a d y25. The 10th month26. The 96th word27. The last hill2 8. The 15th s ack o f

29. The 70th s h eep30. I s a w h i m once .

tea

Often

LESSON 62

Months Da s of Meek Telli Time.

numeral .

Vocabularicyumwe 4th cl. - weeki saha or , i s a a., saa) r d - 5 t h )

h our, c l o c kiminota ( iminuts4 (2nd) - minutei tar i k e (3rd-5th) — dateumushyitsi - guest, v is i t o igusYba (bye) — to be absent, omit,

~12 . Months, This is formed by the word for "month" wit,h the ordinal

ukwezi kwa mbere — January ukwezi kwa cyenda (or, kw'icyenda)-Septemberukwezi kwa kab i r i — F ebruary ukwezi kwa cumi (or, kw'icumi) — Octoberukwezi kwa, karindwi — July ukwezi kwa cumi na kumwe (or, na rimwe)ukwezi k' umunani — August November

There are other Kinyarwanda names for the months, which you can f'ind in adictionary or on a calendar. You should try to learn them as well, as theya re used a g r ea t d e a l . Dates are usua11y given like this:

itariki ya makumyabiri na gatatu y'ukwezi kwa kane - Apri1 2$or, ku itariki ya... (on such and such a, date),

T o ask : M h a t da t e ? one says: ku itariki ya kangahe7W(hat month'? mu kwezi kwa kangahe?Mhat day? ku wa kangahe'?

> * .~,; z « j „ ukwezi kwa cumi n'abiri (or, na kabiri)

ino — here

o f t i me ) , f i n ish ( t r . )

igice — part, ha1f, chapter

kurara (ye) - t,o spend. the night,

kumara (ze) - to stay, spend ( length

gusiba (bye) — to erase (short Qi

lodge

December

126. The da s of the week are formed in the same way, using the agreementf'or "day", Note that Sundav is different:

ku cyumweru — Sunday ku wa gatat u - W ednesdayku wa mbere - Monday etc,ku wa kab i r i - Tue s day

o f t h e d ay ; s u c h a s , "the time when the birds begin to sing," " the t . imew hen the cows go t ,o pas t u r e , " etc. But for common use the Swahili word. or " hour" (sa. , or , is aa ) i s used . However, it is to be remembered t.hatthe day begins with daylight, rather than at midnight. Also, usuaily the

Swahili numerals are used as well. A helpf'ul clue to figuring the houris that if by English t,ime the number of' the hour is 6 or less, add 6 toit; if the number is 7 or more, subtract. 6 from it, Thus, 6:00 (English)(6 + 6 = 12) is: saa cumi n' ebyiri. 4;00 {English) (4 e 6 = 10) saa kumi,

V 4 4 , ( ( m :J' 4 ' J( iL ( ' .

g gg P ( yy( t&( 4 '+ ((. ~

jp((p ( +4 4 j~ ' n ~ v ( >m ~ g~ D ( Wcl~- «k,.~ v a > w C ' ( u

I ;II J

(Lesson 62,' cont , )

7 :00 - s a" m o y a ' :0 ' : - saa saba.8:00 — saa. mbili 2:00 — saa munani (or, saa nani )9 :00 — saa t a t . u ' .:00 — sa ' c y e nda10! 00, — saa i n e -.:00 — saa kumi11:00 — saa tanu 5:00 - sa- kumi n'imwe (o'r, na moya )1 2:00 — sa,e. si t a 6:00 — sea kumi n' ebyiri (or, na mbili)

In some areas they prefer the Kinyarwanda form to the Swahili, thus:7 :00 - i sa h a i m we 8 ;00 — i s aha eb y i r i

Observe that in those cases the ~ e ement of' the numeral is 3rd. cl. plural.

When the word isaha is used for"hours" (durat i on ) or f 'or " c l o cks" , t h eregular Kinyarwanda, words are used, with 3rd class singular, 5th plural.

9 :00 — saa. ta t u t hr ee nou " — emasaha atatu three clocks — amasahaa,tatu

Xf you wish t'o indicate that the time is at night, you could say:saa ine za nijoro — 10:00 at n ght ( or, saa i n e va. ni j o r o ) .

) In )~ t ~ . ,'P 4' +~~ ". ' $a.he '

For the fractions of' hours, see the following:9:10 — saa tatu n'iminota. cu„.i 3:30 - sa- tatu n'igice

9:$0 - saa ine ibuze iminota cumi {i.e. 10:00 lacking ten minutes).

E xerci ses :Translate into English:1. Aba.shyitsi bazaza ino mu k.'ezi k'umunani, 2 . Waraye he k u w a k a n e?3, Nari ahandi ibyumweru bitatu, nyamara nagaru t s e k u wa. mbere .4. Wasibye nu ishuri ku wa k"b'ri. W z'i he? 5 . Aba nd i b a z u ngu b azazamu Bwanda mu kwezi kwa gatand"tu. 6. Ku itariki ya makumyabiri nakarindwi y'ukwezi kwa cyenda tuza.subira. mu ishuri. 7. Yi uzatang i r aimirimo saa mbili ibuze iminota cumi n'itanu. 8. Abashyitsi bacu bamaze

ino igice cy'ukwezi. 9, Abakozi batashye saa, kumi n'ebyiri za nimugoroba.10. Abajura batwibye ku itariki ya cumi n' icyenda mu kwezi kwa karindwi.Hari ku munsi wa gatandatu.

II. Translate into Kinyarwanda:1, Did y o u c o me t o c h u r c h Sunday? 1 didn't see you. 2. The pupils willreturn to school in October. 3. Four guests came Thursday and stayedfive days. 4, On the 14th day of January we went to see the doctor,but he was not at home, 5. We wanted to go to Butare Wednesday, butrain fell the whole day, We will go tomorrow at 8:00. 6. On Sundaythey start to sing at 9:)0. 7. J1y friends are coming at 10:00 at night.8. You (pl.) were absent a whole week in Narch. How many days did youspend at Kigali? 9. it is 2:15. Go to school quickly. 10. The ma.sonsworked six hours on F i d ay .

' ESSON 63Sone Househoid T e r ms

V ocabularyindobo — pailimbu ita. (or, i c yuma)f'ura ( or, i z i k o) - s t o v

ikanya ( 5th) - f o r kikiy iko - s p oonakayiko — t e a spoonisukar i (3rd) - s u garimiteja — green beansimboga - leafy ivegetable

k ni f ee, ; " :p . a ' "=

uruser!de — pepperingano — wheat

tonora, (ye) — to peel, shell, huskguhata (se) - to peel with knif'egusuka (tse) - to pour (into somethin:kwatsa (akije) - to blow the firekubaga. ( ze) — to butcher , d r e s s

an anima l ~ c ~« ~" ~kubiza ( j i j e ) — to b o i l ( t r . )kubira, ( ze) - t o boi l ( i n t . )

(Lesson '63, cont. )

Vocabul cont ,kuvanga nz e — t. o s t i r , mixgukarangg ( nze) - t o f r ygusya ( sdye) - t o g r i n dgucagagura (ye) — to chop up

128, These are only a, few of the terms one needs, You can ea s i l y l ear nmany others from the Africans. Necessar i l y , many of' these terms come from

Engli sh , o r Fr e n ch , b e c a us many of these things did not existry until Europeans brought them.set the table" one says: Tegura ameza — prepare the table.the table": Kura ibintu ku meza — take the things from the

a and, kubiza: One wculd s-y: Biza amazi — boil the wa.ter, butira — the water is boiling.

Swahil i , ori n t h e c o un

For " tFor " to c l etable.N ote: k u b '

A mazi ar a

E xerci s es :I. Translate into English:1. Teka imiteja n'ibir"yi ku ziko. 2. Baga inkoko ebyir i , ku k o a ba.-shyitsi baraza nimugoroba. 3. J.'en; aI".,azi mabi; shaka andi meza4. Kaoanga inyama mu mauut„". m-ost':. 5. Ngsino gusya -nsnasi . Qimaisukari nke mu nanasi. 6. Abakobw.- baracagagura imiteja, bayishyira mundobo, 7. Nda.shaka ko muhata ibirayi byinshi, kandi ko mutonpr a ibigoribike. 8 . U muboyi (houseboy) erevanga ifu n'umunyu n'amata n'amagi.9. Dufite abashyitsi hatatu, Tegu"a ameza vuba, Shyira. ku meza,imbugita n'amakanya n'utuyiko n'amasahane n'ibikombe; 1 0. Yiar i y a y a g i y emu murima kuzana imboga n'inyanya.

II. Translat,e into Kinyarwanda;1. Cook the sweet potatoes on ne stove. 2. I boiled much clean water,tut now it is dirty. g. I want sug- 2nd milk in my cof'fee. 4. Hepoured out the good milk but he put away the bad milk. 5 . There i s o n l ya l i t t l e (few) firey. put more mod in the fire; blow it.( f i re) . 6 , D i dyou (s.) put salt and pepper in the meat? I want to fry it. 7, Put atablespoon of sugar in the tea; then (maze) we will pour it into thecups, 8 . T h e wheat was in a, bucket (pail), but the girls are puttingit out in the sun. 9. Me have finished eating ( co to eat ) ; c l ea r t h etable. I will put, away the f'ood, 1G. I want to grind the wheat. Vheredid you put it?

LESSON 64

Stative Voice

i f I

malar i a „

kumera (ze) neza - t o b e wel l

~Vocabul g ; , i ., skunezerwa (nezerewe) - t o b e happy gu so n za (shonje) — to be hungrykurwara (ye) - to be sick, ill gukonja. (nje) — to be cold, wet,gukomere. ( ye) - t o b e s t r o ng d.cUllp

129. Stative Vo'ice. In Kinyarwand:, wc"..ds that express a condition orstate of being„or bodily or I .cnt.- ' « - , .t , i t u d e , are used in t.he stativevoice, which means the.t:he pr':":: ' :-, -=: — p esent , b u t t he s ufg i xpast. This applies to present tine, For past and future time these verbsare formed like any others (or b~ ..cmpou;Id tenses which are not taught inthis book ). In the negative and in dcix ndent clauses the -ra; drops out;it also drops o~t when an object or phrase (other than the infinitive)f'ollows the verb in the same clause. e,g. arwaye malaria.— he's ill with

ndarwaye — I 8m ill ndicaye - I am s i t t i ng do w n (' c e I 'gc~k~«v,™~csindanezerewe - I a m happy ndizeye — I trust, am trusting p Cy

(Lesson 64, cont. )For habitual present of these verbs the regular prefixless present is used.

Note: Nhen a, part of the body is the object of' a, verb, but the owner ofthe part is not the same person as the subject of the verb, u se th e p r o p e robject pronoun in the verb instead of the possessive adjective.

e.g, Arwara, iminsi yose — he is ill every day (or, a lways)

e,g, Yamfashe ukuboko — he seized my arm.

Exerci s es :I. Translate into English:1, Ndanezerewe cyane kuko Ye u yambabariye ibyaha byanjye kandi yanyogejeumutima. 2. Umwana w'impumyi ararwaye cyane. Baramujyana kwa muganga.3. Ntitwariye uyu munsi; turashonje cyane. 4. Cana umuriro mwinshi;ndakonje. 5. Umuhungu yarwaye mu gitondo ariko ubu arameze neza,6. Abana baranezerewe kuko babonye imyenda mishya. 7. Abigishwa b, emeycgufasha ababyey' babo mu nirima. 8, Inzira iraruhije ariko ndagira ngoturahagera vuba. 9. Inzu yacu nshya irakomeye cyane kandi ni nini..10. Umunyabyaha arizeye Yesu; nuko arakizwa ibyaha bye. (nuko = so )

1. The children want a. lot o. food. They are v e r y h u n g ry , 2. Two g i r l swere absent today because they are sick. 3. I trust Jesus because Hesaved me. 4. I heard that you were sick. Are you well now? Y es, I a mvery well and I have peace in my heart. 5, The teachers are willing towork hard to help their people to oe saved. 6 . The shepherd' s dog i sdying; the doctor can't treat'it. 7. The clothes are wet; I'll putthem out in the sun. Remember to bring them in (this) evening, 8. Myrope is very strong, I bought it yesterday. 9. Mary's baby (infant) isalways sick. The doctor is treating it. 10. Ne ar e v e r y h a ppy t o s eeyou (pl,) . Ne ha;en' t s e.. y ou { f'or) years .

II. Translate into Kinyarwanda:

LESSON 65-o with the infinitive

urukero — saw~Vocabulaz,

inyundo - h ammerumusumari - nail, straight pini tafar i ( or, i d a f a r i ) — b i e k ( 5 t h )itegura (5th) — tile for roof'incabiti, ishoka, indyankwi — axegusakara (ye) — to roof, put on roofgusenya, ( nye) — to e a dow numucanga - s a nd , g r av e lumusenyi — sand

~1 0. Note the construction in the following phrases:

kubumba (mbye) — to mold (bricks,pottery ), head up (as,cabba, - .

gukeba (bye) - to cut meat, cloth

gusatura (ye) — to cut lengthwiseguca (ciye) — to cut ( tree,s t r i n

kubaza ( je) - t o p l ane(boards)

kwasa (shije) — to split wood

paper

c ut i n ch u n k s

d o wood car v i n g

umucanga, wo kwubaka - sand for buildingimbaraga zo gutsinda Satani — strength to defeat Satanamategura yo gu akara — tiles to make a roof, or, for roofing

In All of these examples you notice that the verb is explaining the workor us'e of the thing named. But in Kinyarwanda the simple infinitive is notsufficient as in English f'or th'.'s con truction. You must use this littleparticle which is the possessive particle with a changed to o, Rememberthat whenever you wish to use," noun followed by an infinitive explainingthe use of the object you must use this particle in agreement with thenoun. This may also be tra,nslated: "for using" as "for building" (above)'instead of "to build." Note these examples:Ndashaka umuntu wo kujya i Kig ali - I want a man to go to Kigali (purpose) .Yasabye umugabo kugenda — he asked the man to go (no part i c l e ne eded).

( Lesson 65 , c o n t . ) — 67-

E xerc i s es :I. Translate into English:1. Uyu munsi abafundi babumbye am'atafa i magana atanu. 2. Ohereza. aba-gabo bo kuzana umuca,nga mwiza; n dawushaka. 3 , Zana i n y u ndo y o g u s h i -mangira (pound) imisumari, 4, Senya. inzu; mwubatse nabi. 5. Imanayaduhaye imbaraga zo gutsinda Satani, .6. Ndashaka. imbugita yo guhatai biray i , 7. Ntidufite uburyo bwo kuza iwanyu. 8. Umukozi a r a s h aka.icyuma cyo kubaza.. 9 . Ndashaka i b i t o k e b y o k u r y a . Mbese mura,bifite?10. Ku cyumweru ni umunsi wo gusenga.

II, Translate into Kinyarwanda:1. I want four hoes to cultivate (with) in the bananas. 2, Bring allthe tools for cutting trees, 3. Look for a. man to put a r oof on thehouse. 4. The workers have many nails to put in the boards. 5. Wewant two other workers to plane boards; one is sick. 6. Where i s y ouraxe for splitting wood? 7, Find (look for ) a pencil for writing thenames of the pupils. 8. Bring a cloth to put on the table, 9. We havethirteen pieces of paper ( = 13 p pers ) to sell. 10. The children don'th ave books t ,o r e e d .

LESSON 66Im eratives with the Sub unctive

~Voc bulargutegereza. (je) - to wait, wait for kubwira(ye) — to tel lguhamagara. ( ye) — to ca l l gusa - on l y (this is the adverb

~11. In Lesson 22 you learned the simple singular imperative. For t h eplural imperative the personal prefix mu- is used,and thc final a of thestem is changed to e.

~1 2. You will remember tha.t,as given in par, 37, the singular imperativeis just the stem of the verb, H owever, whenever a n o b j e c t pr on oun o c c u r sin the verb (imperative), except that of the first person singular, thefinal a, of the verb must change to e.

e.g. Mpa igitabo — give me the book; Muhe igitabo — give him thebook; Duhe igitabo — give us the book; Yabumbe — mold them(bricks~Bizane - bring them (books).

derived from adj. -sa,.)

e.g. m ugende — go( pl. ) mukor e - wo r k

lesson.in the subjunctive mood, about which you will learn more in the next

The singular imperative may also be used in the subjunctive:u kore neza — work we l l uzane imbaho — bring the boardswandike amazina — write the names.

Genda - go (now) Ug end e — go (any time today)Zana ibijumba ubiteke — Br'ng the sweet potatoes arid cook the im.Genda ushake "'suk" — Go and l o o k fo r a hoe.

Usually the simple form (not subjunctive) means "do it right now", butthe imperative using the subjunctive may mean "do it any time today",

However, the subjunc'i',e for.;. must be used for the second of two commands.

Observe that no word is uscd for "and" for joinizg the two commands.

Note: If the first imperative verb i- affirmative, the second will besubjunctive, but if the first is negative the second will often be theinfinitive. e.g. Subira ubikore — do it again; Ntusubire kubikora - don'tdo it again. Bwira Xohana. aze — tell John to come; Ntubwire Yohana kuza-don't tell John to come.

(Lesson-66, cont . )

Note 2: Often the iwper~tive is prefixed by ni-, especially in theplural. This does not particularly change the meaning.

Exercises:I.:Translate into English:

Nimugende - go (pl. ) N u ze — come(s.)

1. Nubwire umugabo aze hano uyu munsi. 2. Injangwe irashonje; yiheinyama nke. 3. Ytutegereze ibitabo byanyu; ndabibaha vuba . 4. Abakobwabaje; babwire gushaka andi masuka abiri gusa. 5. Abakozi bagiye;bahamagare vuba; ndabasha,ka. 6. Nub'Kze imbaho, kuko tuzatangirakwubaka: vuba. '7. Hari amatafari menshi mu kabande; muyazane hano yose.8. Ytu ishuri ni habi cyane; hakubure vuba. 9 . Abana bag iy e k u r e ; g e n daubabwire ku g a ru ka k u ko b w i j e , 10, Nabahaye imirimo mike; muyirangize. mu

1 . Vhere i s y our penci l ? Bring it to school. 2. Bring all the books;put them away in the large box. 3. Come back here (pl,) ' . Help the'ooys hoe in t h e garden, 4. Go, wash your hands wel l ( pl . ) ; now set t h etable. 5. You have t h e n ames of all the pupils; write them in the book.6. I can't find ( = see) my goats; look for them and bring them here,7. Ne have only a few bricks; mold (pl.) some more today. 8. Learnwell now ( pl, ) b ecause la ter y ou t'ill want to know much wisdom. 9. First( = begin 'by ) (pl.) wa4 the dishes; afterward work outside. 10. Thehammer and nails and saw are here; take them to the skilled workman.

gitondo, nyuma ndabaha indi.

II. Translate into Kinyarwanda:

LESSON 67S ub'unct i v e

Vocabul

do", o r " he ma y do " .

i tara 5t h) — lamp u mutego — t r a yitabaza (5th) - lantern, small lamp rwagakoco (3rd) — small trapigikoni — kitchen icyumba (4th) — room (in house)urur abyo — f l o wer kwitonda. (nze) — to be caref 'ul~14. a) As in other languages the subjunctive is used in expressions sucha s "le t u s " , " le t h i m ", etc. (not "let" in the sense of "permit", but asw e say " l e t ' s g o " , etc. ) In the 3rd person it has the idea. of "have him

t ugende - l e t ' s g o akore — let him work, have him work, he may workbatangire kuririmba — have them begin to singBakore ik i u b u? Bahinge mu murima wanjye. - h%at shall they do now?

Any of' these forms, except the question, may be p r e c eded by n i - withoutcharging the meaning. e .g. n i t uge n de , naze.b) The ne ative im erative is;

ntugende — don' t go ntitugende — let's not gontagende — have him not go ntimugende — don' t go

Have them hoe in my garden,

ntibagende — have them not go

may mean "in order that" or "s o t h a t " . 11hen so used in the af irmative

e .g . Ar az a k u g i r a . ngo y i g e - he 's coming so that he may le-"n.Homotimes ~ko i r a n o i . hortened t o ~no . khe n ~k o. i r a n o m o a n " to t h i n k "or "suppose" it does not take the subjunctive.

khen ~kn ira n o means "so that" and the word followind is in thenegative, the subjunctive is not usually used, but rather the dependent ."negative form as taught in par, 186.

e,g, Yirutse kugira ngo adafatwa-He ran so he wouldn' t b e caught .Yasabye umuti kugira ngo atarwara - heasked .f'or medicine so he wouldn't get sick.

1~5. Sub 'unctive with ku '"a » o. In Lesson 50 you learned that kuzira ~n o

it must be followed by the s ubjunc t i v e :

(Lesson 67, 'cont. ) — 69-

E xerci ses :I. Translat( into English:l. $ana itara uricane. 2. Mwarangije imirimo yose ( insert " wh ich")naby'e; n imutahe, 3. Simfite ama,suka; yashake uyazane. 4. Ab i g i s hwa.

ishuri. 9h Yibese wahamagaye umuntu wo kga i Kigali? Ntagende ubu,

bajye he? Bajye mu murima. kugira ngoubahinge, $. Mesa imyenda uyanikevuba. 6. Ntushyire rwagakoco yo gufata imbeba mu gikoni, 7 . Nt u t a h eubu kuko mfite indi mirimo yo kuguha, 8. Abana ntibajyane amatafari ku

azagende ejo. 10, Witonde kucira ngo rwagakoco itagufata urutoke,

II, Translate into Kinyarwanda:1, Let the visitor spend the night here; it is getting dark; he cannotgo home now. 2. Let us learn well because we want to get much wisdom.

Wash all the dishes and put them away. 4. The pupils are outside;call them; have them come in now. 5. I want a light; look for it andbring it here. 6. Go home (pl.) and f'ind (look for) your francs andbring t h e m. 7. What shall Yiary do now? Have her boil water to drink.8, Don't take the flowers into .he kitchen, Take them into the otherroom, 9. Let's not refuse to help our friends, because they have lotso f' work. 1 0 . D on ' t (pl.) bathe-in the river because the water is dirty.11. ~on't put the potatoes out in the sun again. Put them away in thehouse, 12. Don't have the wo kmen'tear down the house; it is strong.

LESSON 68How to say "Sto ". and "Wait"

stop (tr.)

~Vocabulgutwara (ye) — to car ry , t a k e ( away)kureka ( tse) - t o s t o p ( i n t . ) It llb~kurekera, aho — to stop (int,)kubuza (jije) - to hinder, prevent,

1 6. 3bserve h e se uses of " s t o " .1 ( Someone is go ing away Stop, I want, to tell you something - Hagarara(or, Pure se) ndashaka kukubwira ijambo.(B'uretse is just "Stop'.")

2) Stop wrxtmg on the slate — Reka (or, rekera aho ) kwand&a ku"rubhho.3) The child, is going into the water. Stop him'.— Vmwana agiye mu ma,zi.

Stop,. the child. from going into the water — Buza umwana, kujya mu mazi(or, ngo nta.jye mu mazi),

guhaguruka ( tse) - t o s t and upguhagarara (hagaze) — to stand,

guhagarika ( tse) — to stop ( t r . )(something moving as car,person )

stop ( int . ) , w a i t

Mubuze!

4) Stop the'car, I want to get out — Hagarika imodoka, ndashaka kuy i v amo.In (1) the word "stop" is by itself, and mean's only to cease going awaywith the idea. of "wait" or "wait a minute".In (2) " stop".meens to stop any kind of action that is already begun.In ()) the idea, is to "stop" or hinder, prevent, someone else from wheth e i s d o i n g .In (4) the idea is to "stc." someone or something from going.

Note regarding —reka; I, ;ho subject of -reka. is the same as thP. One whczs ozng e a ctxon, it me:) .-; "s t o p " . (In this case it may also be -reke;;aho). e.g. Re i a k wandika , td:, R ekera a h o k w andik a) — Stop writing (Theone who is to stop is the c). -: who i" writing.)

If the subject of'-rek is not the same as the one who is doing thP.

b) -t e g e re za and - h a g a ra ra , meaning "wait,",Wait for me - ntegereza (or, untegereze ) .Wait, I want to give you something — Hagarara, ndashaka kuguha ikintu.

Iy you state whom one waits I or, use -~t'e ereza

( Lesson"'68, cont . )

o) guhaguruss an d ~ uh a r a r a , s ear i n g " t o tand":The' act of coming to a standing position is: ~ u h~ur uk a .Rei'erring to the duration o i' s t and i n g , use: ~u ha ara r a .

,~et's stand and sing — Duhaguruke turirimbe.We stood for two hours — Twahagaze amasaha abiri.

70-

i nshut i z e.

repeated . Obs e r ve :

was here .

~17 . '7~0b'eot ronoun: -ha- . l n Rar . 6 6 y o u l ea r n e d t h e use oi b i r sh ar i .This particle is often inserted in forms of the v rb "to be", and sometimesin other verbs as well, to mean "there" o r "h e r e " . You hear it most oftenif someone comes to the door and sks: Y ibese mu an a arahari? The reply :Y ee, arahar i . — Is t h e d o c t o r h e r e ? Y es, he ' s h e r e .

In the past, when -ha- is inserted in a f'orm of'- r i , t h e v e r b i s

Wari uhari ejo? Yee, nari mpari — Were you here yesterday? Yes, I

Note this other use: Washyize umusumeno hasi? N arawuhashyi z e , - Di d y o uput the saw on the floor? I put it there.

E xerci s e s :I. Translate into English:

1. Duhaguruke twese, dusenge. 2 . Abakozi bareke gusenya inzu. 3 . B a r ekekwasa inkwi, sinshaka izindi.. 4. t'iuhagarare; mfite ibitabo nshaka kubehakugira ngo mubijyane ku mwigisha.. 5. Vmwana afite imbugita; mubuzegukeba igitambaro. 6. Inshuti zawe ziri mu nzu? Yee, z i r ahar i . Uzi -hamagare. 7. Ntimutware indabyo zose, zihagume. 8. Wajyanye amatarahanze? Yee, nayahashyize kuko nshaka kuyoza,. 9 , Abigi shwa barahari?Bahamagare, ntibagume hanze, 10, Yohana, nagende vuba kugira ngo a fashe

II, Translate into Kinyarwanda:1. Stop! (s.) Don't go home now. There is work to do. 2. Wait (pl. ) f 'orthe girls; they are coming. 3. Light a lamp so that we may see to read,4. Stop the children f'rom going (to go) to the river. 5. S top th edoctor . ~ I want to show him my child. 6. Were you in school yesterday?Yes, we were here. 7, Were your parents in church yesterday? Yes,they were there . 8. Put the trap on the floor in the house. I put i tthere thj.s morning (in the morning), 9. Let us not wait for the othersb ut l e t ' s h u r r y . 10, Don't leave stones in the path; we want to walkthere .

LESSON 69

~VO oabul arPossessive Particle with a changed to o

ishyamba (5th) — for est, brushy place ishami — branchikibabi — 1eaf igi taka (or, ubutaka ) — soil ,u bwatsi — g r a s s {tall, for building,) earthibya t si - , grass {any kind) gutema. ( mye) - t o c u t ( g r a s s ,ibyatsi b~ bi - weeds p lants , . trees')

~1&. The possessive parti cle, wa, ba, e t c . , and t he wtwd na c h ange t h e i "

kwitema (mye) — to cut onesel f '{ as f inger, ni<emye urutoke)

a to o before infinitives and bef'ore mu and ku.e ,g. k ur y a no k u n y w — to ea t a n d d r i nk

ku meza no ku ntebe - on the table and on the chairmu ishuri no mu rusengerc — in the school and in the churchigitabo ~c o gusoma — a book to read

- 7 1 -

umusatsi wo ku mutwe - the hair of the headibibabi byo ku mashami - the leaves of the branches

(Lesson 69p cont. )~1. The possessive particle, as wa, ba, ya,,etc. sometimes becomes wo,

bo, ~o, e tc, a s s een i n par . 1 30 . The idea. of the particle wa, etc . i spossession. But there are some instances in English where we use thepossessive "of" when really the thought of place is intended; e.g, we say"the trees of the forest" when we mean "in the forest". In those instancest he f o r ms wo , ~ o , etc. are used, followed by mu or ku:

e,g, ibiti byo mu ishyamba - the trees of the forest

A part of a thing may not possess. T hus, one would s a y , " i b i b ab i b y o k umashami", and "ibibabi by'igiti" because the tree is the whole thing, andthus the plain possessive may be used.

140. On t h e o th er h and, when in English we would use only "in" o r "on" t oconnect two nouns, in Kinyarwanda the form wo, yo,etc. must be used asw ell as mu or k u , when a prepositional phrase modifies a noun.

e.g. the trees on the hill — ibiti ~b o ku musozithe pages in the book — impapuro zo mu gitabo

Put the book on the table - shyira igitabo ku meza (ku meza modifiesshyira )

The book on the table is good — igitabo ~c o ku meza ni cyiza (ku meza

mod.ifies igitabo).

In this use one could also say, "ibibabi byo ku giti" when the emphasisis on location. Note the difference here:

Exercises: I, Translate into'English:1. Ukubure neza mu nzu no mu rusengero. 2. Inyamaswa zo mu ishyamba nimbi, kandi ni nyinshi cyane. 3. Abagabo bagiye gushaka ubwatsi bwog usakara i n z u . 4. Abantu bat,emye ubwatsi bwose bwo ku musozi. 5. Tuge-nde guhinga no gutema ibyatsi, 6. Unyereke imbuto zo mu murima. 7. Hariibyatsi. bibi byinshi mu mirima no mu nzira. 8. Tuzatangira kwubaka vuba;turashaka umucanga mwiza wo mu ruzi. 9, Imana ikuhda cyane umuntu wesewo mu bwami bwayo (his), 10. Yiugende mushake imbuto zo ku biti.

II. Translate into Kinyarwanda:1, The soil in the garden is not good. 2 . The l e a ves o n t h e t r ee s a r ebeginning to fall. ). Me want to sing and to pray in the church.4, The bricks of the house are not strong. 5. Cut,(pl.) all the gra.ssin the garden. I don't want, it. 6. The flowers on the hills arebeautiful; let's go get (look for) some (them). 7 . The weeds i n t hegarden will kill the plants, 8. The hair on the sheep's skin is long.

9. The pages of the book are very dirty; let's be careful in readingthem. 10, The words in God's book are wonderful; let's read themevery day.

LESSON 70Review

I. Questions;1. How do the ordinal numerals differ from the cardinals in Kinyarwan'da?2, khat kind of verbs are in the stative voice?

How is the stative formed? Give an example,4 . Nhen does na, become no (2 i nst a n c e s ) ?

Mhen does the possessive particle wa, etc. c hange t o w o , e t c .(3 instances),?

6. How is the plural imperative formed'? Give an example.How is the subjunctive formed? Give an example.

8, How is the negative imperative formed? Give an example,

9. How are the names of the months foxmed?10. How are the days of the week formed?

to: them.

w e pra is e H i m .

three times.

put them there.

(Lesson 70, cont. )11. Distinguish (by g~ ving examplcs other than those used in the lesson)between: a ) the "' words used for "to stop"; b) tne 2 words used fo r

" to wa i t " ; c) the ". ways of' saying "to stand".

11.1Mrite in Kinyarwanda the names of' ell the months.2, Mrite in Kinyarwanda the names of the days of the week.

III. Translate into .~inyarwanda:1 . Don't g o (pl.) to the valley to cut grass for putting on a roof,2. Br ing (s,) green beans nd tomatoes, and cook them.3. I will punish you ( s.) because you were absent f our days .4. I told you to put the new books on the table ' Wher'e are tFiey?. I5. The fundis want tools to plane boards,6. The grass in the garden is very tall, c ut i t ,7. The last page in your book is very dirty,8..Go, both of you, to work in your gardens. '

9. The children are very cold; thcy have no clothes; give them (clothes)10, Me ar e v e r y h a ppy because J e sus saved us and g av e us ne w he a r t s ;

11. How many times did you (s) bring beans to sell'? I brought them

12. The men often go to Butare to look for work.13. The old man is sick (in) both his legs.14. The guests will go home Friday afternoon.15, The' children came a 7:00 this morning. Give them their francs now.16, On Sunday we like to sing and worship.17. The thief came in the night so that he might find an opportunity

18. The cows are going into the garden; stop them from ea,ting (to eat )19, Two, boys were bad (did badly ) in school; the tea,cher punished them;

theg stood for two hours.20. Cut all 'the weeds in the garden.

t o s t e a l .

the corn.

LESSON 71Far East ' I ' ense

proverb, p~ b '

tw-ara- k o ze '

. "orked y-ara - g i y e — he went. away

narakoze — I wo r k c d twarakoze — we workedwarakoze — you worked mwarakoze — you workedyarakoze — he, sh e wo rk e d b arakoze — they ~ o r k e d

Vocabulaz~umugani » parab le , p ro v e r bingeso — custom, hab't.u rugendo- j o u r n e yguca (ciye) umugani — to tell a.

141. You learned that the ordin ry past tense is used in speaking oi thatwhich ha , b een d one t od.:".y. For more d.i tant time, yesterday or before,

j.s: personal prefix, te.'.;;e sign —ara- , past s t ,em:

1) Note the conjug='ic;.whcn noth'ng follows the verb within the clause

gutinda ( nze) - t o b e l a tegutegura (ye) — to preparegutekereza (je) — to think, think

except, ~cane or at i :

about

In the singular, the fir t, a of -ara- is short, in thc plural it is long.Both are high t o nes, Remember that for past time today the tones are low.Vowel-stem verbs follow t.he regular rule: naribagiwe - I forgot; waribagiwe-you forgotf; yaribagiwe - he forgot, etc.

(Lesson Pl, ccnt. )2) If komething follows the verb, within the clause, t h e -r a i s dr opp e d(but -a.- r e t a ined ), giving the appearance of' the ordinary past, but the

tone is high instead of low,nakoze t wak oz ewakoze mwKkozeyakoze bak oz e

Note the short a in the singular, butlong in the plural.

same;

yose,

E xerc i s e s :

3) In dependent clauses and iri the negative, though the time is fardzstant, the -ra- is omitted. However, the tone distinctions remain the

Note; You will hear and see exceptions to rule 2 ) and 3) .

I. Translate into English:1. Yesu yaciye imigani myinshi, kandi abantu benshi baramukurikiye.2. Umugabo yagize ingeso mbi cyane, nyamara. nyuma yaraziretse. 3. Twa-teguye neza ibintu byacu byose. 4. Nagiye mu kindi gihugu mu kwezi kwagatanu, 5, Abahungu batinze kenshi mu ishuri kuko bavuye kure, 6. Ejot warabategere j e , ariko ntimwaje. Yee, twaribagiwe. 7. Abana batwinginzengo tubajyane, kandi twarabyemeye. 8, Umubyeyi wanjye yambwiye kwasa.inkwi, kandi narabikoze. 9. Utegure ameza neza, kuko dufite abashyitsikandi bavuye kure. 10. Umwigisha af'ite ingeso yo guca imigani iminsi

1. The people heard the Gospel; they thought about it much (add -ho t oe nd o v e r b), 2. The boys prepared much food because they went on along journey, 3, The workmen carried large boxes on their heads.4. I waitled a whole day to see the European. 5, The old man told manyproverbs to teach the young men. 6. Didn't you go to help build thechurch? ' Yes, we went . 7. The girls prepared their clothes nicelybecause they wanted to go to school. B. Did you (pl,) hear that thievesstole thei rich man's cows? What did. you think about it? (add -ho t oend of verb ). 9, We were late to arrive there, but we wanted to enterin order to see the leaders (important men) . 1 0 , T h e pastor (umupastori )spoke very good words; at terward many sinners were saved.

II. Translate into kinyarwanda:

LESSON 72Ne ative of Far Iast

"Next week" i s : mu cyumweru gitaha.

f utu r e all gone, end ( int . )

~uo cabul arimpamba - food for a journey gutabara,( ye) — to he lp , go t okwiruka (tse) - t o run , ru n a way a ssis t a nce o fkera - long ago, long time in g u shira ( ze) - t o f i ni s h ( i n t . ), bekuremba (mbye) — to be very ill (almost dying)

!lote: guehira is common in express i ons l i k e: mu cyumeeru aishize - lastweek; mu kwezi gushize — last month; ifu irashize — the flour is all gone.

142. For the negative of the far'past, - ra- i s dr op p ed , making it resem-ble the ordinary pas'., but the tone remains high:

1 4'3. Sentence o r d e r . You learned 'hat when both an indirect oojectpronoun and a direct one come in the same vcrb, the direct precedes thei ndi r e c t , How e v er , when both a. direct and an indirect object, follow theverb, the indirect is usually first, unless it is a long phrase; in whichcase, if the direct object is but one word, it will com'e first.

e.g, Nahaye Petero igitabo — I gave Peter a book. Nahaye igitabo umwana.wa Petero - I gave Peter's child a book.

s inagi ye , n t i w a g i y e , etc.

broke down.

E xerci s e s :I. Translate into English:

yavuyel abantu benshi indwara zabo.

II. Tranplate into Kinyarwanda:

{Leeson 72 , cont . j

e.g. Yagiye ejobundi - he went day before yesterdayAzagenda ejobundi — he will go day after tomorrow.

dead, but is very ill (sometimes when he is not even very ill) . e.g.Arapfuye (lit.) he is dying (but actually "he is veey ill"). Sometimesthey use ~araremb e i n t he same way, - "he is about to die". However,w hen they s a y , "Yarapfuye" or "Yapfuye", they usually mean that he isa ctual l y d e a d . Guvfa is sometimes used of things that no longer function.e.g. Umupira wapfuye - the tire is flat.

Imashini yarapfuye — the machine

1. Abantu ntibemeye kudufasha mu mirimo yacu.2 . Nagiy e k u r e g u s u r aumwungeri nyamara sinamubonye kuko yagiye ahandi. 3. Bashatse impamba

z'iminsi itatu; ntibashatse gusonza.4. Zjobundi umusaza yarapfuye.

Nahaye umuhungu igitabo n'ikaramu.6. Mbese imbugita yanjye iri he?Nayiguhaye ejobundi . 7. Nahembye abakozi amafaranga menshi mu kwezi

gushize. 8, Umwigisha yigishije byinshi abana b'abakozi,9. Ntimwiru-tse vuba cyane, n uko mwarat i n z e . 10. Nu cyumweru gishize umuganga

1. The~boys ran to school; they didn' t want to,be late.2 . Ny f o o d f o rthe jogney was all gone and I was hungry.

3. Long ago the peoplehelped 'us to build the church. 4. 0id you (pl.) give the childrenc lotheq? Yes, we gave them to them. $. The woman is ve ry s i ck (dying);have them take her to a doctor,6. Day after tomorrow we will go to

help (to the assistance o ) the poor man. 7. Last mon8 the "fundis"didn't finish building our new house, but they worked very hard.8. You have come very l a t e (= you were late to come) , Y e s , t h e j o u r neywas very difficMt for us. 9. The young lady lied to me, but I haveforgiven her. 10. On our journey we saw many wild animals,

and th ey

143• ~g obundi . hi- mee::.-,P"da. b c ore yes te rd a y" or "day after tomorrow".

~14 . The stative of ~f a is cftcn used when a person is not actually

74-

d idn' t r un a w a y .

LESSON 73Father and No t her

~Yocabulardata — my, our fa t herso - your (s. and pl. ) fa therse — his, her, their father

mama — my, our mothernyoko — your (s. & p l . ) m o thernyina — his, her, their, motherkw'oroherwa (hewe) — to get better

146. You will note that ther e are three words for "father" and three for"mother" , depending on whose father or mother it is.

T he possess i v e sare not often used with these words.Data in itself means "my father"{or, "our fa th e r" ); ~noko a3 one means " y o ur m o th e r " , etc . Do not s ay

In the Lord's prayer vc: -ay "Da'a wa twese"- Fathero f us a l l , beca u s e'.o sey Data wacu would b "::, uncle",, n ot " ou r f ' a t h e r " ' .

~lb . T hes e w o r ds h a v c-. f i r .»'. clas afrsement.s, e ven t hough Xhey d o n o thave the regular noun prefi xf . ; . To make any of these forms plural theprefix ba is used, but. not tttached, but still no possessive is used.e.g. Ba s o — you f a t h e r ; ba nyina — their mothers.

mama. wacu is my, our matern::i annt.

(Lesson 73, cont . )E xercises :I, Translate into English:

1. Mama ararwaye cyane; tuzamujyana, kwa, muganga. 2. Ny ina wa Hebekayakoze cyane mu murima we, 3, Nyoko arorohewe ubu? Aratangiye kworo-herwa buhoro, nyamara ntafite imbaraga nyinshi< 4. Se wa Yosefu ya r a mu-fashije cyane; yamuhaye inka n'ibindi bintu byinshi. 5. Data, afiteurugo rwiza, nyamara azajya ahandi vuba. 6. So yatashye ryar i ? Ya t a shyemu kwezi gushize ku itariki ya cumi n'icyenda. 7. Abigishwa bazahamagara.ba se ngo baze ku ishuri ku munsi mukuru., 8. ga nyina b'abakobwa babi-gisha. guhinga no guteka, 9. Nyoko ariho? "'dya, yapfuye mu mwaka ushize,10. So na nyoko bari imuhira? Oya,, bagiy e g u s ur a d a t a wa cu .

II. Translate into Kinyarwanda:l. Vhere is your father? He died long ago. 2. John's mother came hereday before yesterday, but I didn't see her. 3. We saw your mother inchurch yesterday. 4. My father is waiting for us; let's hurry. 5. CallPeter's'father; I want to give him work. 6. Our fathers work hard ino rder t o g i v e (that they may give) us food and clothing. 7. I want, togo tell my mother that the doctor is here. 8. My father in heaven(ijuru) loves us all and, wants to save us. 9. The children's mo%heris cooking their ood. 10. Tell 'your father that the workmen havefinished mold.ing (to mold ) the br i c ks .

a,s for a b o y ' s o l d e r br ot h e r .

LESSON 74

(Vocabular h is included in the grammar.148. In Ki arwanda it is a bit complicated to say ."brotho"" and "sister"for it de nds on the age and sex of the parties involved,1) A boy s sister is mushiki (no in i t i a l v o wel). It must be followed.

by the posSessive: mushiki wan e - my sister; mushiki wawe — yoursister; mushiki we - his sister; mushiki wa,cu - our sister; mushiki wa

2) A girl's brother is musaza, which follows the same rules as mushiki.

3) A boy's older brother is mukuru: mukuru wanjye, mukuru we, bakurub anjye, bakuru babo, e t c .4) A girl's older sister is also mukuru, and is used exactly the same

5) A boy' s younger brother is murumuna: murumuna wanjye - my youngerbrother; bamurumuna banjye - my younger brothers, etc.

6) A girl's younger sister isa s fo r y o u nger b r o t h e r .

7)Exactly~ the same terms areuncle or maternal aunt, so oneactually brothers and sisters,guish then from true siblings,wacu — my female cousin (daught

~14, If when seeing a boy and pirl t,ogether, or two boys er two girls,y ou wish t o a s k , "Are you brother and sister?", you would say, " Muva i n d a

imwe?" (lit. did you come from t,he same stomach? ) . L i k e wise , 'meare brother and sister" is: Tuva inda imwe. Abavandimwe is siblings.'

B rothe" an d S i s t e r

also murumuna, and used in the same way

used for the children of' one's paternalis never quite sure if two people areo only cousins, If necessary to distin-one says; e.g. mushiki wanjye kwa da,taer of my paternal uncle) .

b'r cVi e fp'I itDl ~'i-'» e. ,~.« ) )Q~Q ( ' ' LA, ' ' [ X i , C

I

(Lesson 74, cont . ) - 76Exerci s es : Tr a n s l t c i n t o f',inyar wanda:

1. John's younger brother 12,2 . My s i s t e r (I - a boy) 13.3. Your o l der b r o ther (you - boy)14,4 . His s i s t e r s 15.Mary's b r ot h e r 16.6. Ruth's older sister 17.7. My brothe" (I — girl ) 18.8 . Your s i s t e r (you — boy) ') 9,9 . Hi s o l d e r b r o t h e r 20,10. Ydur younger brother (you-boy)21,

ll. My( older brother ( I — boy) 22.

Elizabeth's younger sisterMy older sister ( I — girl )My younger brother (I — boy)Your brother (you — girl)Your younger s is te r (you — girl)My younger si s t e r ( I - g i r l )Your older s i s t e r (you — girl)Y ou" b r o t h e r s ( you - g i r l )My sisters (I - boy)Are you bro thers?H er br o t h e r s

LESSON 75

V ooabula~r1nkurukurakarakubabara

be

II. Trenslate i.nto Kinyarwanda:

normally used f-. act ' . - : . .:f r - ; - '

+ the past stem, thus: a-ra-giye — he has gone ( 'just now) .

Immediate PastQ tw „ wsy

news (or, amekuru ) kurys ma (mye) — to lie down, do to bed(ye) - t o be angry kwitaba (bye) — to ~nswer when calle d( ye) - t o s u f f e r , gucucuma (mye) — to mashsad, be sorry gukora (ze) umugat,i — to make, knead

T he con j ug a t i o n : n dagiye — I h a v e g o n e turagiy e — we have goneu ragiye - y o u h a v e g o n e muragiye - you have gonearagiye — h e , she has gone baragiye — they have goneNote: In appearance this is just like the stative, but this t,ense is

~ll. The use of this tense is to express th a t wh i o h h as h a p penedtu t nnooww,or is about to happen in a moment. e.g. Ar ~ i ~ e — he h a s j us t no w g o n e .Often it is used when he is just now doing it, You cal l a p e r son and heanswers, "~Nda 'e", though he hasn' t started to move yet. He means, " I 'mjust coming", though he says "I have come."

~1 . In the negative of t,his tense and in dependent clauses the -ra-d rops ou t . Usually if there is an object or phrase after the verb, the- ra - i s dr op p e d . e.g. Mbonye umwana — I've just seen the child.

Exercises: (Can you recognize in these exercises which verbs are stativeand which are immediate past?)I. Translate into Englisn:

1. Twumvise inkuru nziza; turanezerewe kuzumva.2. Wahamagaye Samweli?Y ee, a r i t ab y e , 3. Umwigisha arahana umuhungu; ararakaye cyane. 4. Soari he? A r a r yamye mu nzu, 5. Umwana arwaye malaria; ararembye cyane,

6, Paulo, ngwino, Yee, ndaje. 7. lb'umvise inkuru? Yee, Yohana arazi -mbgiye. 8. Umugati urahari? Yee, ndab(ukoze ubu. 9. Abasore be meyegufasha kwubaka i s h u r i . 10. Mushiki wanjye araje; arampamagaye.

l. I have,just gone to bof' becausi. I am sicl., 2 . John ' .' , f a t h e r h ' sheard bad n ews and hi'. ha.". gcne ( j us t now) . 3. D i d y o u call t.he namesj us t n ow? Yes , a l l h a ' c a n s w r e d . 4. The men went, just now t.o begintheir w o r k , 5. The woman has a b a d u l c e r on he r l eg ;she is sufferinga lot (much). 6. It's gctting late, I can' t see well,Xes, I just lita lamp. 7. l/hat are t.he workmen doing? They've just, gone home.

8. Ilhen will you make bread? I' ve just finished making it. 9. My .."mother is preparing tea; the wat.er has just boiled. 1G. This morningI saw that the floor was very dirty in your room.I know, but I just

. ".iie t h e s tat i v e '=- fo" a = - ' =-- .... o b i ng .

bread

( (t ' l l (

swept i t .

- 7 7 -

LESSON 76

P ossessive Ad 'ec t i v e s

be difficult.

u rukwavu — rabb i t

of God, The word Imana is third class. Thus, Hi s w or d would no t be

~Vocabulazumubiri I- bodyumuzi —,root (usually plural)

~1 . See, the tables on the following two pages facing each other.In par. 6 you leaz'ned that the possessive adjective is made up of twopazts: thel first azt ees w'th the thin possessed and the last t w i t h

thus fa r hav e b e en w hen t h e p o s s e ssor w as 'a p e r s o n . But other thing may

Here, wa agrees with umurizo (thing possessed), and ~o agrees with i n k a(possessor). It is especially important to remember this when speaking

~1 . The vowel in the first part of the word is always a, a nd i n t he s ec o n dpazt always o, except when the possessor is a person (which forms youhave already l earned ).1~ An easy rule to help you rememben these forms is that, the first pazt,,agreeing with the object owned, is the possessive particle, a nd th esecond part, agreeing with +he possessor, is the possessive particle witha 'changed to o . Do not be fz'ightened by the number of forms given inthe accompanying table. If you follow this rule given here it will not

F or t h i s l es so n , study especially the first four columns of the table. onthe following page (that is, the first four classes) before do ing t h e

igi cucu — fool, foolish person,

ingwe — leopardshade, shadow

follow'ng exercises.

E xercises :I. Translate into English:

1. Nabonye ingwe; amenyo yayo ni manini. 2. Hariya hari igiti kirekire;imizi yacyo ni myinshi cyane. 3. "mana ikunda abantu bayo; imbabazizayo n i n yi ns h i . Lk. Igicucu gifite inkwavu, ariko r umwe m u nkwavu z a c yorurapfuye. 5. Kbona impumyi; numva amajwi yazo, 6. Murumuna wa Peteroyaguze intebe nshya,. Amaguru yayo arakomeye cyane, 7 . Urugi r w ' i n z uyacu ni ruto, kandi ibyuma byarwo birapfuye. 8. Hari inyamaswa muishyamba, twabonye imitwe yazo. 9. Ndababaye kubona i g i c u cu ; a magorwa.yacyo ni menshi cyane. 10. N 3cunda cyme igihugu cyanyu; imisoziyacyo n'ibiti byacyo ni byiza. cyane.

II, Translate into Kinyarwanda.:1. Me have many chickens; their legs are sho t. 2 . Ny o l d e r br ot he r(of boy) has a very good cow; its horns are long. 3. God is able todefeat Satan; His strength is very great, ("strength" s hould be p l u r a l ,and for " g r eat " use "m uch".) 4. The foolish man has very few clothes,and his hair is long. 5. The fiz e is big (much); its light helps ust o see t o r ea d . 6. Your rabcit is very nice; i's body is big. 7. Didvou (pl, ) see our big dog? Its t- il is short, but its eyes are verybig. 8, The young men have their spears because they are going to thefore-.+. 9, John' s father built a. new house; its rooms are large andit is very,strong, 10. There is a, lot of corn in our garden; itsroots a r e v e r y shor t .

y' H~

( Lesson 74, cont . )

Exercises: Translate into Kinyarwanda,;l . John's younger brother 12,2 . My si s t er (I - a boy) 13.Your older br o ther (you — boy)14.

H is s i s t e r s 15.Mary ' s br other 16.6. Ruth's older sister 17.My brother ( I - g i r l ) 18.8 . Your s i s t e r (you - boy) 19.9 . Hi s o l d e r b r ot h e r 20,10. Your younger brother (you-boy) 21,ll. My older brother (I - boy) 22,

Elizabeth's younger sisterMfy o"der sister ( I — girl )My younger brother (I — boy)Your brother (you — gi.rl )Your younger s is t e r { you - gi r l )My younger s i s t e r ( I - g i r l )Y our older s i s t e r (you — girl)Your brothers (you — gir l )My sisters (I — boy)Her brothersAre you breothers?

LESSON 75Immediate Past

~Vocabul ar

kuba,bara gucucuma (mye) — to mashbe gukora. (ze) u'muga,ti - to make, krread

T he cor juga t i o n : ndagiye — I h a v e g o n e turagiye — we have goneuragiye - you have gone muragiye — you have gonea ragiye — hc , she has gone b aragiye - t he y h a v e g o n eNote: In appearance this is just like the stative, but this tense isnormally used for action verbs, while the stative is or a state of' being.

~ll. The use of' this tense is to express that which has happened ~ ust no w ,or is about to happen ir. a moment. e.g, Araa~ie — he ha,s jus t now gone,Often it is used when he is just now doing it.You cal l a p e r son and heanswers, "~Nda 'e", though he hasn't started to move yet.

He means, " I 'mjust coming", though he says "I have come."

~l . In the negative of this tense and in dependent clauses the -ra-drops o u t . Usually if there is an object or phrase after the verb, the

Exercises: (Can you recognize i n t h e se exercises which verbs are stative

1. Twumvise inkuru nziza; turanezerewe kuzumva.2. tt?ahamagaye Samweli?Yee, aritabye. 3. Umwigisha, arahana umuhungu; ararakaye cyane.

4. Soari he? Ararvamye mu nzu. 5. Umwana arwaye malaria; ararembye cyane.6, Paulo, ngwino. Yee, ndaje. 7 . ttfumvise i n k u r u ? Y ee, Yohana a r a z i -mbgiye. 8. Umugati urahari? Yee, ndawukoze ubu . 9. Abasore b emeyegufasha, kwubaka i s h u r i . 10. Mushiki wanjye araj e; arampamagaye.

a nd which a r e i mmediat e p a s t ' ?)I . T r e n s l a t e i n t o E n g li sh :

news (or, amakuru )(ye) — to be ~( ye) - t o s u f f e r ,sad, be sorry

+ the past stem, thus: a-ra-giye — he has gone ( just now) .

z nkuru - kuryama (mye) — to lie down, go to bedkurakara kwitaba {bye) — to answer when cal l ed

' w &'t"C

bread

rX (~Vr «C.r'.

' g „ C Ai e 4

II. Translate into Kinycarwanda:

'ri c a n ' t s e e we d.. 'l'.es, i Jiust lita lamp, 7. tthat are the workmen doing? They've j u s t go n e h o me,8. >Jhen will you make bread? I've just f'inished making it. 9. Mymother is preparing tea; the water has just boiled,.1G This morningI saw that the floor was very dirty in your room.

I know, but I justs wept i t .

— 77-

LESSON 76

P ossessive Ad 'ec t i v e s

u rukwavu — rabb i tplura,l )

~vo cabo larumubiri - b o dyumuzi — root (usu"l l y

~1 , See the tables on the following two pages facing each other.In par, 6 you learned tha,t the possessive adjective is made up of' twoparts: the first azt ees with the thin o s sessed and the last t w i t h~t he os s e s s or . However, all the possessive adjectives yoc have learcedthus far have been when the possessor was a person. But other thing may

Here, wa agrees with umurizo (thing possessed ), and ~o agrees wi th i n k a(possessor), It is especially important to remember this when speakingof God. ghe word Imana is third class. Thus, Hi s wo rd wo u ld no t be

~l . The vowel in the first part of the word is always a, and i n t he se c ondpart alwags o, except when the possessor is a person (which f orms youhave already l earned ).

'. An easy rule to help you remember these forms is that the first part,agreeing ~wi h the object owned, is the possessive particle, and th esecond parg, agreeing with the possessor, is the possessive particle witha changed ~to o. Do not be frightened by the number of forms given inthe accomgnying table. If you follow this rule given here it will not

For t h i s l hs son , study especially the first four columns of the table onthe following page (that is, the first four classes) before do ing t h efollowing pxercises.

Exerci s e s : ~I. Translate into English:

1. Nabonye ingwe; amenyo yayo ni manini. 2. Hariya hari igiti kirekire;imizi ya< yo ni myinshi cyane. 3. Imana ikunda abantu bayo; imbabazizayo ni iyinshi. 4. Igicucu gifite inkwavu, ariko rumwe mu nkwavu zacyorurapfuy~~, 5. Mbona impumyi; numva amajwi yazo. 6. Nurumuna wa Peteroyaguze in~tebe nshya. Amaguru yayo arakomeye cyane, 7 . Urugi r w ' i n z uyacu ni ruto, kandi ibyuma, byarwo birapfuye. 8. Hari i n y amaswa muishyamba, twabonye imitwe yazo. 9. Ndababaye kubona i g i c u c u ; a magorwayacyo ni menshi cyane. 10. N 3cunda cyane igihugu cyanyu; imisoziyacyo n'ibiti byacyo ni byiza cyane.

II. Translat e into Kinyarwanda,:1, Re have many chickens; their legs are short. 2. Ny o lder b r o t h e r(of boy) has a very good cow; its horns are long, 3. God is able todefeat Satan; His strength is very great. ("strength" s hould be p l u r a l ,and for " g r eat " use "much".) 4. The foolish man has very few clothes,and his hair is long. 5. The fire is big (much); its light helps usto see to re a d . 6. Your rabbit is very nice; its body is big. 7. Didvou (pl.) see our big dog'? It.", tail is short, but its e yes ar e v e r v

igicucu — fool, foolish person,

ingwe — leopardshade, s h adow

be difficult.

rp co av. b oc . .u c r - > "-' ' p rc (.o o •

- 78 -

Last par t Pos s e ssor

B

C

S

p

F

t

s

1 st Cl a s s 2nd Class

i 1 st we - wab o wawo - wayobe — babo bawo — bayo

2 nd we - wab o wawo — wayoye - yabo yawo — yayo

4 th C l a s swacyo — wabyobacy o — baby o

wacy o — wabyoyacyo — yabyo

a 3rd ye - yabo y awo — yayo yayo - yazo yacy o - yab y or ze - zabo zawo — zayo zayo — zazo zacyo — zabyo

4t h c y e — cyabo cyawo — cyayo cya y o - c y az o cyac y o — cyabyo0 bye - byabo byawo — byayo bya y o - b y a zo byacyo — byabyo

J 5t h r y e - r yab o ryawo — ryayo r yayo - r ya z o r yac y o — ryabyoE y e - y a b o y awo — yayo . yayo — yazo yacyo — yabyo

T 6t h r we' - rwabo rwawo — rwayo r way o — rwa z b rwacyo — rwabyoze - zabo zawo — zayo zayo — zazo zacyo — zabyo

0 7t h ke -' kabo k awo - kay o kayo - kazo kacyo - kab y oS twe - twabo twawo — twayo twa yo — twazo twacyo — twabyo

E 8t h bwe - bwa b o 'bwawo- bwayo bway o - bwa z o bwac y o — bwabyoS ye - yabo yawo — yayo yayo - yazo yacyo — y abyo

E 9t h kwe - kw abo kwawo - kwayo kwa y o — kwazo kwacyo - kwabyoD ye - yabo y awo — yayo yayo — y az o yacy o - yab y o

10th h e - habo hawo - h ayo hay o — ha zo hacy o - haby o

way o — wazoyayo — yazo

~ rd Claes.

wayo - wazobayo — bazo

S

forms for each clas: for example, in 1st class there are: we, wabo, b e ,babo. Th i s i s be c ause: 1) the thing may be singular and the possessorsin~ a r ; um wana we; 2) the thing may be singular and the possessor plural:umeana, eab~o; 3 the thing may be plural and the possessor singular:abana be; 4) the thing may be plural and the possessor plural: abana

Let us take a word. of another class, for example, to help you to under-stand the use of these forms. Suppose we wish to talk about the "rootsof trees." Hoot - umuzi is second. class, while tree — ~i iti is fourth.Remember the first part of the word agrees with the thing possessed andthe last part with the possessor. Vhen we say "its root", the tree is thepossessor and the root the thing possessed. N ow note; 1) u muzi wac o -i ts r oot ( 1 tree and. 1 root ) ; 2) umuzi wab o — their root t rees p l u r a lbut l r oot ); 3 ) i mi z i y iac o — its roots l tree, but roots plural);b) ~imi.zi a o - them roots (trees and roots both plural).

babo.

rweryo-r wayozaryo - zayo

ryaryo- r y ayo r y ar wo - r y a zo r yak o- r y a t w oyaryo - y ay o ya r wo — yazo y ako - y a t wo

rwar wo-rwazozarwo — za,zo

yaryo — yayo yar w o —, yazo y a k o — ya t wozaryo — zayo zar wo — z azo zak o — za tw o

~ th Class 6 th Cl a s s ~ th C l s s swaryo — wayo w a r w o — wazo w a k o — watwobaryo — bayo bar w a - baz o bak o — b a tw o

8 th Cl a s s ~ h Cl a s s '10th

wabwo — wayo wakwo -wayo wahobabwo — bayo ba k wo — bayo baho

waryo - w a yo - w a rwo — wazo w a k o — watwo wabwo — wayo w a kwo — wayo wahcy aryo - yayo ya r wo — yazo y ako — yatwo y abwo - yayo ya kwo - y ayo y a h o

y abwo — yayo yakwo - yayo y a h oz abwo — zayo z ak w o - zay o zaho

cyaryo-cyayo cy a rwo-cyazo zy a ko -cyatwo .cyabwo-cyayo cyakwo-cyayo cyahobyaryo-byay o bya r w o - byazo by a k o - bya t wo byabwo-byayo byakwo-byayo byaho

r yabwo-ryayo r y ak w o - r y ay o r yahoyabwo - yayo y a kwo — yayo y a ho

rwako-rwatwo r ws b wo-rwayo r wakwo-rwayo r w a h czako - zatwo z abwo - zayo z a kwo — zayo zaho

karyo — kayo k a rwo - k a zo kako — katwo kabwo - kayo kakwo — kayo kahotwaryo-twayo k warwo-twazo kwako-twatwo kwabwo-twayo kwakwo-twayo t wahc

bwabwo-bwayo b w akwo-bwayo bwahcy abwo — yayo yakwo - yayo y a h o

kwaryo-kwayo kwarwo-kwazo kwako-kwatwo kwabwo-kwayo kwakwo-kwayo k w a hcy aryo - y ay o ya r wo - y az o ya k o - y a two y a bwo - yayo y a kwo - y ayo y a h o

haryo - hayo h a r wo — ha,zo hako — hatwo habwo - h ay o hak wo — hayo hahc

bwaryo-'bwayo k w a r wo-bwazo kwsko-bwetwoyaryo — yayo y a rwo — yazo hako — yatwo

Possessive Ad 'ectives continued)LESSON 77

ivi — knee (pl. amavi)munsi - under (followed by ya if

object follows)

vocab~asimbaragasa — fleaigipfamatwi - deaf personumupanga - machete, grass knifei di r i s hya (5th) - window

For grammar, study the remainder of the

Exercises: 'Translate into Kinyarwanda:The boy; ha hat: umuhungu; ingof ero

1. The rabbit; its hair 14.2, The dogs; their fleas 15•3 . The c a t ; i t s ear s 16.4. The blind man; his eyes 17.

God; His grace 18.6 < God; Hl s woI ks 19.7, The deaf person; his faith 20.

chart of possessive adjectives.

Follow this pattern:ye.T he chi ckens ; t he i r hea d sT he school ; i t s boo k sThe house; i t s wi nd o wsThe countries; their languagesAnimal; its teethThe sheep; its tailThe lantern; its light

J.V • L I le QoUL ; 1 . hs r , t . ' g

12. The trees; their fruit1 3. The man; h i s k ne e s

24. The young girl; her teeth2 5, The books ; t he i r pa g e s

11, The cats; their tails

LESSON 76Causativ e Ver bs

~Vocabulkuboha (shye ) - t o t i e, b in d , k n i t , gu ta n ga ( nze) — to pay (f r~ c s ) ,gusasa (shashe) — to make a bed., gutinya (nye) — to fearspread grass kubohora (ye) — t,o unt i e

weave ' g i v e, offer ( as of f e r i ng )

t o cause t o w o r k .

singing,

hoe to work)have the idea of "to use" or "to do with."

isabune — soap (3rd sing. 5th pl . )Note: ~t a~n a is not used if the recipient is named.~1 6. To give the meaning of "to cause to" to a verb, the suffix -isha or-esha is added to e , verb, For example; guk or a — t o wo r k , gu k o r e s h a -

~1. To determine whether to use -esha or isha, it is necessary to know

a, i, or u, the added suffix will contain i (-isha) but if the next tothe last syllable has e or o, the added suffix will contain e (-esha) .Thus; g u kora becomes gugoresha — to cause to work , use.

This form is not always translated in English by "to cause to".It may

e.g. gukoresha i suka — to use a. hoe, w ork with - h o e ( l i t , c a use akubohesha umugozi - to tie with a rope ( cause rope to t i e).You have ready l e a r ned ~k w' i s h a . l 'ow you an see that it is simpiy .nec ausat i v e orm of ~ kwi a . Thus "to teach" is "to cause to learn,"

~1. The pst suffix of causatives is -~she 'e or -~shi 'e (according to t h eA I U r u l e ):,. Do not use the usual pe.st stem.e.g, yakoresheje — he used, c aused t o w o r k .

Note: There are quite a number of verbs which form 'their causatives~gularly, but in general you can follow the above rule.

I. Make the i'ollowing verbs causative, and give the meaning oy the

kuririmba becomes kuririmbish to cause to sing, lead in

Exercises:

causative forms:1. gukora 3. kugenda2 . guh i ng a 0 . gukun d a

II. Translate into English:1. Umugabo yibye amafaranga; abantu baramufashe, kandi ubu baramuboheshaimigozi. 2, Nitemesheje imbugita urutoke.

3. Sasa ibyatsi mu ikawa(coffee plantat ion) yawe, ariko ntuhahingishe isuka. 0. MukundisheImana imitima yanyu yose, 5. Ndashaka kuryamisha umwana. 6. Vmwigishawacu arandik i sha abana. 7, Ukoreshe ifu nyinshi mu gukora umugati.8. Abana bakarabishe isabune kugira ngo bange ico Ru ntoke.

9 . Abig i -sha. batangishije abana umwe-umwe (see par. 227) amafaranga atanu,10. Umufundi yubakishije ~ t afari menshi. 1 1. Isaka yar i r i mbish i j e

9. gut i nya10. gu t anga

neza m u ru s engero u yu m uns i . C'-„ .

- 81 -

LESSON 79Causatives continuedQ

I

• •

•

••

3) Somk verbs ending in -za in their usual form are already causative,

Yocabularg uta t a y e) - t o t h r o w away, l os e gu sek a (tse) - to laugh, laugh atgukura (ze) — to grow (int . ) kuvoma (mye) — to bring water fromgukura (ye) — to take away, subtra.ctkujugunya (nye) — to throw away uburo — millet

(Gausatives of these verbs are formed regulsrly, except that of rn>kucaand gukura .Th e se are dnRuza and gukuza. )1 9, Some common irregularities of the causative:1 Yerbs ending in -za often replace -za with -risha. or -resha (A I U

rule ). e.g. gukiza — to save gukirisha,- to cause to save, save

2) Some verbs ending in -ra change -ra to -za,e.g. kubabara — to suf fe r kuba baza (past -je) - to cause to suffer,

Noter kubabara also has a regularly formed causative: kubabarisha-to use something to cause to suffer. e.g. kubabarisha Yesu ibyahabyycu - to cause Jesus to suffer by our sins.

but take,a different causative form when the instrument of the actionis named. e.g. kwoza is the causative of ~kwo a. But "to wash withsoap" is kw o esha is abuni.

4) Guseka has two causatives: gusekesha, gusetsa — to cause someone tolsu h. The tuo forms are used quite interchangeably, but gusetsais he. more common. e,g, gusekesha umwana - to make the child laugh;Ibyo uvuga biransetsa — what you say makes me laugh.

5) flonosyllabic verbs must be learned one by one, for there is no rule

kugwa - kugusha kun ywa — kurywesha gusy a .- g»~vesh~ kuva- l ; uvush-.guha — guhesha k ur y a, — kurisha. g uta — gutesha gu ca — g u c i s h a

It is d.ifficult to know for oneself how to form causatives since many follo'the regular rule, and. others follow those given above. Thus it is impor tantto learn from the Africans each verb. But knowing these rules will helpyou to recognize what you hear, and by far the majority of verbs form itregularly with -isha or -esha.Note: guhesha, though active in form really ,is passive in meaning:

by means of

source

hurt (tr.)

to determine whether the suffix will have e or i,

kubahesha — to cause them to be given,

E xerci ses :I, Translate into English:l. Ibyaha byacu bibabaza Yesu, 2. Satani akunda kutugusha mu byaha;ariko Yesu adushoboza kumutsinda. 3. Abafundi bamenesha amabuye inyundonini. 4. Amaraso ya Yesu yaduhesheje agakiza. '5. Canisha inkwi nini.6. Ndagusabye kumfasha ariko sinshaka kugutesha igihe. 7. Kera A b anya-rwanda barishaga intoke ariko ubu abenshi (a makes i t a p r onoun)barisha ibiyiko. 8. Umwana (insert "who" ) urwaye, umunyweshe umutimu kiyiko . 9. Abakozi ba,temesheje umupanga ibyatsi. 10. Abana banzekuvoma; bya ra ka je n yi n a .

1 >+o n o r o vn ov a v t ;a r )dp

caused h i m 't.o .'a i l . 3. 'r'hree boys iost their uoo':, ttn,". .: te ; ,. , ~ e;-

punished them with a stick, 4. Have you (some) millet.? Grind it withstones. 5, Jesus saved us with His blood, 6. Rain and sun ma.ke theplants grow ( = cause p l a n t s t o gr ow). 7. I want to praise God withmy whole life. 8. Let's not worship God with just (only) words, Autlet's worship Him with our hearts. 9, Help me look for my pencil.."I

~indOWS Wit h a X O t O r . C z e ar r Wa.ter a I i u C x e a r r t;d.vr.rre.o ' s d n~ n d o ~ l A ';n 1 r l + tno

+ dr dp + + qt d p + +

LESSOI~ 80Ob 'ects with Causatives

V ocabulargutata, se) — to make trouble, fight inkoni — walking stick

kubcr~ ,ze) — to rot,spoil (int.)(caus, kuboza)

with verbally uburakar i — a n ger

160. With causative ver'bs one is apt to have two objects, for in Englishtwo verbs are really involved: "to cause to" and "to work" (as for exam-

ple in gu koresha). These two objects may be:a. One a secondary subject and the other a true object.

e.g. gukundisha Petero Yohana - to cause Peter to love John.Petero is really the object of "to cause to" and the subject of"to love"; thus it is a secondary subject, while Yohana is the

, true object .

e,g.kwitemesha imbugita urutoke — to cut the finger with a knife.~imbu ita is the instrument with which the ginger is cut.

will hear and see examples where the true cbject comes first: eg.Ukund.ishe Imana umutima. wawe wose - love God with all your heart. I f t hesecondary subject involves a group of words and the true object is onlyone word., the secondary subject will come la,st. One cannot make a defi-

nite rule about the order, for it may vary. Experience will teach you.This is also true of the following rule. Occa.sions are rare when thiswill be a. problem to you.

161. The two objects may both be pronouns in the verb.e.g. bawumubohesheje - they tied him with it ( a rope),

When it is thus, the secondary subject or the instrument usually comesirst. with the true object follo"ing, ~exce t

b. The two objech may be one an instrument and the other the object.

In both of these examples the true object comes last, with t h e s e c ondarysubject or' the instrument immediately following the verb; H owever, y o u

t he p r onouns: n — me, k u — y o u , and tu - us , al wa y s c o me s econdand only the context can determine the meaning.e.g. kumugukundisha - could be: to cause him to lave you; or,

162. If one is a pronoun and the other is a noun, only the context can

determine the meaning. e.g. Umwigisha amukundisha umukene - c,ould be,the teacher causes him to love the poor man; or, the teacher causes thepoor man to love him, However, in most instances the context will make

to cause you to love him.

i t c l e a r .E xerci s e s :I. Translate into English:

l. Yiama aratekesha ibishyimbo amazi menshi. 2. Umugabo yasakarishije

inzu ye ubwatsi bwinshi. 3. Babagishije imbugita inkoko. 4. Imbuto mbi

ziboza imbuto nziza. 5, Imana ifite ibyiza byinshi, Yesu arabiduhesha,6, Jtmabuye ni manini cyane; yameneshe inyundo nini. 7, Abahungu bara-kubitisha inkoni imbwa; mbese ushobora kubayikundisha? 8. Ibiryobyiza bikuza abana, 9. Nyina w- Petero atangiye gukurikira inzira ya,Yesu, Niko Satani ashaka kumuyitesha. 10, Abakobwa bag iy e k u v omaamiazi mu kabande. Yibese bayavomesha iki?

II. Translate into Kinyarwanda:1. The teacher causes the boys to read the books. 2 . The man' s t r o u b l e smake him sad (hurt him). 3. The old man's anger made them laugh at him.4. Let us praise God. with our lives, not just words. 5. The bad meat

will spoil all the food. 6. Peel the potatoes. What shall I peel them

with? 7. The g ass in the kraal is very tall. Do you hav e a ~ chet e ?Cut it with it. 8. I want to build a house and I have (some) good.

bricks. C o me(pl.) help me build it with them, 9. My father's angerhurts me very much in my heart. Jesus can save us from it. 10, Ynu(girl) told your brother bad news. It makes him:fight with you (verbally) .

LZSSON 81Review

4, What is the A I U rule?

II. Make the1. kugenda?. guhinga

kuvuga4. gushima

6. gutekaIII. Translate into Kinyarwanda:

1. your f a t her2. my mother

his brother (older)your (s.) s i s ter (you - boy)

5.. their father6 . my younger s i s t e r ( I — girl )7. my father8. your (s.) mother9 , hi s s i s t e r s10. their mothers11. my younger brother (I — boy)12, your ( pl.) brother{you- gi r l s )13. my older sister ( I - g i r l )

IV. Translate into Kinyarwanda: (Do1. { the cows) their tails2. { the cat) i t s h a i r3. (the deaf man) his ears4. (God) His word.

( the f i r e ) i t s smoke6. (the blind man) his tongue7. ( the cow) its milkB . (God) His l o v e9 . ( the t r e e) i t s l e a ves

10. ( the country) i t s nam-

kuzana

following verbs7. gufasha.8. gusenga9. kur i r i mba

1 0. kub i k a11. kuguma12. kwandika.

I, Questions:1. Conjugate kumena in the far past affirmative (no words following).2. Conjugate kubika in the far past negative.3. Conjugate ~seka in the immediate. past affirmative.

5. The possessive adjective contains two part,s. What is the purposeof each'? Hom are they determined?

6. When two nouns follow a causative verb, what is t h e p r oper order?7. When two pronoun objects occur in a causative verb, w hat is t h e

p roper, order '? A r e t he r e a n y e x c e p t i o n s ?

c ausat i v e , an d13. kwubaka14. gufata15, kwumva16, gu s hobora.

' l7. gusa.ba18. kumenya.

translate the19, kugwa,20. kwica21, gucana22. kurya23, guha24, kur eba,

causative form:25. gukubita26. gusya27. gukomera28. guhana,29. gutema.30. kubabara

14. my elder b r o t hers (I , a boy)15, my brother (I — girl)

17. the i r ( gir l s ' ) b ro t h er s1 8. Mary' s younger s i s t e r19. hi s y ounger bro thers20, John's f a t h er21, their mother22. our ( boys) s i s t e r23. your (pl. ) mothers24. your (girl) older sister25. We are brothers .

not translate words in parentheses)11. (flea,s) their legs12, (young men) thei r e nger13, (k raal ) i t s g o uses14. (the house) its kitchen15. {the young girls) their lamp16. (God) His k i ngdom17..(the leopard) its body18. ( the house) i t s d oor19. ( f r i e n ds) their letters20. ( l amp ) its light

16. cu r f at her s

LESSON 82

~Vocahclarumwete - z e a l , enthusiasm kwaka (tse) — to shine ( int . )kugira umwete - to be zealous, kunebwa (bwe) - to be lazy

enthusiastic, energetic gushidikanya (nye) - t o doubt

This is one of the most difficult sounds in Kinyarwanda.Practice with

These adverbs are variable, that is, they usually take the same pre-

~16 . ~Gut a, ~t o . These adverbs mean: ~ ut a — like this; ~ to — like that,

an African until you can say it well.

fix as the verbs they modify.

par 251 )

yabikoze atyo — he did it like thatbabikoze batyo — they did it like thattugire dutya - let's do it like thisndakora ntya — I do like this.

e.g. Turashaka kuririmba gutyo - we want to sing like that,With the imperative it may be:. kore. utya, or, kora. ~tya — do like this.Note: Do not try to use this form for "Do like John", { For that , s e eA common error of beginners is to aant to always use ~tya,

or ~ u ty o , b u tit is better to make it agree with the verb it modifies,

I. Translate into English:

When following an infinitive it takes ~u- in agreement with the infinitive.

E xerci s e s :

1, Paulo yagize umwete mwinshi mu mirimo y'Imana; natwe( we also) t ug i r edutyo. 2. Kuko umucyo w'Imana waka utyo tugende neza muri wo

( it . i , e ,light ). 3. Kuko munyinginze mutyo nzabibaha. 0. Abahungu barahinga,neza; mwebwe mukore mutyo. 5. Toma ntiyizeye kugeza aho (unti l ) a bonyeYesu; ntidushidikanye dutyo. 6. Imbwa zirya zitya ariko abmtu baryabatya. ~7. Niba (if) inkumi ' oeshya ityo, ntidushobora kuyizera„8. Sinshobora guha umufundi akazi kuko anebwe atyo.

9. Umwana wacuarwara atya iminsi yose; mbese ntimushobora kumukiza?1 0. Akabwa k i b y einyama gatyo; sinshaka ko kagaruka mu nzu.

II. Translpte into Kinyarwanda;1. Let us be zealous to sing like this. 2. Plane (s.) the boards l i kethat. 3. It is not nice to laugh like that.

0, The children run likethis. 5.' I did it like this, but you(pl.) do it like that. 6 . I t ' sdifficult to catch wild animals because they fear people like that,

7. Do you (s.) write like this with a pencil? 8, Stop laughing likethat and help your sister (to a. boy). 9. Because God's love is stronglike that, He wants to save everybody.

10. We can't bring in (from sun )the clothes, because they are wet like that.

+ eh + + + + + + + '

IIESSON 83Passive V e rb s

k udoda z e ) - t o s e wkwita (sc) — to name, calI

i shyar i — jealousy. -fite ishy~mi — to be jealous {momen-

kugira ishyar i — to be jealous (as acharacteristic, or in pas t)

when the subject receives the action of the verb.eg. The man beat s t hed og — act i v e v o ic e ; the dog is beaten by the man - passive voice.

Orily

t ar l l y )

Passive verbs are formed simply by inserting w before the final a of theverbs

gukunda — to love g ukundwa' - to be lovedk ubona - t o s e e kubonwa — to be seen

~16 . The passive is often followed by na meaning "by",e.g. Dukundwa n'Imana - we are lo v ed ~b God.

166. The verb kwita must not be confused with ~ham~a ra. Kwita is "tocall" only in the sense of "to name," e,g. Bamwise Yohana — they called(named) him John. Bahamagaye Yohana - they called John (to come).This verb in the passive is the commonest way to ask someone his name,

Witwa, nde? - what is your name? Literally, you are called, who?(nde = who ).

E xerci s e s ;I . 'I'ranslate into English:

1, Imana ishimwe kuko yaduhaye agakiza. 2. Ab i g i s hwa bose b a t e g ekwan'abigisha babo n'ababyeyi babo ( note 2 uses of n a). 3 . I m y enda idndwaneza n'abakobwa. 4. Uruhinja rw'umwigisha rwitwa Sembwa, 5. Umuhunguafite ishyari kuko aband.i bashimwa cyane. 6. Ndashaka ko i nyanyazirongwa kabiri mu mazi yo kunywa. 7. Abana banyu ni beza kuko Ce3cundagutegekwa neza n'abakuru babo. 8..Abantu bose bazabwirwa inkuru nzizako Yesu akiza. 9. Abajura birutse kuko batinye ko bazafatwa.10. Abakuru b'igihugu bubahwa n'abMtu bose.

II. Translate into Kinyarwanda:1. The child is taken out of school because he is very bad ( "to t a k eout" is followed by mu or ku, like kuva). 2. The man is sent to Butareto buy foojd. 3. The books are brought by the boys and we shall usethem in school tomorrow. 4. Jesus is called Savior because He came tosave al l p eople . 5. We are redeemed by the blood of Jesus. 6. TheWord of God can be trusted because it is (use ari, se e p ~" . '85) thetruth . 7., We want that all your (pl. ) t h i ngs be prepared 'oecause wewill go very early. 8. The francs (which) are offered today will beused to buy books. 9. Our guests are called by the teacher so thatthey may go to see the school. 10. Give me (some) food gui.ckly for(because) I'm dying of hunger (i.e. I'm being killed by hunger).

LESSON 84P ast o f P a s s i v e s

Vooabularvbureaera (reyej — to be heavykuremerwa (rewe) - t o b e h eavy

guca (ciye) — to tear ( tr. ) as

gucika ( tse) — to t ea r ( i n t . ),break (as rope)

laden, l o aded. down

p aper, c l o t h )

gutora (ye) - to choose, elect, pick

gutoranya (nije) - t o choose(out of

kugaya ( ye) - t o d e sp i se , s c or nintoboro — hole (as in c l o t h , pa p er)

~16 . Yiost passives form their past just like the past of the active verb,umwubatsi — builder

u pq f l n d

many)

except that the w is retained.

168. However, th e re a re s ome verbs which do riot follow this rule:

gukunda — yakunze kuboha — yaboshyegukundwa - y a k u nzwe kubohwa. — yaboshywe

1) Verbs ending in -ma and forming the past in -~m e, in the passive

2) Verbs with passive ending in -rwa.have no g. ku v oma — yavomye kuvomwa - y avomwe

t ' - - a a r A a n ea a r

gutwarwa — ya twawe kuremerwa. — yaremereue

kugira - yagize kugirwa — yagizwe

(Lesson 84, cont , )

Note: kuremera is used like any stative verb: biraremereye — theyare heavy; biraremerewe — they are heavily laden.

b) If the active past ends in -ze, the passive past ends in -zwe,

3) The verb ku~a becomes in the passive, ~ku awa, with the past ~'awe.4) Verbs whose r e g u l a r p a s t i s -~nn e change to -~nwe in the past passive.

5) Verbs in -ba make the past passive -bwe;guhemba — yahembwe kureba - c y a r e bwe

yamennye — yamenywe

II. Translate into Kinyarwanda;

Exercises:I, Translate into English:

l . Ibuye (insert "which") ryagawe n'abubatsi ni Yesu. 2. Twatowen'Imana kugira. ngo tube abana bayo. 3, Imyenda y'umugore yagawe n'aba-n di kuko yac i t s e . 4. Umuhungu mubi agawa n'abantu kuko agira. nabiiminsi yose. 5. Intama eshatu zishwe n' inyamaswa. 6. Amasahaneyogejwe neza n ' a b a kobwa, ariko abiri yamenywe n' in jangwe, 7. Tugendegutabara umukozi kuko aremerewe cyane. 8. Ibitabo byanjye biri he?Simbizi, byose byashyizwe ku meza mu gitondo. . '9. Mama arashaka imyenda

e iri he? Xameshwe kare kandi yanitswe. 10. Basaza banjye bombi4umwe guhamegara abantu 'ho gusakara inzu.

1. The leopard was feared by all the people because it caught two goats.2. Many francs were offered by the people in the church. 3, The boyswere pun )shed by the teachex because they were absent many days. 4, Thechair was broken and the boy's clothes were torn. 5, There are manylittle hcIles in the new clothes, 6. The teacher's house will be torndown because it was built badly. 7; How many francs were the workmenpaid? I do n ' t k n ow. 8. The lamps were lit by the houseboy (umuboyi)because it got dark early, 9. My sister's (boy speaking) new clotheswere stolen yesterday, and she doesn' t have (any) francs to buy moxe.10. IVi k now t h a t t h o-e are wild ~~imals here because thev have beenseen by many people.

LESSON 85Passives of Monos llabic Verbs

reverence

Vo~b~az ii cyubahir o - r es pe c t , ho n o r ,

ubwiza — glory , b eautyi juru - s ky , h e aven

~16 . The monosyllabic verbs form theix passives in -.bwa.. In the pastforms the b drops out leaving just the w.

guca, gucibwakugwa kugubwa,guha guhabwa,kunywa kunyobwagusya gu sebwaguta gu tabwcm.

kurya. kur ibwa

Infinitive Present Pass'v Past P assive

beans, 'beverage

inzoga. — beer, alcoholic drinkurusyo - g r i n ds tone (for millet, etc.)ikinyobwa - peanut, ground nut, lima

akabemba - peanut , g r ound nut

yacxweyaguweyahaweyanyoweyaseweyataweyar i we

~1 0. Some of these passives could not be translated literally intoEnglish, but have an idiomatic use, such as ~ku b v a . ~Ku b u a me ans " t o besettled down nicely" — ~w e neza , or , "to have good pleasant living.""Vllgel)bttA TlR131 1 s thg on toosite. Kux ibwa, mu nda means "to ha.ve a stomach

( Lesson 85, cont . )

~1 1. Guhabwa. is not "to be given" in the sense of ' " the book was g i v e n t o

means "to r ece i ve , " It is often used f'or the future of' -fite,

I. Translate into English:1. Imana~ ihabwa icyuhahiro mu gusenga kwacu. 2, Inzoga nyinshi zanyowen'abantujku munsi mukuru, 3. Uburo b w asewe na Mari ya k u r u s y o .4. Twebwe tuzahabwa ubwiza mu ijuru. 5. Inyama ziri he? Zariwe n ' i n j a-ngwe. 6. Umugore ararakaye cyane;.ntiyahawe imyenda n'umugabo we.7 . Ndanezerewe ko t u r i ha n o i C y a n gugu , ndumva. ko naguwe neza.8. Nabonye ko umushyitsi yaje kubaha ibintu. Mbese mwahawe iki?9, Ndashaka gukora umugati w'imineke; ndakoresha akabemba (or, i b i nyo-bwa)(insert " w h i ch") gaseye (active used for passive) . 1 0 . D u f i t einkwi nke cyane. Mbese ibindi biti bizacibwa ryari?

II. Translate into Kinyarwanda,:1. The clothes were thrown away because they wer,e torn. 2. Two treeswere cut clown by the men, but the fundi d.idn't want them, 3. Let, usgive reverence (to) God fo r (beceuse) He should (~ikviri e followed byinfinitive) be given it. 0, I want to go to (mu) heaven for we shallsee Jesus and we shall have much joy. 5. Much milk wa,s drunk by thechildren. 6. Is the meat of the sheep eaten by the Banyarwanda? No,they don't eat it. 7. Nere my papers th r own away? Go, look for thembecause I want them. 8. Jesus left His glory in heaven and came toearth (isi). Here He was hated. by many people. 9. Rll the bem waspoured out when, (igihe) the people were saved. 10. The good br i cksand tiles were chosen by the builder; the others were thrown away.

— 87-

Exercises:

LESSON 86Demonstrative Rd 'ectives

n ear',

of the following table.

of demonstrative is to be used..

to that uhich is near: ~um u abo - this men.

Vocabulary for this lesson is to learn the forms in the first two columns

172. Demonstratives. Do not be frightened by the many forms listed in thetable. Once you observe how each different kind of demonstrative isformed, it is not difficult, It is very important to know when each kind.

~1 . ~V . This is formed by the initial vowel of the class prefix andthe verb prefix for that class. tJhen two vowels come together g isinserted between them. (The first class singular is an exception to this,u being used instead of a). e,g. aba — a is the initial vowel of the fir'stclass plural pref'ix, and ba is the verb prefix. ~i 1 ( 3 rd c l. s i n g .) - iis the initial vowel of the noun prefix, and i is the verb prefix. Sincethe two vowels come togetner they are joined by g, thus making ~i i .

~Uu (and the other forms in the first column) means "this"- referring

174. Uwo — that. This is simply the initial vowel of' the class plus thepossessive particle with a changed to o, It means "that" which is quite

~17 . Uwo can also mean "that" in the sense of that which has alreadybeen ment i oned , while ~uu may mean "that which I am about to mention,"

e.g. ayo magambo - t hose words {which I ha v e a l r ea d y s p o ken)aya magambo — these words {which I am about to speak)

or at least wgich has not yet been mentioned.

Though in English we might say "fthen he had said these words", yet in

(Lesson 86, cont,. )~1 6. An important rule: Demonst~tives precede their nouns ( there ar ea few rare exceptions to this), and remove their initial vowels,

e.g. abo bbaabo — those eeo.Remember the rule about mu and ku with demonstratives (par. 102).

Class1 st s i n g ,

pl•

2nd sing,pl.

3rd sing.pl.

th sing,pl.

5th sing,ple

6th sing. Uru1Z1

akautu

11"1aya,

ikiioi

1Z1

UyUiyi

iyi

7 th sing , ~ple

8th sing.pl•

9th si ng epl.

10th s . & p l

2 •

Ubuaya

ukuaya

aha

thi s

uyuaba

ubwoayo

akout wo

Ur woiZO

1ZO

gwoiyo

iyo

icyoibyo

iryoayo

UWOabo

e.g. muri abo bantu — amorig those people.

DEMONSTRATIVE ADJECTIVES

that

ukwo (uko)

iur iyabariya

ur iyai r i ya

i r i y azir iya.

k ir i yab ir i y a .

r i r i y aariya

r uriyaz ir i y a

karlyaturiya

bur iyaariya

kuriyaariya

har iya

hyaya

kwaya

katwa

r'wa

yaza

ryaya

waya

cyabya

waba

that

ayo

k aramu cyangwa urashaka i n d i ' ?

Exercises:I, Translate into English:1. Zana ibyo bitabo; biri ku meza. 2. Uyu mugabo azajya, i Kigali.3. Iri buye rinini ni ryiza; urijyane kuko nzaryubakisha, 4. Muri ikigihugu hari abantu benshi cyane, $. Muri iyo minsi twahawe umunezeromwinshi muri Yesu. 6. Iyi njangwe ni nziza kuko ikunda gufata imbebaiminsi yose. 7. Urwo rugo rwubatswe na mukuru wanjye, 8 . Muri ukukwezi abantu benshi bafashwe n'indwara mbi cyane. 9, Izi nanasi zibwen'aba bana. B azahanwa n' ababyeyi b a b o . 10. Mbese urandikisha iyo

II. Transla,tc into Kinyarwanda:1. That child is very sick; give him (some) medicine. 2, Those wordsof Jesus help us to follow Him. 3. Take these books to those teachers,4. I et us sing that song again. 5. Take thos. cows from the pa.th. '

6. The teacher is going to read (do not translate "going") the Hordo f God. The s e a r e g o o d wor d s . 7. I c an ' t make( = cause t o ) the ch i l ddrink this medicine. 8. Put away this milk but pour out that milk.9. All these people can't go in that boat; it is very' small. 1 0. I nthese davs there are thi eve.".t ver v ~ l ~ «

LESSON 87Demonstratives continued)

initial vowel.

c eding l e s s o n .

E xerci s e s :I. Translate into English:'

Voc~bulaa: Lea rn the forms in the 3rd column of the table. in th Nre

~1 . ~Uri a, This demonstrative means "that" of something not near thespeaker, but in sight. It could be "that, over there", or, " that yonder" .It is formed by the prefix of the verb plus -~ri a (except in 1st classsinge it is u instead of a). e.g. uriya mugore — that woman over there,The more distant the object, the longex drawn out the i is. e,g,ur-i-i-ya musozi — that hill ~wa o v e r t her e .This demonstrative, like all others, precedes the noun x emoving the

Now you can re c o dn lze t h e wo rd ~hari a that you learned some time ado.

1. Bariya bantu bavuye mu rusengero vuba. 2. Vriya mufundi azi nezakvubakisha amatafari. 3. Ixiya njatngwe ni mbi; yibye inyama, 0 , I r i y anzu niinhu y'umukire; ni nziza cyane. 5.' Twagiye mu ruzi muri buriyabwato. 6. Uriya musozi uri mu gihugu cy'uHwanda. 7. Inshuti yanjyeyubatse iriya nzu muri uyu mvaka. 8. Abagabo bakurikiye ingwe muririri-i-ya shyamba, 9. Uriya muzungu yamaze imyaka myinshi muri ikigihugu. 10. Mbese mwabonye kiriya gipfamatvi? Kiravuga neza ariko

II. Translxte into Kinyarwanda:1 . ,Br i n g ' t h os e b oxes o ve r t he r e . 2. That man (quite near ) i s J o hn ' syounger bxother. 3. Those stones yonder near the school, bring themhere for Iwe shall use them, LJ. Those sweet, potatoes over there arespoiled; throw them away. 5, That river over there is very long andwide. 6. Do you see that sand. over there'? It's good; we ~ant to useit in building ( = to bu i l d ). 7. Go { pl.) cut that tall grass over therefor we shall use it to roof with. 8. That church yonder vas builtby the people of the church. They gave many francs and worked. manydays. 9. Those doors over there were made by a fundi. T hey' l l u s ethem in the new school. 10. The millet in those fields yonder is notgood. The r e v a s t oo m u ch (= a l o t o f) rain, so (rero) it isn't strong.

nticyumva.

LESSON 88Demonstratives continued)

f i nd

Vo~b ~ a otumupira, — tixe, ball, eraser,

rubber (any kind ), sweaterumwanya - p l ace , space, t i meguheba, ( bye) — to be unable t o

umufuka - b a g, sack178. Va, etc. This is the demonstrative which calls attention to thatwhich has been mentioned previously or is well known to both speaker andh'earer, The form is exactly the same as the possessive ~ticle, but it

kubura ( ze) — to l ack , no t h a v e ,

gukira (ze) - to get well, heal(i n t . ) . i t f, - i . i -uruguma - v o und, cut ( fresh )none — now, t odayn onaha - r i g h t no w

not find, fail to

precedes the noun tand removes the initial vowel.wa mukobwa — that girl (as much as to say , " you know t h e one" )cya gitabo — that book (which we talked about before)va mwana twabonye kare - that.child we saw earlier

1771. ~N a. There exists this one other demonstrative, nva, which is invai.-1 Ahl ao Av t ( l 3 m' It c I I m 1 1 i i • n A 1 • •

used for a. duration of time.

t imes i t i s use d l i k e ubu r y o .

E xercises: I . '1'ran.l a t e i nt o E n g li sh :

e.g. Waje gihe ki? - what time did you come?

It also has the other meanings as given in the vocabulary.

(Lesson 88, cont,)- 9 0 -

180. Kubura. I n addi t i o n t o t h e meaning given in t h i s v ocabulary , t h i "word is used in the Tuture negative to express the idea of certainty.

e,g. Ntazabura kugenda - he. will certainly go(lit, he will not

181, ~Z i he . This word and ~umwan a,, both oy which mean "time"are no t

always used interchangeably. ~lihe means "t

mme" in the sense of days,

w eeks, years, e t c . , or a certain specific time.It may also sometimes 'be

I Wamazeyo igihe kinini? — Did you spend a long time there'?Mu gihe cyo gusoma abana bicara neza — ht reading time

(t ime

182. Umw a. ~Umwan a usually implies duration or space oy timo.Some-

e,g.' Simfite umwanya wo kugikora - I don.' t have time to do it.Nta mwanya, mfite,

nzaza ejo - I don't have time, I'11 come tomo-

Ntidufite umwanya wo kukujyana -. we don't have room to take you.

1. Rwa ruguma rubi rwakize neva;2. Umwigisha ntasabura guhana ba 'bana

babi. ). Wa. musore ntafite umwanya, wo gushaka, cya gitabo.

4. Im'bwa

zishe ya njangwe yacu; none imbeba nyinshi zizaza, 5. Y

ibese wibutse

kuzana ya mafaranga'? Oya, nayibagiwe. 6. Yesu azatujyana mu ijuru

kugira ngo tubone bwa bwiza bwe.7. Mbese wabonye ya mbugita yawe?

9. Wa mwana ararizwa n' iki?Ararira kuko yahebye ya mbwa ye.

10. Gen@a wanure za, ngano,,uzishyire mu mifuka.

II. Translate into Kinyarwanda:

fail to go)

Mbese mutinya iki?K wa kwizera kwanyu kur i h e ?

1. The 'boy's parents prevented him from bringinp( rz t o br i ng) t h o se

s weeb ~u t a bv~s . K.. In a y . oaa Tire is flat (dead); we will be late to go.

g. Where are those med.icines'?The people want them.

4 . Did you t ake

those seeds? I do not see them,5. That thief came again in the

night; let's catch him.6. Yesterday that foolish man came back here.

Can't the doctor heal him? 7. Where is that machete you cut grasswith y e s t e r d ay? 8. The doctor has treated well your father's wounds,

he will certainly get well.9. Will you take me to Butare?

I 'm sorry ,

I don' t h ave room. 10. When will those workmen be paid their francs?

to read) the children sit quietly.

Oya, nayihebye. 8. i

r row,

I'll give them to them on May grd,

LESSON 89Not Yet Tense

~Vocabularkubyara (ye) — to give birthgukanguka (tse) - t o a waken

( int . )gukangura (ye ) — to awake ( tr . )

Note 1: Gusoroma is to gather fruit or vegetables as for a meal.

One

Note 2 : O b serve examples oy g u ka n~ k a a n d g u k~an a:

umugabo yakangutse — the man woke upbakanguye umugabo - they woke the man up

Notice the difference:singenda - I'm not goingThe tone on -ra- is high and long.

~1 8 . N ot - e t t ense . This tense is formed by the negative prefix +verb

prefix ~+ -ra- + present verb stem:nti-tu-ra-genda — we haven't gone yet.

gusoroma. (mye) - t o p i c k , g a t her

i nkVre ( o r , - ri ) - b e r r ie sproduce (vegetables ,e t c . , '

sindagenda — I haven't gone yetn taragenda — he hasn' t g o n e y e t

(Lepson 89 c ont )In vowel-stems the a is elid,ed before the vowel of the stem:

ntarozaamasahane — she hasn't washed the dishes yet. In English this sounds likea past tense, but in Kinyarwanda the folm is more like that of the present.This tense is also used in the affirmative,

especially in questions:e.g. Mbese aragenda? — Has he gone yet'?(Tone high and, long )

l . A bagabo n t i b a r a k anguka ; g e nda ubakangure .2. Mbese ntimurasoromainkere? Turazishaka uyu munsi. 3. Umufundi yagiye i Cyangugu, arikontaragaruka. 0. Ntiturubaka urusengero nyamara dushaka gutangira vuba,

Sindoza amasahane kuko nkora, ibind.i bintu.6. Ibisebe byanjye nti-birakira., none sinshobora kujya. muri rwa rugendo.

7l Mbese umuhunguwanyu ariga mu ishuri? Oya, ntarakura. 8. Mbese mushiki wawe yabyayeumuhungu cyangwa umukobwa? Ntarabyara. 9. Umukozi ntarasa inkwi?Umubwire ko tuzishaka ubu. 10. Mbese nturihana ibyaha byawe? lmanairagukunda kand.i ishaka kugukiza„,

II. Translate into kinyarwanda;1• John's wife hasn't given birth yet. 2. How many eggs are th e re? Ihaven't counted them yet. 3. I want to go now, but the workmen haven'tcome yet. 4. That man ( referred t o be fore) is not yet saved, but helikes to hear the 'Word of God. 5, Haven't you put the clothes in thesun yet? 6. My wife was sick in the night. She's sle ep ing now, shehasn't awakened yet . 7. Did you pick the tomatoes yet'? Yes, I p i c k edthem and there are a lot (many). 8 . Hasn't your (., ) brother (older)s topped drink ing (= lef t b e er) yet? 9. What is your (s,) new baby'sname? We haven't named him yet (= haven't named him a name) . 10. Havethe people begun to build the new church?

No, they haven' t finishedmaking ( = finished to make) the br i cks ye t .

- 9 1 -

Exerc i ses :Translate into English:

LESSON 90Beview

verbs:1 . t i r e2 , t o b e h e a vy3• zeal

III. Vocabullary quiz.

demonstrative?

end in -rwa. What are they?

to doubt

I. Questions:

,making the proper agreements.2. How is the passive voice formed? Give two examples.3. How do most passive verbs form their past?0. There are two different ways of making the past of passives which

Give the passive (present and past ) of : ~ u ca, ~ a , ~ sa , ~ t a , ~kur a .6. What is the difference bet~een kwita and ~ha~m ara?7. How is the demonstrat,ive adjective fort"this" formed?8, How is the demonstrative adjective for "that"(near) fo r med'?9. How is the demonstrative adjective for "that over there" formed?10, What is the order in a sentence when a noun is modified by a

11, What happens to mu and ku when used with a demonstrative?

II . M ake ~u u, uwo, ~uri a, wa, agree with the following nouns, s ingularand plural. Translate the expressions for no. 1 only.' l . i nk a ' 3. ahantu 5, i shur i 7. umurima 9. i c y uma.2 . ubwat o LI. umwana 6. uruzi 8 , akan t u 10, ukuguru

Give in Kinyarwanda. Give also past suffixes of

6. to get well7. reverence

1. Conjugate ~kv' a in the -ra- present affirmative, together with ~t a,

9. berri es10. t o b e s e e ch11, beer

{Lesson 90, cont. )13. to give birth14, glory15, to sh i ne1 6. to r u l e1 7. to awaken ( i n t . )

19. j ea lousy20, wound21, to tell22. to a wake (t r . )

o2

2 3. t o se w2 4. to l a c k25, gr i ndstone26. hole (in cloth)2 7. t o c h o o s e28. to name2 9, t o h i n d e r30. t o r e f us e31. now

32. to t ear ( t r , )

34, like that35. to fail to find36. space37. bui l der

peanut39. sweater4 0, t o b e h e avy - l a d en

to be zealous

18. heaven

LESSON 91D e endent C l a u s e s

Vocabulargukena nnye) — to need, be poor, l a c kg ukina {nnye) - t o p l a y

icunga ( 5th) - o r ange (not used i n

Note: ~ c ena is "to need" in the sense of "to not have"; also for thei dea of ,poverty . If you are at the table and. there is no salt there, you

probably do have some salt- . the hou

184. You have already learned that no -ra — tense may be used in a dependentclause, either -ra- present,

-ra- past, or -ara- past./ However, the

not-yet tem.e does retain -ra- in depend.ent clauses,The on1y words y ou

have learned thus far which introduce dependent clauses are: kuko„ ko,and. ~ku ira o when followed ty the negative. You will laarn others later.

~18 . After kuko, and. ko, the verb "to be"when in 3rd person must always

be ari, regard1ess of the class and number of the subject,except when

an expression of place follows the verb.e.g. Ute izo nyama kuko ari mbi

throw away that meat because it is bad.(Note that it is not ziri mbi,

as one might expect.) But; Sinshobora kubona inzu kuko iri kure - Ican't see the house because it is far away. Since kurv i s a w c rd o fplace the verb makes the agreement. For this use, the negative of ari

is atari (see following paragraph).186. De endent n ative. The negative in d.ependent clauses, in all tenses,

is not formed. like other negatives at all. It is formed. by -ta- placed

indimu - lemon, orange

some areas)

kwihangana (nye) - t o e ndure, bep atie n t , wait patiently

ibitaro - hospitalivur i r o — di spensary

g

after the personal prefix.kuko ntagenda — for I'm not goingkuko utagenda — for you are not, goingkuko atagenda — for he is not goingkuko tutagenda — for we are not goingkuko mutagenda - o r you are not g o i ngkuko batagenda — for they are not going

1) The dependent negative of'-ri follows the same rule:ntari, utari, etc.

2) The change-down rule does not apply to syllables preceding the -ta-negative, but the -ta- is subject to the rule.

e.g. tutagenda badasaba3) The past dependent negative is:

batagiye, batakinnye, batGbatse.

4) Before vowel-stems the a elides; kuko atihannye - because he did not

~18 . a) Kuuira n o (in order t.hat) introduces a deu ndent c1an.. • . Tn threpent.

'u qu»caive; but in the negative it takes

-ta- and the fina1 vowel is not changed to e.

Exercises:I. Translhte into English:

j% A

trap in the house so they might catch rats.

buy it because I don't have any money.

(Lesson 91, cont..)e.g. Yabeshye kugira ngo batamufata — he lied so they wouldn't catch

Bashyize umutego mu nzu kugira ngo bafate imbeba - they put a

b) Notice this: Sinshobora kukigura kuko ndafite amafaranga - I can't

Though normally t following a consonant does not change to d, in thisparticular case it does (-ta- negative in 1st pers, sing. ) . Wh i l eit looks like the -ra- present, affirmative, you will not be confusedbecause you cannot have a -ra— present in a dependent clause,

1. Vmukene aralemye cyane kuko adafite ibintu byinshi cyangwa amafarangamenshi. 2. Ndashaka iriya nka kuko ari nziza cyane.

3. Umwigisha nta-zaza ej6 kuko arwaye malaria. 4. Ntushobora kubona umuzungu uyu munsikuko yagiye ahandi . 5. Ntidushaka kujya hariya kuko ari inzira mbi.6. Uwo mwana yapfuye kuko atavuwe neza,, 7. Musaza wanjye yavuze koatazajya. i Cyangugu muri iyi minsgi. 8. Sinshobora kwihangana kukondashaka gut i nda. 9. Yemwe'. (you'.) bana, ntimukinishe indimu kukoatari imipira, ni ibiryo. 10. Ntidushaka kugura amacunga uyu munsi

II. Translate into Kinyarwanda:1. That man over there cannot see because he is a blind man. 2. Youcan all learn in one room because you are not many. 3. The workmenwill finish today h c"use' hey me not lazy, 4, "on t t. bring that lampfor it is not good, 5, I can't finish that work today for I haven'ttime. 6. I don't have (any) flour to make bread, because I can'tuntie th e sack , 7, The boys don't have food because they didn'tgather the sweet potatoes today, 8. The "fundis" were not paiid todaybecause they didn't wait (patiently). 9 . T h e people are af r a id b ecausethey didn't catch the thieves. 10. The teacher's child is cryingbecause the other children didn't play nicely.

— 93-

him

kuko tutayakennye,

LESSON 92D e endent Not - e t Ten s e

Vocabul

f rui t )(usually: mu mihana)

g ushya h i y e ) - t o cook{int.) , be done,gushyuha (shye) - to be hot, get hotgushyushya (hije) — to heat (tr.)guhisha (shije) — to ripen (esp.umuhana, — locality, neighborhood

Note 1: i~ituraae refers to a little group of huts as one sees on a.hillside, hut it is not an organized village. ~Umu' i - a l ar g e g r oup

{or burn ing) . Ibish imbo birahive - the be s are done (cooked) . N o tethat these verbs are in the stative. Gush is also usually used in thestative: amazi arash sh e — the w ater i s ot. Likewise, guhisha:Inkere zirahishi 'e — the berries arc r' pe.

188. The de endent not- et tense simply follows the regular rule:personal prefix + -ta- + -ra- + present stem:

ster o f hut s

be cooked, r i p en , burn (int.)umujyi - city, town, large villagcigiturage, — small village, clu-

inkweto — shoe , sandal

of huts, or a city,

e .g. k uk o a t a r @.enda — fn r ht h ' .."-n't po n e V e t .

(Lesson 92, cont. )~18 , One use of' this dependent not-yet tense is to express the idea of'"before", as a conjunction.

e.g. Zana inkwi utaragenda — bring the wood befoxe you go(lit. when you have not yet gone)Note that, no word is necessary for "before".

In modern Kinyarwanda, another way of saying "before" is:mbere yo kugenda — before going or, mbere y'uko inyama zishya-

before the meat is doneExercises:I, Translate into English:

1. Ntidushobora kurya ubu kuko' ibiryo bitarashya e 2, Mubanze murangizeimirimo yose mbere yo gutaha. 3. Uzabona umusozi muremure utarageramu mujyi. 4. Mukamusoni (person's name) ntafite inkweto kuko atarabonaamafarariga yo kuzigura. 5. Abakozi ntibaratangira, gukora kuko umufundiataraza. 6. Ntusorome inkere zitarahisha. 7. Ni.'"mwiruke; inzu y'umwi-gisha irahiye hariya mu giturage. 8. Mutarajya mu mujyi mushake ama-faranga yo kugura ibintu, 9. Ubwire umusaza Ubutumwa Bwiza kugira ngoakizwe atarapxa. 10. Ibiryo birahiye neza, none dushobora kurya

II. Kranslate into Kinyarwanda:1, I can't 'begin to cook the potatoes because the water isn't hot yet,2. Ne aren't going now for the workers haven't been pa,id. yet. 3. Heatthe food. again for we haven't eaten yet. 4. Bring the clothes in ( fromsun) before it rains <before fain falls). 5. S.reep the floor beforeyou start to work outside. 6, The water is very hot; prepare thecoffee oefore you go . 7 . Are the oranges r ipe yet? Yes, t h e y a r e v e ryripe. Pick them all. 8. Have the children finish reading before theyplay. 9. Take that child to the d.octor; he can't get well before hereceives medicine. 10. Be patient; we can't eat before the meat is done.

utarataha.

LESSON 93V' I

Demonstrative Pronouns • -.kw' e - r i nda — omba~Vocabular;igihano — punishmentPgukorwa n' isoni - to be ashamed~ isoni - ~ ikg.fylc

N o, not t h o s e .Nabonye ibyo ejo — I saw those (things ) yes t e r d ay .

kugomba (mbye) — must (obligation)-kwir iye — ought, should , b e e n o ugh ,be necessary, be worth (par.191)

kurinda (nze) - ought, should, waitf or , p r o t ect , g u ard (par.191)

~l . The demon trative adjectives(except wa, ba, etc. ) when used bythemselves, not modifying a noun, are the demonstrative onouns. T h e i rform is not changed.

e .g. Z ana i b i t a b o . Ni ibi? Oya, s i i byo. — Bring the books, These?

~1 1. - kwixi e - r i n d a -r.omba. 1) These are all verbs which are followedby sn i nf i n i t i v e t o c on v e y t h e i de a. of ' ob l i g a t i o n . ~Ku ombe, i s t h e strongest

Ntiyarinze kumubwir- — he didn' t have to tell himTugomba kuvuga ukuri - we must tell the truth

meaning "must".e.g, Akwir i y e kugenda - he should go

In the aff'irmative -~kwiri e and -rinda are almost interchangeable, though-~kwiri e is used in most cases. But in the negative note the difference:

ntakwiriye kugenda — he should not go; n tar i nda k u genda - h e do e s n ' tntagomba kugenda - he must not go have to go

Fnn "he dceSn' t h aV~ + ~ ~" " - - r " ~ " - - .- r " ~ -, „~r ' - ; ~ l -';.", t~: .-..- y:s l n g omr'wa kc ct j c ' i u~ .

(Lesson Q3, cont.) - 95 ", gC.

2) Note this use of -~kwiri erNbese ibijumba birakwiriye? Yee, birakwiriye - are there enouuh

Obse ve the same idea with a passive form:Abigishwa bose ntibakwiwe ibitabo - there were ~not enou h bo o ks

sweet potatoes? Yes, there are ~enou h.

for all the pupils.3) -~kwiri e may mean "to be worthy of".

ok, Ntibinkwiriye gushimwa gutyo.Sigwiriye gushimwa gutyo — I am not worthy to be praised like that;

Note: -~kw4i e is only used with this past suffix; while -xinda and -~om'bamay be used in any t ense,

Exercises:I. Translate into English:l. Ndashaka ikaramu; zana iyo ( insert " which" ) iri ku meza. 2. Umuntuw'Imana akwiriye kureka ibyaha bye. g. Uyu yar5: hano mu gitondo;yamfashije mu mirimo myinshi. 4. Uwo ntarinda kujya gukora mu murima.$. hbahungu(insert " who") bongera gukina mu ishuri bagomba kubonaigihano. 6. hbigishwa bose ntibakwiwe imbaho; mugomba gushaka izindi.7. Ntimurinda gukorwa n'isoni,mwakoze ibyo neza cyane. 8. Sindabyumvaneza. Ugwiriye kongera kubimbwirae 9. I'byo bitoke ntibikwiriye bose;ukwiriye kongera ibindi. 10. Ugomba kongera kwandika ibyo utarataha.

II. Translate into Kinyarwanda:l. You (pl.) ought to confess your sins and begin to follow God. 2. Theyought to be ashamed because they haven't yet finished their work. 3. Doyou want a mat". Shall I biing thi. one'? " , . W, don't have t cut allthe grass today. $. There are two beds; do you want to lie on that one?6. The workmen want to be given more (use: kongera ) f rancs; t hey do notpraise those they got. 7. They must work hard before they will begiven more. 8. God is worthy of reverence; let us praise Him with ourlives and words. 9. We must go to Butare soon, because there are(some) things we need. 10. You (s.) must not tear this paper, Wedon't have any more.

LESSON 94Relative ClausesI

•

•

•

follow Him well.

1 2, Relative clause with noun or onoun anteced.ent, Relative clauses

Vocab~apumusaraba cl oss kuganira (riye) - to talk, chatikiganza - palm of hand (some- kwonona (nnye) (or, konona) — to

times used for whole hand) spoil , damage(tr.)kurwana (nye) - to fight (int.)

those introduced by who, which, that, etc. have no introductory word; inKinyarwanda for "who" , "which", etc.' All rules which apply to verbs independent clauses apply in these (see Lessons 91 and 92 ) . T h e s i n gularprefix for 1st class is u not a, as for other v e r bs . Obs e r v e t hef ollowing ekamples:Abantu baIIunda Imana barayikurikira neza - the people who love Cod

'Jmugabo ukora hariya ni data - the 'man who is working over the"e is my

Abahungu I Iataje mu ishuri bazahanwa - the boys who didn't come to school

Sinshaka i~njangwe idafata imbeba - I don' t want a cat that doesn't

f ather .

will be punished.

catch ra t s .The tone in the relative is not the same as in the ordinary prefixless'

Listen to an hfrican say them,2

9(Lesson 94," cont. )

Exercises:I. Translate into English:

d ent i s t he ~ob'ect of the dependent verb:

Note that in these examples it would be almost impossible to make themmake sense by reading any other way than as a relative.

Thus, though

there is no introductory word you should, not have trouble with them.

You

have already encountered some examples of these in the exercises whereyou were told to insert "which"

or " w ho" ,

~1 . The preceding examples all had the antecedent(preceding noun ) as t h e

~sub ect. of the dependent verb.Now note these examples

w here th e a n t e c e -

Imbwa mfite zixya ibiryo byinshi — the ~do s which I heve eat much food.

1. Kuko Yesu yapfuye ku musaraba azakiza abantu bose bamwizera.2. Dukunda kuganira n ' abantu badukunda. g . A b akozi '

'bataje uyu munsi

ntibazabona amafaranga yabo ejo.4, Abagore nabonye baje mu rusengero.

5. Inkere wasoromye ni mbi; ntidushobora kuzirya.6. Utwo tuntu ufite

mu biganza,, wadukuye he? 7. Abana basubira kuganira, mu ishuri ntibaza-bura guhanwa. 8. Mureke kurwana; umugabo wabanje gukubita undi akwiriye

kumusaba imbabazi. 9. Ntimwonone ya myenda myiza mwahawe.

Ntimuzabona

ind.i. 10. Ntiturinda gutegereza wa mwana. utinze; araza hanyuma.

1. The men who went home early are lazy.2. I d.on't s ee t he b ooks

which I bro)ght. 3. The love which God,showed us in Jesus is verygr~*t (muchII. 4. Tne sheep which you bougI

, i-. i t h e r e ? 5 , T h e cows

which went iin the corn are sick now.6. Those"-people who are chatting

over there ought to go to work.7. The food you destroyed is that

which we bought last week(see par, 195). 8. At the time when Jesus

was put on th e c r oss, t hey drove(-teye) nails into His hands.

9. The

oranges which you (pl.) picked aren't ripe yet.10. Can' t you endure

patiently in these few troubles which you have now?They wil l s oon end..

Translate into Kinyarwanda,

LESSON 95Helative Clauses with no Noun Antecedent

Vocabulari s i ) r d) - ear t h. inyoni - little birdgusohoka (tse) - to go outsid,egut5mbera (reye) - to visit,

go for a walk

handskwakira (riye) - to rece'ive (as, with

kwakiza abashyitsi - to receive, wel-come guests

For the plural the prefix is aba-.

a ntecedent i s u - . Iou can recognize it in speech as different from the

second person singular or the first person relative forn, because the u-is l onger drawn out . In fact, it often sound.s like uwu-.

It, is uw- before a vowel-stem verb,e.g. u wiba — he who s t e a l s

Ushaka kugura igitabo aze - he who want,s to buy a book, 1st him come.

The, past pref'ix is uw-: e . g . uwebonye i ngwe - he who saw a l eo p a r d .

e.g. Ab avaza 'bazabona el;a"i - t hoswho come wil' get,

or',:.

When referring to a thing it takes the regular verb prefix and the initialvowel of the class of the thing referred to

(often 4th cl. for indefinite

Ikitubuza gukora ni uko tudafite imberaga — that which hinders usfrom working ie that we are not strong

d o not h a v e s t r e n g t h).tt i t tt)

abo nkunda - those whom I love

(Leeson 95, cont,.)~1, Ifthen only a pronoun is the antecedent of a relative clause and it isthe object, of the dependent verb, the demonstrative pronoun is used:

Umuntu w'Imana akora ~ic o ishaka - a person of God does that which' He want s „ ( ' ~.c "~ ~ Gg~ g'<~~

~l. 6. Vhen the antecedent is 1st or 2nd. person, the verb prefix of thed ependent, verb i s t h e . pref i x . ~.bg ~;"* ~ l 'i )4p '1 (c eI~wt~e' b

e.g, Twebwe'Q,4kora iminsi yose turashaka guhembwa - we who work every

- 97-

d ay want to be pa i d .E xerci s es :I. Translate into English:

l. Ukora neza azashimwa cyane. 2. Abo nabonye mu nzira ntibaragera, hano.3. Ozihana wese azababarirwa e (Note'use of wese to modify an antecedentin the verb prefix.) 0. Mbese wakoze icyo nakubwiye? 5. Uwo nkunda niwe ukqra icyo Imana, ishaka. 6. Abasohotse tutararangiza ntibumvise ibyo,twavuzfe byose. 7. Abakira neza abashyitsi bazakirwa neza n'abandi.8. Ikipyereka umwete wanyu ni imirimo mwarangije gukora. '9. Mbesemwibagkwe ibyo nababwiye mu kwezi gushize? 10. Ilu bihugu byose byo mu

1. Those (things) which I want, are in the school. 2 . He who wants t ogo with Bwana mu t come early. 3. That which is praised by God is agood heart. 0, He who follows God shall be given many blessings,5. The;little birds which I saw in the tree have gone. 6. Those who gofor a w'alk in the evening must come back (when) it gets dark.

. '7. Vehave troubles on the earth, but we who trust Jesus will have everlastingjoy ( = joy that does not end.) in heaven. 8 . Nhat (= that which ) I t o l dyou to do is to heat the food so that those who are hungry can eat.9. I am calling those who know (how) to make br i cks . 10. The th i ngswhich we learned in school will help us (for) many years.

isi hari abakunda Imana.

II. Txanslate into Kinyarwanda:

LESSON 96Pronoun Nde?

y ooabulapfkwicara ( ye) - t o s i t kuruka {tse) - to vomitgupima ('mye) — to measure, weigh, gukorora (ye) - t o coughgusuzuma (mye) - to examine kugera {ze) - t o measure

Note; ~fima, Swahili for "to measure" is used for measuring anything;weight, length, guantity, examination in school, or examining the sick.Gusuzuma, Kinyarwanda for "to examine" is used for examining the sick,examining a problem or situation, eto. Kuuera usually indioates measuringwith some kind of instrument, and only for length or fIuantity, Examina-tions in school are ibibazo, or as verb, ku baza.

~19 , Nde? P l u r a l : Ba n de'? means "who?", It is used only in guestions,not in relative clauses. This word is used only of persons and. expectsin reply a name of person or persons, or at least a description, Do notuse it for "which one". Learn these var ious uses of nd e?

1 ) Itf i t h t h e v e r b " t o be " : '

examine inkorora - c ough

Uri nde'? - Nho are you? (s.)Muri bande? - V ho are you'?(pl.)Ni nde? - Vho is it? N ho is h e ?Ni bande? — Who are they'?Umuntu nabonye ni nde? — Who is the person I saw?

Observe the word order . Nd.e comes at the end of the phrase to.which itbelonfps,

Mabonye nde? - Whom did you see'?Mutinya bande? - Nhom do you fear?

(Lesson 96, cont.) - 98 -2 ) As s u b j e c t o f a v er b . In this use it is used with ni, and the clause

following is a relative clause~Ni nde wasohotse? — Nho went outside? (lit. it is who who went. .}Ni bande batazanye amafaranga? - Mho didn't bring francs?

3) As ebject of verbs, thus "whorh?" (here it follows the verb),

Mitwa nde? — Mhat is your name'? {lit, you are called who?)

Iki gitabo ni icya nde? - Mhose ~book is this?Izo nka ni na bande'? — Mhose cows, are those'?

4) Mith possessive "whose?"

Notei uwa, ~ic a,, ~ib a, etc. means literally "the one of"' or, " t h e o n e s o f " .This is a possessive pronoun formed by the possessive particle precededby the initial vowel of the class. The same f'orm will be used in ther e ply.

Inka ni iya nde? Ni iya Paulo - Whose cow is it? It is Paul's.

Tugende kwa nde? - To whom shall we go? j'J,5) After preposition. (Here instead of ku the f'orm kwa is used.)

Note: In pronunciation, because nde is a one-syllable word, it throwsthe accent ont,o the last syllable of' the word preceding it,:

u rK nde? wi t wa n d e ?

I . Transla t e linto English:Exercises:

1. Numva umlwana u koro ra . Ni nde? 2. Abicaye ku ntebe zacu ni bande?3. Masuzumye nde? Ararwaye cyane? 4, Biriya biti ni ibya nde?5. Nabonye Ibana barwaye inkorora, barutse cyane. Nbese ni abana ba

kubijyana k a nde?' 8. Nu bigishwa, babajijwe ejo ni bande bat,sinze(gutsinda = to pass )? 9. Iriya mirima iri hafi y'igiturage ni iya nde?10. Igihe mwajyaga gushaka abajura mwafashe nd.e'?

II. Translate into Kinyarwanda:1. Mhom did. you send to Cyangugu? 2. Mhose are the three books whicha re on ' the t a b l e ? {see note below ). 3. Mho are the men who are sittingon the floor? 4. To whom did you send the letters you wrote yesterday?5. Mho is t,he woman you examined? 6. Mho came t,o the school t,o callthe boys? 7. Mhose voice did we hear in the night? 8. Mho will helpthat poor man build a house (= those who will...are who)? 9 . I s aw awoman who is very sick. She vomited arid could. not sit. up. Mho is she?10. At whom are the children laughing'?

Note: In sentences no, 2, 3, and 4, and others, the word nde must

nde'? 6. Ni nde wageze uwo murima, nshaka kugura? 7. Ibyo byuma ngomba

follow the relative clause. See par. 197 no. 4).

LESSON 97Ad. 'ective - he?

~Vocabularicyibo - shallow basketigitebo — deepe basket (no l id}igiseke - tall pointed basketintango — basket (various k i nds )

Note: Inama, may refer either to a group which meets to make plans, or itmay refer to the counsel or advice given by that group, o an individual.

198. The adjective -he? with its various agreements, m'eans "which'?". Itis used only in asking quesr,xons aiiu carrxes r,ne tnought or. " which o n eamong several",' It is declined just like ~u u + -he. However, the singularfor 1st and 2nd classes is uwuhe instead of ~u e,

intambara — battle, strif eumusambi - small grass matinama — council, counsel, advice,

committee

(Lessonr97, cont . )~SinAwGheuwuhei,yiheikiheir7.he

Plura labaheiyKheiz7heibxheayKhe

Class 6Class 7Class 8Class 9Class 10

v owel o f t he no u n <ikihe gitabo — which book?

Class 1Class 2Class 3 .Class 0Class 51 . Some rules for the use of -he71 It usually precedes the noun it modifies> and removes the initial

2) The second syllable is long and accented.. That is the reason thechange-down rule does not affect the k' s and t's, as you note inikihe and akahe and others.

same houn, in which case this one must come last, t~ a ~ , d : . g id <~e.g. inka zawe nini zihe? — which of your big cows?

But it is more often used in the pronoun form, like this:Urashaka ikihe muri ibi bitabo —. Mhich of these books do you want?

0) Following mu or ku it loses its initial vowel: ~m u i h e o — in whichy5) Like other interrogative words, it is often preferable to put, the

phrase 'containing "whicn?" at the end of the sent,ence or clause.e.g. Muri izi ndabyo nce izihe? — Mhich of these flowers shall I

urQhe i zi heakahe ut uheu buhe ayah eu kuhe ayah e(not used)

Si~ Pl ur al

3) It, may follow its noun, if there are other adjectives modifying the

mugore muri abo?

I. Translate into English:EXerCiaeS: '8 ;~ 4+tp~a ek"d Q ~f ' ' ld ' -' Ilall . p i O Qo.he>

Thc tmc Q gkP-vvs es c.ckvs O,l go b e u q e . d a x q o c t l oo n s, tfJ ~ t "s ~ sye noovs vn"-e«

l. Inka za0e ni izihe muri izo? 2. Mbage iyihe muri izo nkoko? 3. Mbeseurashaka igitebo? Yee, ntware ikihe? 4. Muzaza gutangira kwubaka uwuhemunsi? 5. Nataye urufunguzo rumwe. Ni uruhe? 6 . N i u wuhe muhunguwakubise und.i? 7.. Nshyire ibishyimbo mu kihe cyibo, icyo kinini cyangwaiki gito? 8. Ni ayahe mata yazanywe uyu munsi? Ntuyavange n'ay' (aya)ejo. 9. Natowe kujya mu kahe kanama? 10. Iki gitebo cyaboshywe n.'uwxhe

II. Translate into Kinyarwanda:l. There are many houses in this village; which one do you live in?2. Nhich baskets (shallow) shall we take tomorrow? 3. The council choseone man among these four. Mhich one? 4. In that, battle five men werekilled.. Which ones? 5. I want to buy a small mat, but you have many,Mhich one shall I buy? 6. Nhich vegetables d.o you want me to gather= want that I gather)? 7. Nhich of those men yonder is your brotherto a gir l )7 8. Mhich of the pupils are sick (with) coughs? Theyshould go to the dispensary now. 9. From (in) which river did. youdrink that dirty water? 10, In which month did your friend come to

•

~

~

~

• •

~

~ •

~

•

I~ s ~ s ~~

•

see you? I n November.

LESSON 98Pre ositional Form of Verb

to turn around ( int . }to turn around (tr,)

~Yocahularguhindukira ' (.ye)-guhindukiza ( je) -guhunga (nze) - t o

Note: Th e t wo words ~umur an o are pronounced slightly differently. Ont,he one for "d oorway" th e - ~r a- is a hi g h t on e , on "family" it is low.Um~ym~Uo is "clan" rather than "family" as we think of it, though it isincreasingly u sed. f or " f am ily. "

f lees )impunzi - efugee (one who

umuryango — family, clanumuryango — doorway

f lee

I

(Lesson 56, :cont . , '

200. Pre~)sitional Form. This i made by changing the final a of the verbtn -era or -ira, according to 'the A I V rule (part 157).

k uzana — to b r i n g kuzanira - to bring to, forgukora — t o wor k g uk or er a — t o w or k f or

100

etc.

gukiza — gukir i za kubaza (~ask - kubariza

The translation of this form xn its simple use is just "to'j "for", "at" ,

Note; j%jith verbs of motion, (go, ru n, f l ee , et c . ) the prepositionalending is not used to express "to".

201. Some verbs form this a bit irregularly:~l Most verbs ending in -za change t,o -riza or -reza (A I U rule) .

2) Many verbs in -s h a or ~sh a change to -shiriza or -shereza, -hirizaor -hereza (A I U rule) . Causatives are included here.

gushyushya - to heat gushyuhiriza - to heat forg ukoresha - t o us e gukor e s hereza - t o u s e f o r (someone,

There are other irregularities which you will meet, but these are themain .ones. Most verbs form the prepositional regularly.

202. The past of the prepositional form end.ing in -ira or -era is -~i e

e.g. Yaggrutse imuhira — he returned to his home,

Nzamugurira igitabo — I' ll buy a book for him,

not a t a sk )

or -eve,Those end. i n - za . become -'~e.

e.g. yan d ik i ye y akor ey ee. g. Yambarije Bwana - he asked Bwana

for me.Exercises>I. Make th following verbs prepositional and translate:

1. kwand13ca 5. kwubaka 9, kubika 13. kubabara2. kug 6 . gutek a 10 . kwa n ga . 14. kuvoma3. kugir 7 . gusaba 11 . kono na 15. gusekajj. guso 8 . guhunga 12 . kur a k a r a

II. Translate into English:l. Umwigisha arasomera abana mu kihe gitabo? 2. M'bona ko uzi kubohaneza. Urabohera nde uwo mupira? 3. Ndagusaba kunyilmnganira. Ndazavuba,, ngiye (I am about to) kurangiza imirime. 4. Impunzi nyinshizizaza muri iki cyumweru. Umfashe kuzitegurira ibiryo byiza kugirango tuzakire neza. 5. Yesu y*tweretse urukundo rwe rwinshi kukoyadupfiriye ku musaraba.

III. Translate into Kinyarwanda:1. Turn (pl.) to God and He will save you and give you new hearts.2. The man saw a leopard and he- fled to the doorway of his hou.e,3. Heat much water for me because I want to take a bath. jj. I haven'tseen my brother ( I , a g i r l ) (for) many months; I vant to vrite to him.5. Ne want, to know the names of the teachers; will you ask John for us?

LESSQN 99Uses of FreDositional Form

— to harv es tunt,11

to acc l 'se ( of )V ocabul

kur ega z e )gusarura (ye)kugeza ubwo

20 . Uses of Pre ositional Form:1 The simple use of'" to" , "for" (sometimes "in", "against","from").'

kugesa (she) — to harvest millet,

i nyanja - o cean, l a k esmall grains

kuzanira - to bring to . gushimira - to praise for

(Lesson 99, cont . ) 101

known.

by ubwo may also take this form.Sinzi ubwo nzagarukira — I don't, know when I shall return.

Note: Some verbs' natural meaning implies "to" o r " f o r " , such as ~uha.In those cases the prepositional form is not necessary.However, t h os everbs may have a prepositional form for one of the other uses given here.

2) Time. ttthen a future time is uncertain 'the prepositional f6rm is usedwith the future, particularly in clauses introduced by ubwo, ~

i i he , aho ,meaning "when" or " where". Paat, or present verbs in clauses introduced

Igihe Yesu azazira azatujyana mu ijuru - When Jesus comes He will

Also , i f ~ ihe is the antecedent of a relative clause,the verb in thatclause will be in the prepositional form, unless the time is specific and

Sinzi igihe yapfiriye - I don't know the time (when) he d i ed .3) Place. If it is stated that the action of the verb is done in or at

a particular place or region, the prepositional fo~is usually used.e.g. Tuzashimira Imana mu ijuru - we shall praise God in heaven,

Sometimes the prepositional is not used in these cases where we mightexpect i t , Observe it used in this way in these Scripture verses:N ath. 2 :1 ; 3 : 1 ; l l :2 0 , 2 1 .

ksicara, $tc.204. Prepositional Form of gonos llabic Verbs:

kuba kublra kunywa ku n ywera kurya kuri raguca guc Tr a gupf a gupf l r a kuva kuvirakugwa kugwira gushya ~ a kuza kuziraguha guh er a gu sya gus5r aku jya ug Tr a

t ake us t o he a v e n .

Note: Here also if the natural meaning of the verb implies place it isnot necessary to use the prepositional form, Yerbs such as: k u ra ra ,

Exercises:l. Translate into English:

Note: The e are all formed regularly,Just r'emember whether the vowelis i or e, Also, in each case the i or e is long.

1. Dukwiriye gukora neza iminsi yose kuko tutazi igihe Yesu azagarukira.2. Hano ni uruzi aho Sehene yanywereye amazi, 3. Huziga iminsi yosekugeza ubyo nzazira. 4. Bamureze ko yiba igihe b'asaruriraga ibishyimbo,5. Twese turashaka kujya mu ijuru kuko ari ho (there) t uzanezererwaibihe byose. 6 . Xesu yatuvi r i y e (kuva can mean "to shed") amaraso kumusaraba kugira ngo adukize ibyaha.

7. Kuri ririya buye ni ho (there )nagwiriye . 8. Igihe ibiryo bihira umpamagare kugira ngo tudatinda' kurya. 9. Sinzi aho umunsi mukuru uzabera, ariko ndashaka kuwubona,.10. Tujyane impamba zikwiriye bose kuko turarira mu nzira.

II. Translate into Kinyarwanda:1. When my father dies he will give me all his things,

2. Jesus healedmany people at the shore (inkombe) of the lake. g. I don't know whenthe workers will cut those trees. 4. We will go to Kigali when we have(use "see") the time. 5. Let us work for Jesus until He comes.

6, Iasked the policeman (umupolisi) for mercy and he had it for me (awkwardin English, but normal in Kinyarwanda), 7. T ha t boy has been accusedof many bad things. Let's pray for him so that he will repent and askC od fo r f or g i v e n e s s . 8. They are harvesting the millet this week. Th ewomen vill grind it in their kraals.

9. That old man over there doesn'tknow (how) to read but he loves to tell (to) us stories (parables).10, Please look for my knife for me. I have searched everywhere andI fail to find it.

— 102 -'

LESSON 100Review

I. Questions:l. Conjugate ~ena in the present, dependent negative.2. Conjugate kwicara in the present dependent negative.3. What is the 3rd person singular prefix (1st class ) .for the relative

without an antecedent'? The plural?b. Explain the difference between. ~kvir i e -. r i n d a , -dcmba. G iv e

examples of each in a sentence. How do you say: You don't have to?5. How would you say "b e fo re he comes"'? (2 ways)6. Is there any difference between the demonstrative adjective and.the

demonstrative pronoun?7. What does nde'? mean? What is the plural form of it'?8. Give examples using nde'? 1) with " t ,o be", 2 ) as subject o f v e r b ,

3) as object of ve r b ~ ) with p ossessive.9. What d.oes -he? mean? Give its form with each class agreement.

10. How is the prepositional form of the verb made?11. Give three uses of the prepositional form.

II. Give the prepositional forms of the following and translate:1 . gukora 6. kuza na 1 1. kuza . 16. kwandika 21 . guca2. kuvuga 7 . guteka 12 . kubi k a 17e kwubaka 22. kunywa3. gushima 8e k ug ura 13 . kugi r a 18. gutuma 23. gupfa4. gushaka 9 . gusenga 14 , kur i r i mb a 19 . kohe r ez a 24 . kur ya

g usoma 1 0 . k u bona 15 . guki z a , 20. kubaza 25. kubaIII. Vocabulary guiz:

le 1 S 1 11. guhindukira 2 1. t o s i t 3 1. to v i s i t ,2. i g i hano , 12. guhindukiza 22. to play 32. to vomit3. gukena 13. gusarura 2 3. little basket 33.shame

gukorora 14. kuganira 24. family . 3 4 . t o g o o u t s i d ekwihangana. 15. i nyoni 2 5. unt i l 35. cross

6. i n tambara 16. inama 26. t o be ho t 36. shoes7. kurega 17. umujyi 27. t o heat 37. to understand.8. kongera 18. igiturage 28. lake 3 8. to k n i t9 . i vu r i r o 1 9. umusKmbi 29 . cou g h (noun) 39. doorway

10. i g i s eke 20. i k i ganza 30. to measure 40. to damage

LESSON 101Readin L e sson

Vocab~acfibyondo - mud.i ngurube - p i ginkende - monkeyumwicanyi — murderern ka — l i k e

kurema, (mye) — to creategutangara. ( ye) — to wonder at , b e

mwene - son of, daughter of(pl. bene)

amazed

it makes sense to do do.

Note; In the following paragraphs you will note the syllable -ka — insome verbs. You will learn about that tense lat.er, but for the presenttranslat,e -ka,- as "and". You may see some other things that you don'tunderstand altogether; however, do the best you can with the translation.

I. Translate into English, You may translate present verbs as past ~here

Imana yarangije kurema, igitoke, nyuma Satani na we afata 4~A cayicira munsi yacyo. Arongera afata ingwe ayicira aho nyine ( right t h~ e )munsi y'icyo gitoke. Arongera afata ingurube ayicira aho nyine munsi ya-

'cyo. . Rero (then) icyo gitoke kinyunyuza (suck in ) amaraso ya za nyamaswa

i / e f j

zose Satani yiciye munsi yacyo.

m

' ,Lesson 'l03 , cc.",-u.

Ni cyo gituma , reason.' u)))untu a : !yw.:. i r)zoga nke ak abazza g uk in a n " .inkende, ngo yongera. kunywa akarwana nk'ingwe; nyuma, akaza arivurun~ { rol loneself ) mu byondc nt ' i n gurube. ( "oe .m i e a n i , by E. Si bom ana, - , 22)l l . T r anslate t h i s S c r i p . u"e p " ssage: !1 John 3:13-19) . Try : o d o i twithout first, reading the passage in English,

Bene Data, ntimutangazwe n'uko (that) ab' isi babanga,. Twebwe tuz i. ko twavuye mu rupfu, tukagera mu bugingo, kuko dukunda bene Data,. Udakundaaguma mu rupfu. Umuntu wese wanga mwene se n(umwicanyi; kandi muzi konta (no) mwicanyi afite ubugingo buhoraho (everlastinig) muri we, Iki nicyo kitumenyesha urukundo icyo ari cyo, ni uko Yesu yatanze ubugingo bweku bwacu (see par, 207); natwe ikidukwiriye ni uko twatanga ubugingo bwacuku bwa bene Data . Ariko u.ite ibintu byo mu isi, akareba k o mwene Seakennye, akamukingira (close up for him) imbabazi ze, urukundo rw'Imanarwaguma (would remain ) muri we r u t e (how)? Bane. bato, n t i d u kundane (-na,or, - ne = each o t h e r ) mu magambo cyangwa. ku rurimi, ariko d u k undane mub yo dukora no mu by'ukur i . Icyo ni cyo' kizatumenyesha ko turi ab' ukuri .

LESSON 102Miscellaneous Words

it - a pencil.

gol ose one' s w a y ,astray

time hasr:'',. come yet to do that.

~ocab~aofkuzimira ( ye) - t oumwanzi - enemy

~20 , Ntuza,. This word means "what's-his-name." It is used when forthe moment one cannot remember the name of a person.

When a thing is referred to, the specific name being forgotten, the formis intuza. Sometimes one hears something like this:

Ndashaka kug7ra intuza-intuza — ikaramu - I want to buy what-you-call-

206. Naka. Th is word (sometimes doubled.:naka-naka ) means "so-and-so."In English we sometimes say: " He goes t o s o - a n d -s o and s ay s s u c h - and- such . "In Kinyarwanda, this would be: f ' ' a kur i n aka avu a b i naka.

Or, one may say: Ku munsi munaka - on s uch-and.-such a, day.

~20 . Ku bwa and Kubera. Kubera means " on a c c o unt o f , " "through the agencyof", as well as "because of." Listen for African usage of this word toget the right slant of meaning. Ku bwa may be used like this:

Ku bwanjye Petero arabeshya - in my opinion, Peter is lying.Or, Yesu yapfuye ku 'bwacu — Jesus died for our sakes.

i'iote that this is ku followed by the possessive with bu- prefix.k u bwanjye , k u b wawe, k u b wacu , k u b w ay o , etc.

e.g. Kubera abantu bose — because of all the people.Ku bwacu igihe ntikir~,era cyc gukora ibyo — in our opinion the

iltidushobora l.ugenda kubera imb~e (or, ku bwa imvura ) - " :- can e t

e.g. Hamagara ntuza, uriya — call what's-his-name over there,

1

opinion

kugerageza (je) — to try, temptkubera - b e c a use o f , o n a.ccount o fku bwa - for the sake of, in (my)

go Decc"use ' +h ' : m aln •

Exercises:I. Iranslate into English:

1. Ntuza azajya i Kigali vuba gushaka akazi. 2 . Ku bwanjy e Mar i y aakwiriye kujya kwiga kugira ngo amenye gusoma no kwand.ika. 3. Muzagegdaryar i k u r e g a a b anz i b a n y u? Ntimuratangira gutegura iby' urugendo?4. Ni~usabe ku bwa Ye u Kristo kugira ngo biduheshe ibyo dusaba.5. Ntuza yarazimiye kuko atumvise neza icyo abantu bamubwiye.

t

{Lesson 102, cont. )6. Byaturuhije cyane mu gitondo, kuko abakozi bataje.

Kubera ibyodukwiriye kubanguka cyane kugira ngo tugerageze kurangiza gusaruraibishyimbo. I 7. Intama za naka zazimiye, maze yahamagaye abamufasha

kuzishaka. 8. Twese dukwiriye kugerageza cyane kwanga kunebwa kugirango tugire umwete mu mirimo yacu, 9. Abantu baratangaye cyane igihe

Yesu yababv~aga ko dukwir i ye gukunda abanzi bacu. 10 Nbese mwabonye

1. Jesus was tempted for our sakes in order that He may help us in ourtemptations (make noun out of verb here - "our being tempted."). 2. Try

(pl.) hard. (cyane) to do what God wants and He.will help you.3 . I a m

looking for what-you-call-it - a tool to pound(gukubita) nails with-

a hammer. 4. Jesus died on the cross because of your sins and my sins.5. The men vill go to Kibuye tomorrow to begin to build a new house.6. The fundiI sent me to look for what-you-call-it.

But I can't find

it, Tell mel what you want and I'll help you look for it.7, Mhen yo u

go to Kigali please buy four pails for me,8. Don' t s t a y h o me because

of me; I'm not very sick, and I want you to go with;the others.9, For

whom did they weave that tall pointed basket over there?10. Mhen the

visitors came here', they lost their way and we waited for them(for)

ntuza ku ishuli ejo?

II, Translate into Kinyarwanda:

f ive hours.

LESSON 103Reflexive Verbs

~Yocabolar

Exercises .

Umwigisha ariyubakira inzu — the teacher is building a house

gukunda, - to love kwikunda - to love oneselfkwigisha - to teach kw~i igisha - to teach oneself

kunezeza (je) — to please, make happy kurinda (nze) - t o w a t ch , gu ard t cck- "guhisha (shije) - to hide (from)(tr.) ubusa - in vain, nothing, for

kwishima (mye) - to be happy, satisfied < •. nothing,.

208. Reflexive ver'bs. By reflexive is meant that the subgect does theaction to himself. This is formed by attaching -i- to the stem of theverb, or -ig- if it is a, vowel-stem verb,

This attached. prefix actually becomes a part of the stem and the forms aretreated. as any other vowel-stem verbs, in all respects.e.g. Umuhungu aribaza - the boy asks himself

(wonders)

209. The reXlexive can be used making the subject the direct object,as

in kwikunda,- to love oneself; or, it may be made an indirect object

when used with a. prepositional fom of the verb,or with,a prepositional

e.g. kwigurira igitabo — to buy a book for oneself

210. The imperative of reflexive verbs differs from ordinary vowel-stemsin that it must end in e, e .g. I k i z e - savB yourse l f .

l. Yiake the following verbs reflexive and translate:1 , kwereka ,4 . guk u r a . 7. gutema 10, kwubakira 13, gufasha2 . gukiz a 5 . gut an g a 8. kubabaza 11. kubaza 14. kuvugira

3, kubuza 6 . guha, 9 . kwan g a 12, gutegeka 15. gusengera

l. Abikunda ntibanezeza Imana ariko batekereza ibyabo gusa.2. Ku

bwanjye sinzafasha utifasha. 3. Vmuntu wibye akunda kwihisha kukoatinya gufatwa. 4. Irinde kugira ngo utazagwa, igihe uzageragerezwa na-Satani. 5. Uwibwira ko amafaranga menshi azana umun zero aribeshya.

for himself.

(~~)-

II. Translate into English:

(Leason 103, jcont. ) — 105-

III, Translate' into Kinyarwanda,:1. Many people like to plea'e om1y themselves, but they work (use prep.)in vain because they do not. please God. 2. He who remains in sin doesevil (badly)~ to himself. 3. My older brother is looking for gardensfor himself, because those he has are small. 4. Those who love them-.elvcs very much cannot love others. 5, Let's examine ourselves that

we may see i f ( ko) we have s ins i n ou r h ear t s .

LESSON 104

Uses of NtaVooabuiarvumubabaro — pain, grief, suffering, imfura - first-born

icumbi (5th) I- lodging place behind )inda - stomach, pregnancy, fetus gucumbika(tse) — to lodgenubwo - al t hough (introduces dependent clause.)

211. ~Nta meaning "no one", "not" , "not any", may be used either as anadjective or pr'onoun. Thus used it is followed. by a r'elative clause,which is subject. to rules for dependent clauses.

is not". In all thc examples given here it suits both sense and form toconsider it, this way. However, it does replace the English adjective orproncuri "no,". "none," " no one , "

1) Mhen used as an adjective it precedes the noun and removes the initialvowel. The following verb is a dependent one, the literal meaning being" there i s not . . . w h o . .. "

dorrow gusigara ( ye) — to be l e f t ( o v e r ,

Actually, in some ways nta seems to be a verb form, meaning "there

e.g Nta muntu waje - nct a person came, or, no one came (lit. there

Nta gitabo mfite — I haven't, a book (lit. there is not. a bookwhich I have).is not a, person who came).

2) Nhen used as a pronoun the relat,ive besfn5. with u- (as forms in par .194), in reality uiru- and the initial vowel (u) of' uwu- i s d r o p ped. B u tin modern orthc„'-;.ap'ay the, w is not written, though it is pronounced.

Nta ushaka kugenda (one says: n t a wushaka) - no one wants t o g o(lit. there i" no one who wants to go).

Vith the vowel-stems likewise the u of uw- is dropped after nta, buthere the w is written.

Nta wanga umwana we - no one hates his child.

3) iNta very frequently is placed at the beginning of the sent@nce.

212, Nta is sometimes used with na, which in this instance means "even."

Nta n'umwe u..i hano — not even one is here (this is simply an

The number, as u.".we here, would agree wit,h the class of whatever wasbeing r e f e r r e d t o .

21",. 'This word, nta, plus the relative, is common for "anyone" (rea>ly"no one" ) in asking questions.

emphatic wav of saying "no one.")

e.g. Nta wa6onye igitabo cyanjye? — has anyone seen my book? ( l i t .Is there not he who.has seen my book'?)

Howe~er, the Banyarwanda might sometimes say, "Nta gitabo cyanjye wamboneye."- lit. No book of miine have you seen for me?

Note also these examples: Ibijumba, birahari? Oya, nta bihari. - Are

Nptza arahari? Oya, nta uhari — Is what's-hi.s-name here? No hethere any sweet potatoes? No, there are none.

is not h er e .

(Lesson 104, cont . )I. Translate into English:

1 . Nta munt u nabonye mu ishuri mu gitondo, 2. Mbese rd ta ur i ahaushaka kunkorera? 3, Nta gitabo na kimwe gisigaye. 4. 6ta mubabaroyagize nubwo se yapfuye. g. Igihe Imana yakuraga abantu bayo mu Zgiputa,nta mf'ura n' imwe wasigaye mu Banyegiputa itapfuye. 6. Mbese muri ibyobitoke byose waguze, nta na kimwe gisigaye? 7. Uriya mugabo nta banaafite bazima atari (except) imfura ye. 8. Nta mubabaro mfite mu nda,ni mu mutwe gusa. 9. Nubwo twagerageje cyane, nta rubaho na rumwe rwogukora u r ug i t wa s h oboye kubona. 10. Nta wumvise.ingoma? Ni i g i h e c yokwinjira mu rusengero.

II. Translate into Kinyarwanda:1. No lodging place were they able to find. 2. Those old men have somebad habits; but not one wants to laave them. 3. Has anyone seen mypencil? 4. I haven't any francs to buy beans. 5. No one builds ahouse on sand. 6. No visitors came, although we prepared lodging forthem, 7. Doesn' t anybody lack a songbook ( = book of so ngs)? I pi ck ed.one up here. 8 . Didn't anybody go to harvest the millet? 9. No newsof our friends nas come yet, although they went home last month.10. Are there no "fundis" who know how to put a roof on a house?

E xerci s e s :

ltESSON 105

F urther N o te s o n N t a~ocab~lapikirondwe - tickinyenzi - c o c kr oachintozi — pincher ant

214. Nta as object, is usually used in the adjective form. It may not beused by itself, e.g. Nta biti nabong hariya - I saw no trees over there.

Since nta biti is antecedent of the relative clause ~nabon e, as wel l

inda — louse (tone different fromthat of "stomach". Ask an African.)

ubutunzi — riches, wealth

a hoe? H e h a s n o n e .

Nta we nabwiye - I told no oneNta bo muzabona - You will see none (e.g, workers ).

as object of that verb, it precedes the verb. Nta can never follow av erb as objec t .

~21 . Nta as pr o noun objec t :

a) Nta with the demonstrative pronoun (see par. 190 ) may be used asobject of)the verb, referring to a thing. (Remember tMt nta.removes tI te initial vowel, even from a pronoun.)

Ufite inka? Nta zo mfite - Do you have cows? I have none.Ntuza afite isuka? Nta yo afite - Does what's-his-name have

b) yt- cvo is cowusonly used for "nothing". Uiite iki? gta cyo — what

c) Nta ho is used for "nowhere", usually placed at the beginning ofthe sentence. e.g. Wagiye he? Nta ho nagiye - Where did you go?

d) Nta bwo may mean "never." It may also just be a strong negation,

216. In a dependent clause nta does not c h a nge :e.g, Karisa ntashobora kugura imyenda kuko nta mafaranga afite-

d o you have ? Not h i n g .Mbese ukora iki? Nta cyo. — What are you doing? Nothing.

Nowhere,

Nta bwo azakora icyo - he'll never do that.

Karisa cannot buy clothes because he has no francs.

Exercises:I, Translate into English:

1. Uwo mwana ntashaka kuza kwiga kuko nt- myenda afite. 2, Mbese

— 107-(Lesson 105', cont . )

warangije gukGra ibirondw. byose kuri ya mbwa? Yee, nta na, kimwe gisigaye.3i Ndagira ngo hari inda nyinshi mu myenda y'uwo muhungu, O ya,, nta z oafite. 4. Mbese wabonye ab' iwacu uyu munsi'? Oya, nta bo nabonye.5. Nta ntozi twabonye mu gihugu cyacu. 6. Nta mukobwa araza gukuburamu ru-engero? Nt a we ndKbona. 7. Mbese nturKbona ikirondwe? Rebamfite kimwe aha ku kuguru ubu. 8. Sinashoboye kubwira ab' iwanyuamakuru yawe, kuko nta, we nabonye mu rugo. 9. Yesu yatubwiye kubikaubutunzi mu ijuru aho nta nyenzi zishobora kubwonona, 10. Nta houmwigisha azajya ejo,

II. Translate into Kinyarwanda;1. There is nowhere he has not gone in this country. 2 . I s a w n o o n ein your kraal y e s t e rday. 3. I d o n ' t kn ow about (ibya) this childbecause he says nothing. 4. There are no cockroaches in her kitchen.5. This man wants to buy clothes although he has nothing. 6 . Are t h er epincher ants in your garden? I haven't seen any. 7, Don't tell anyonethat thieves stole that cow. 8. I haven' t seen a monkey or a leopardanywhere in this country. 9. Have you climbed this mountain? I haven' tclimbed any mountain. 10, This young man never writes to his older.brother.

Lu SSON 106

Reci ocal Form of Yerbvocabulazu

gukurura (ye) - to draw, pull, drag amarira,- t e a r skwegera ( reye) — to come near t o guhanagura (ye) — to wipe, wipegutonganya (nije) - to rebuke, reprove,b~~Q

In a few verbs it is -~na. You will learn those by experience. One of

teach each other. There are two meanings to this ending. But the meaningimplied by the term "reciprocal" is "one another" or "each other."

a.way

g ukund.a - t o l o v ek ubona — to s e e

g ukundana — to l o v e e a c h o t h e ru bonana — to s e e e ach o t h e r

218. There are two import' , s to be remembered:~1 Only a transitive v come reciprocal, for it must have an

2) A rec iprocal v erb does usually have any other direct objectfollowing, since the object is "one another'."

object i "one another .

is repeated twice, before and af'ter the -na.

~21 . 1) The past of these verbs ends in -nye. Those which end in -~n aform the past,with -~ni 'e.

2) A verb may have both a prepositional suffix and. a reciprocal. Inthis case there may be another direct object exp-essed.e.g. Kwandikirana inzandiko — to write letters to each other.

Often when there is a prepositional and reciprocal, the prepositional

e.g, kugiriranira ishyari — to be jealous of each other.

Note these examples: gusengeranira - to pray fcr each other

kurwaniranira — to fight for each other

Bakundanye — they loved each other. Bafashanije — they helped eachother.,

guhingiranira — to cultivate for each other

(Lesson 106, cont. )Exercises:I, Make the following verbs reciprocal and translate:

1 . kubwir a 3 , guf at a 5 . kwan g a 7. kwizera2. kwereka 4 . kwegera . 6 . k ur eba 8. kubeshya

II. Translate .into English:1. Hari abantu benshi uyu munsi. Mukwiriye kwegerana kugira ngo bose

babone aho bicara . 2. Yesu yatwigishije ko dukwiriye gukundana rik'uko(as) yadukunze. 3, Dufite imirimo myinshi; dufashanye kugira ngo tura-ngize vuba. 4. Natonganije cyane abahungu kuko batafashanije neza, mumirimo y' ishuri. 5. Muraramukeho. Tuzabonana ejo mu rusengero. 6. Nimufashanye gukurura urwo rugi, kuko ruremereye cyane.

7. Dusengeranirekuko twese dukennye imbaraga zo gutsinda ibigeragezo (temptations).

8. Ni twigishanye, wowe unyigishe ikinyarwanda, nanjye nkwigisheicyon'gereza (English). 9. Mwaranganye, ubu mukwiriye kubabarirana.10. Nabonye abahungu babiri bakubitana, ariko nababujije, nyuma naba-

1. Those two men are afraid of each other because both have riches andthey are jealous (of) each other, 2. I am going to America soon, but

let us write to each other. 3, .'Ihe boys hated each 'cther but now theylove each other because Jesus has saved them, 4. The girls showed eachother their new clothes. 5. God' s people love each other, help eachother, and, trust each other. 6, Let's help each other wash these

dishes~ you (s.) wash th0m and I'll dry them (wipe). 7 . T he g i r l swere shedding ( = crying ) many tears, but we told them not to ( = that

they not ) sorrow. 8. Please get near to each other, a ll o f y o u , so

that you can hear what I say. 9. Those thieves are lying to eachother. I can't, trust anyone (of t hem). 1 0. Those who r e s p ec t e a c h

9, kurega10. guseka

bwiye k o b a k w i r i y e g u k undana.

III. Translate into Kinyarwanda:

other are able to help each other.

LESSON 107Associat ive Yerbs

Vocabu1ar

igiciro - price, valueinyungu - profit, gain

You are not apt to confuse these two kinds of ver'bs, for they' scarcely

gut,er'a ye) — to throw, plant,etc. (see par.222)

umwanda - dirt (esp. as an floor)220. Associative ver'bs are formed exactly like reciprocal verbs — by theaddition of -na sometimes -~n a). 'I'he past is also the same, end.ing in

imbyiro — dirt (on body, clothes )isoko (5th) - marketisoko (3rd s., 5th pl.) — fountain,

source (of water)kwuma ( mye) - to dry ( i n t . )

-~ne ( r , -~noi e). This form mean to do a thing tonether, or, w ith .

gukora - t o wo r k gukorana - t o work t o g etherk uguma — to s t a y kugumana - to stay together

ever oc c ur i n t he s am verbs, an~ the meaning is usua1"y obvious.

gsually reciprocals are transitive verbs and associatives are intransitive,

221. a) Mhen the second. subject is named, that is, the one with whom thething is done, the word na meaning "with" is also used.

e.g, ,gukorana n'abandi benshi — to work together with many others.

b) Remember the use ot ~ku ' ans.: ketero a. ana, abana - Peter takes the

children. Abana bajyana na Petero - the children go with Petero.

If no second subject is expressed or object, with associative verbs it isimportant to be careful about using transitive verbs where the meaning

b ut no t a l w a y s .

- 109 -

sing together .

Note these phrases:

E xerc i s es :I. Translate into English:

Turirimbire hamwe.

gutera imbuto — to plant seedsinstead )

together ).

Often in this instance the prepositional form is used

(Lesson 107, cont. )would be "each other" rather Lhan "together."

e.g. turirimbane - let us sing about each other (not, let us sing

In cases like this, to avoid the reciprocal meaning one would have .t,o usethe simple form of the verb with hamwee e.g, Turirimbe hamwe — let's

~Quserl ans, is to "worship each other"(not " p ray to de ther ) .

Sometimes the associative form is used like this:Garukana igita'bo cyanjye

" come back with my book, thus, return my book.

222. Gutera. This verh is ueed in a muliitude of ways with many idiomaticexpressions. It is derived from the verh duta - to throw away,

o r l o s e .

gutera ipasi — to iron (clothes) (Sometimes ku orora im enda is used.

gutera umupira (or, amabuye) - to throw the ball (or,stones), play

gutera ubwoba - to frighten, make afraid(throw fear)

gutera icyubahiro — to bring, cause honor, r e spectFrom these examples you will be able to understand the use of this wordin other similar expressions when you hear them.

As in the last two

examples, it often has the idea of "to cause."

1. Mwirukire hamwe kugira ngo turebe uzi kwiruka cyane.2. Abana

bakunda gukinira hamwe; bakunda cyane gutera umupira. 3. Nzagarukanaintebe yawe ejo. 4. Tujyane ku isoko kugura ibishyimbo; nyuma tuzabi-gurisha ahandi,ahari tuzabona inyungu. $. Hari umwanda mwinshi muishuri; mukorane vuba gukubura .no koza, hasi. 6. Abagore barajyana kuisoko kuvoma. 7. Twicarane nu nzu ngo tuganire gato.

8 . Twese duf i t e

ibiturushya, rero ni twibuke gusa'birana.9. Za mbuto rose nateye ziri

he? Nta zo mbona. 10. Data yansigaranye na mvrumuna wanjye, nonesinshobora kujyana n'abandi i Kigali.

II, Translate into Kinyarwanda,:

ball

1. Those men work together well because they like each other.2. The

teachers will spend the night together so that they may have opportunityto pray together. 3. Let us sing together hymn no. 263

(write out

number), 4. I scolded. the thief with many,words because I wanted tofrighten him. 5. Iron all the clothes today before they dry completely.6, People who live together (use, kuba) must trust each other.

7. The

girls went down to hoe with the women in the valley,8. Let ' s d o what

the things which) God wants so that, we may bring Him honor.9. My

brother {girl speaking) wants his children(wants that . .) t o l e a r n

together with the teachers' children . 10. The pupils went out together

(in order) to play ball.

LESSON 108

A dverb - t e ? Com arisonsYocabul

k uruha s hye) - t o b e t i r e dk uruhuka ( t se) - t o r e s tkuruta (se) — to surpasskurusha. {shi je ) - t o s u r passgusumba {mbye) - t o s u r pass

certain state, germinatekumera (ze) — to be like, be in a

uruhushya - permission, rest, vacation,

si byo? — isn't it? isn't that so?t ime off

(Lesson.'l08 , c o n t. )

Note: si b ov is often added after e st teeent, like "n'est-oe pasv" inF rench; bu t d o n o t us e i t t o ex ce s s .

adverb, has a variable prefix. The prefix is the same as the verb prefi-

xes for each class and also for each person.

kiere are the various forms:

z i t ed.ut eateate

You will hear this word in expression s uch as t h e s e :

~22 . -te '? This word, meaning "how?" (only in questions), though an

Ameze ate? - how is he? (usually used only of one who has been ill)Ameze neza « he' s well (better ).Nta ko ameze — he's no better.

Note that in these expressions, ameze is a stative without -rd.—.

1st person nt e dut e2nd person ut e mute3rd person at e bate

2nd cl as s ut e i t e 6th r u t e3rd class , i t e zi t e 7 th g a t e4th class g ite bi te 8 th b u t e5th clas's rite ate 9 th g u t e

10th hat e

hameze hate? - what is it like there?

bakora bate? — how are they working?

also be: tugira dute?bigenda bite? - how are things going?nkora nte (or, nkore nte)'? — what shall I do? ( or, how shal l I do ? )

intozi zigenda zite? - how do pincher ants walk?

2 2t. ~Com ison. a) The verb kuruta is most. cosmonly used for this whenan adjective is involved. Note these exemples:Uyu mwana ni munini kuruta uyo — This child. is bigger than that one.Iki giti ni kirekire kuruta icyo — This tree is taller than that one.Umwenda. wa, Mariya ni mwiza kuruta, uwa Ana — Mary's dress is nicer than

Ihene yanjye ni nto kuruta intama — My goat i.s smaller than a sheep.

b) Two o t he r v e r ' bs , kur u s h a an d ~ usumba, are also used for comparisons.It seems that kurusha is used when th comparison has to do with a,

verb that shows activity, but if the verb is a stative kuruta is used.

Umukozi wanjye akora cyane kurusha uriya - My workman works g,

Umugozi muremure urakomeye kuruta uwo mugufi » The long ro~pe

tugire dute? - what shall we do'? (lit. how shall we do?) T h i s c o u l d

e.g. Paulo aririmba neza kurusha Petero - Paul sings better than Peter.

Ana's,

harder t h a n t ha t one.

is stronger than the short one.

e .g. A r u sha Yohana ubwenge - h e i " ~i s er t ha n J o h n .c) Vhen the comparison is made by means of a noun the verb is kurusha.

d) Gusumba is often used in comparing height, o r l e n g th , a n d. no o t h e rword for "height" is necessary. You will hear it used for other compari-

e,g. Mukuru wanjye aransumba — My older brother is taller than I.

K < r I '

sons sometimes as well.

1Exercises:.I. Translate into English:

1. Ndasabye uruhushya kuko ndushye cyane, 2 . Nyoko ameze at e u b u ? . N t ako ameze. 3. Ashobora kugenda ate ko ( s i nce) arwaye ukuguru'? 4, I manaizafasha ite abantu banga kuyakira mu mitima. yabo? 5. Nsome nte ko(since) ndafite igitabo? 6. Ndashaka isahane nini kuruta iyi kukoibiryo ari byinshi. 7, Ngire nte, ko ndwaye cyane uyu munsi kuruta eJo?8. Abakene bakunda Imana batanga amafaranga menshi kurusha abakirebikunda. 9. Igiciro cy'ibishyimbo ni kinini cyane ubu kuruta umwaka.ushize. 10e Murumuna wa Yohana aramusumba.

111-(Lesson 108, cont.)

II. Translate into Kinyarwanda:1. How are things going in your school'? 2, Mhat shall we do since theothers are not coming to help us? 3. How can I rest now for there ismuch work? 4. How will you (pl.) pay the workers today? You have nofrancs. 5 . How are your cows now? They were s i ck , weren't t h ey ?6. What is your new kraal like? Is it nicer than the other one? 7. Iheard that your father is very ill. How is h e n ow? He ' s no b et t er .8i How did they build, since it's raining (= rain falls) every day?9. My sister (boy speaking) knows how to weave baskets (flat ones)better than my mother. 10. I like (use "praise") these shoes more thanthose, but the price is very big.

LESSON 109How to Sa "Mh ?"

parti cu la r u s es ,

is a dependent one. Also, the ni may then be omitted.

~ocab~aofinzika - g r u dge, c r o ssnessishavu - sadnessisabune (3rd s. 5th p l . ) -

~22 . There are a number of uays of saying "why?", each with its own

l) Ni kui i? This is used as we use the word "Nhy?", all by itself.

Or one may say: Hari kuki? (especially for past time).Kuki may also, introduce a clause, in which case the clause following

e.g. Kuki utazanye amafaranga - Mhy didn't you bring the money?

e.g. Ni iki gituma ukubita umwana: - Mhy are you beating the child?Ni iki gituma uzajya i Cyangugu? — Mhy will you go to Cyahgugu.'

e.g. Ni iki gitumye ukubise umwana? - Mhy did you beat thechild ( just now )? {Here you must use ~itum e. )

Yagiye kwa muganga. Ni kuki? — He went to the doctor, Mhy?

soap ' kugira i s havu - t o b e s a dkugira inzika — to be cross

kurenganya, (nije) - to persecute,treat unjustly

verb because it is a dependent clause.)

main verb.e.g. Ni iki cyatumye ukubita umwana - Mhy did you beat the child?

Ni iki cyatumye abigisha bajya i Cyangugu ejo? - Mhy didthe teachers go to Cyangugu yesterday?

3) For the negative one commonly uses this construction with kubuza:Ni iki cyakubujije tnzkora neza'? - Nhy didn't you work wel~l ? l i t .

What hindered you from working well'?)

- ta- negat i v e .e.g, Ni iki cyatumyo udakora neza? — Why didn' t you work well'?

4) Another way of expressing "why?" is the prepositional form of theverb, followed by iki? - in other words, "for what?"

e.g. Unyangira i k i ? — Mhy do you hate me? (lit. For what do you

This form is chiefly used when there is a pronoun object in theverb, though not only then.

~ma imply disapproval of the action.

hate me?)

(Lesson 109, cont . ) 112

E xerci s e s rI. Translete into Englishd

1. Ni iki gituma udashaka kwemer». Yesu no kureka ibyaha byawe? 2. Niiki cyatumye usiba cyane mu kwezi gushize. 3. Ni iki cyakub!'rjije kujyai Kigali ejo hamwe n'abandi? 4. Numvise ko ejo wanze gukorana na Kalisa.Ni kuki? 5. Umwangira iki? Hari inabi yakugiriye? 6. Ni iki gitumyeuguze ishoka kandi ufite indi? 7, Ni iki cyabujije ya nkumi kujyakuvurwa? N i u k o (it is that, or, because) nta mafaranga ifite. 8. Yanka, so ayikundira iki? Mbona imeze nabi. 9. Ni iki cyabujije umwubatsikurangiza inzu ye muri uku kwezi? Iii imvura nyinshi. 10. Ni ikicyatumye ugirira mrrrumuna wawe inzika?

II. Translate into Kinyarwandar1, Why didn't your father send you to school yesterday? 2. Why didyou (pl,) throw stones (just now) into the school? 3. Why are youangry at me? 4. Long ago Paulo persecuted those who followed Jesus.Why? 5, Why do you want to quit your work'? Because I want moremoney(franc ), 6. Why won't the teacher go to reprove those boys?7. Why do the elders persecute these two young men? They didn't steal .anything. 8 . W h y(for what ) is that woman punishing her little child?9. Why did you (just now) drag that big box into this room? 10. Whyd.id you wait until today to tell me that news?

LLSSON 110Review

I. For the following verbs write the causative, prepositional, passive,reflexive, recipr'ocal (or a ssociat i v e ) forms:l. gukunda 3. kubona 5. kuvuga 7. kubes h ya2 . gukora 4 . guf as ha 6 . kwa ng a 8 . guha

II, 4uestions:1. What is the difference between ~ku a and kuuendav

3. What is the difference between reciproca1 and associative verbs'?What does ~k a mean '? K u b e ra ?

5. Give i'ive expressicns using gutera, and translate them.6. What is the word for "why?" when it does not introduce a clause?7. How do you say "why?" when introducing an affirmative clause (other

t han what you rgve .in no. 6 ?1) present or future, 2 recent past, 3 ) far pa s t .

8. Give two ways for saying "why?" in negative clauses.9. What does -te? mean? How are its prefixes determined?10. Write a sentence as an example of a comparison for each of the

9. gut inya10. gutuma

2. What is the difference between ntuza and' naka?

I I I .1,2.

ubusa

Quis:11.12,1314.1516.17.18.19.20.

commonly used words, and translate your examples.

Vocabularyintoz iuburakar ikubera3 •

. 4.5 e ku jya6. uzwhushya

icumbi7 e

8. inyungu9.

10.

inyenziisokogusigaraimfurainzikaik:iror,dwe 'kwumainkendegutangarakurema

21. t o b e t i r ed 31.22. t o h i de 32.2 3. t o p e rs e c u t e 33.2 4. to t r y 34.2 5. gl udge 3526. di r t (on body) 36.27. to l o s e one' s way 372 8. to r e s t 38.29. to draw near 39.30, to p l ease 40.

tearsstomachto r ebukealthoughlouset o wi p er i ches

mudt o p l a n tto guard .

1g1czz'0url! wanz1

113

LESSON 111

~How to Se "Bome~ Ttie Coodttlooel

group,

e.g. Niba agenda — if he goes.

Vocabulihwa 5th ) - t h o r nibyago - t r o u b l es

Note: Niba cannot be used for:"if" in all cases, but mainly is used for'

the simple present, future,or immediate past> as, " i f y o u d o t hu s e , . "Further explanations about "if" will be found in more advanced, grammars.Niba elides before vowels in speaking, but not. in writing.

226. "Some". Often when we would, say "some" in English, there is noword, needed for it in Kinyarwanda. e.g. i3o you have some sweet potatoes?- Mbese ufite ibijumba? H ere no word i - nee d ed f o r " so m e" .

for "one" with a plural numeral prefix. (In 3rd and 6th class the prefixi s zi - . ) e.g. abantu bamwe - some people; ibintu bimwe - some things;

inka zimwe — some cows. But note there is a difference. In the first

example above "some sweet potatoes", the meaning was "any sweet potatoes,"while in the later examples the meaning was "some as part of a, larger

This word for "some" is sometimes used. in the reduplicated form:bamwe-bamwe, or, bamwe na bamwe. It may be u.,ed either as an ad.jective

or a pronoun. It often means "a few."Abantu baje? Bamwe-bamwe, — Have the people come'? Some (of them).Ibitabo bimwe biri ku meza, ariko i'bind.i sinzi aho biri — Some books

are on the table, but I don't know where the others are.

hamwe-hamwe, or hamwe n- hamwe — some places, here and there.

~2 2 . O ne e a c h t wo ea c h etc.

Some adverbial uses of this construction are: rimwe na rimwe - sometimes;

.However> there is a word for "some," which is the stem of the word.

ikimenyetso - signniba — if

Nzabahemba abiri-abiri — I will pay you two (francs) each.Nwinjire umwe-umwe - enter one by one,Nu kugura, amagi turatanga atanu-atanu - In buy~ eggs we pay

f ive ( f r a ncs) each.228. The sim le conditional is formed by: personal prefix + a + presentstem: n-K-kunda - I would like,

Observe the necessary vowel contractions:nsIcunda twZkundawakunda mwakunda Learn the correct toneyakunda bakunda from an African.

a) This form is usually translated by would".Nakunda kujya i Cyangugu ejo — I would like to go to Cyangugu

Mbese washobora kumfasha? - Could you (= would be able t o ) help mc?Niba. ufite umwanya, washo'bora kuruhuka. gato - If you have time you

tomorrow.

could rest a, little,

remember.

b) Nith vowel-stems the entire infinitive is retained, excep'I; whenthere is an object pronoun in "he verb: n -a-kw- i b uk a - " would

Mbese wakwemera kujyana na bo? — Nould you be willing to go with

Makwandikira inshuti yawe igiye i Buraya? — Nould you write to

Mbese wabyemera? — would you agree to it?

sinakunda ntiyakunda ntiyakwemera

them?

your friend if he goes to Europe":

c ) The negat ive i formed regularly:

( Lesson 111, cont . )

E xerc i s e s iI. Translate into English:

1. Abantu bamwe baza ku bitaro bava kure cyane. 2. Hari u bu t a k a b w i z ahamwe na hamwe; ariko si hose. 3. Mfite ibitabo bimwe-bimwe byo kugw-risha, ariko si byinshi cyane. 4. Tuzabonana rimwe na rimwe nubwotutari hafi cyane. 5. Yesu yahaye abigishwa be ibimenyetso bimwe kugira.ngo bamenye ko ari Kristo. 6. Mbese wareka kwiga cyangwa. wakwemerakugira umwete? 7, Niba ubishaka, washobora gusomera abana ubu .8. Mbese ntimwantegereza? Ndi kurangiza, uyu murimo. 9. Niba bakoraibyiza bashimwa n'abakuru babo. 10. Niba ushyira ibirayi byaboze mubindi byiza, byose bizabora.

II. Translate into Kinyarwanda,:1 . There a r e m any s t o n es h e r e . Take away some of them. 2 . Are t h e r eany sweet potatoes in the garden? Some, but not many. 3. Sometimesthe people of God have troubles but He helps us in everything. 4, Somethorns are in the path; take them away. 5. Some difficulties are verybad, but'let us not fall because of them. 6 . Nouldn' t y o u ( s . ) b r i n gme some oranges? I don't want all of them. 7 . A l t h o ugh we would d oonly good (things ), some people would accuse us. 8, If I tell you (pl.)

all that God did for me, you would be amazed.. 9 . Nouldn' t y ou ( s . )like to rest now? 10. If the goats should go in the garden, they. woulddestroy the little plants,

LESSON 112

A d. ect i ve s E x es s e d b VerbsVocabular

kwera, ze ) - t o b e wh i t e , p u r e ; kugorwa (we) — to be unfortunateb ear f r u i t guhora ( ze) - to. cool ( i n t . ) , b e

gutunga ( hze) - t o b e r i ch , quiet , a l ways dopossess (usually with gufungana (nye) — to be narrowobject ) umutwaro — b urd .en, l o a d

kweza (jeje) — to make whi$e, pure kubyibuha (shye) — to be fa.t

Note: Ukwezwa is the term often used for holiness or purity of heart.

229. You have already learned some verbs ~hich take the place of adjec-tives in English. This is the most common way of expressing descriptiveadjectives. Most verbs which take the place of adjectives are usuallyused in the stative voice (though kwera is not; nor kunebwa}. e.g.

VC,~ +> bmw

U muntu unebwa - a l azy pe rs o n .H ere ar e s ome you h ave a l r e a d y l ea r n e d :

gukonja — to be cold, damp, wetgusonza, - t o b e h u n gr ygukomera - t o b e s t r o ngkunezerwa — to be happy

Others are given in this vocabulary. You will hear many others. Nheneverthe English adjectives are translated this way, the verb is really arelative clause (except when used as a. predicate adjective ) , t hus t h e- ra— drops o u t i

e.g. a strong man — umugabo ukomeye

damp clothes — imyenda ikonjea happy ch i l d - umwana unezerewe

If the adjective is in the predicate (i.e. follows verb "to be" ) , t h eregular stative is used. e.g. inzira irafunganye — the path is narro~.

In negative and d.ependent clauses the -ra- drops out.

This form is often used to express the English participle form in

A sleeping child -' umwana usinziiije.- ing.

115-

E xerci s e s :I . T r a n s l a t e i n t o E n g li sh :

( Lessor 1 1 2 , cont. )

I, Mbese nturarangiza guteka ibiryo? T urashonj e c y a n e . 2. Wa mug bo

ubyibushye atunze byinshi kandi afit,e abakozi benshi.'3. Uyu muntu

aranezerewe kuko akijijwe. 4, Biraruhije kugenda, mu nzira ifunganye.

5. Wa muntu mukuru aba. nu nzu yera; ni nziza cyane.6. Unzani r e a mazi

akonje kuko nfite inyota nyinshi. 7. Umuntu unebwa ntiyashimwa n'aba-

shaka. kumukoresha. 8. Ndashaka ko abigishwa bose bazaza ejo bambaye

imyenda, imeshe. (Sometimes active is used with passive meaning.)

9. Bika imyenda yumye, indi ikonje uyanike.10, Ndananiwe cyane ,

n t iwaxpa u r u hushya ngo nduhuke ga t o ?

II. Translate into Kinyarwanda:1 , Do no br"'ng the clothes in (from sun); they are damp.

2 . The man' s

cows are v c r y f a t ; ho will sell them (for) many francs.) . God want s

that his people have pure hearts; He can make them pure.4. A s t r ong

m an can ca r r y h e avy l o a d s . 5. The path of life is very narrow, and

the path of sin is wide; but he who goes in the narrow path is veryhappy, 6, Your child is very fat.

I think he is very healthy ( = strong ).7. » ich person ought to help (-tabara) the unfortuna.te. 8. We are

asking the adults (= those who are grown) to come on Friday to build

the chool. 9. A sorrowing woman is outside; wouldn' t you go to helpher? 10, The happy ch"ldren of God should. cause others to know whatJesus did for them.

LESSON . 11$R edu l i c a t e d V e r b s

different meaning:

kunyeganyega (ze) — to shake, tremble,(esp. earth , objects )

everywhere

d .eceive , f oo l

Vocabularg

gushakashaka ( t se ) — to l ook f o r

kubeshyabeshya (shye) — to amuse (chi l d ) ,

~2 0 . R edu l i cat e d v e r b s . Some verbs redouble the stem to give a, slightly

k ugenda — to g o kugendagenda (nze) — to t ake a walkgushuka — to deceive g u s hukashuka(tse) — to deceive (lightly

) , fool

gukora. — to work guko r a kora ( k orakoye) — to touch, feel ofkuvanga - t o st i r kuvangavanga (nze) — to mix thnroughly

k ureba - t o l ook a t kurebareba. (bye) — to look all over (in search)

' Ihere a r e o th e r verbs which have only the doubled form (no single form

exist i ng) . A 11 reduplicated verbs change only thestem of' the last part

ikibyimba — boil, abcessigufwa, (or,' igufka) - 'bone (s+'J' ]umuswa (sing. only ) — white ant s

o f t h e w o r d.'n forming the past.yagendagenze — he went f o r a wa l kisi y nyeganyeze — the earth shookyakorakoye urubaho — he felt of the board

E xerc i s e s :1. Umuswa mwinshi wari mu nzu; ngira ngo igihe isi izanyeganyegera

cyane ye nz u i za g wa. 2. Ejo nimugoroba twaragendagenze, nyamara uyu

munsi imvura iratubuza. g . Umwana yasets e c y an e k uk o b amubeshyabe hy e .4. Pe+ero yashakashatse ikaramu ye ariko yayihebye.

$ . Mu mwaka ush i z e

hari ibihe bitatu isi yanyeganyezecyane. 6. Impumyi yakorakoye ama-

gufwa, maze yamenye ko ar i ay ' ( those of) ingwe. 7. Niba ukora utyo,

u zakorwa n ' i s on i c y a n e . 8. Twarebarebye ho se mu n zu k u g i r a ng o t uha Rureumuswa wose• 9. Ukwiriye kuvangavanga, rwose umuti utarawuha abarwaye.10. Umwana yari raga cyane, ariko ny ina yamubeshyabeshye,' none araseka.

116-(Lesson 113, con t„ )II. Translate into Kinyarwanda:

I, This man is not deceiving us; he is very sick( with) bo i l s . 2 . The

earth shook in the night; it made me afraid.g. Don' t try to fool me;

I know very well that you have francs.4. I cannot. go for a walk for

I haven't time. 5. The boys amused the child until he laughed.6. Did

you mix the sugar and butter well" . Then add some flour and salt.

7. The child is feeling of the fur (hair) of the cat. 8 . The t h i e v e s

looked everywhere for the money. They d.idn' t k now what (= that ) to do .

9. Your abcesses are completely healed.I have finished all I can do

( work) fo r y o u . 10, Mouldn't you (s,) amuse the baby so that he' ll

stop cry ing'?

LESSON 1 1 4Quotations Direct and Indirect

na

ati. , e t c .

the speaker.

many workmen.

use it does not require rules for dependent clauses.Direct : Yav uz e n go T u gende — He sa. id ,

" Let ' s g o. "

help me. "

Y ocabularpumur aby o — 1ightn inginkuba. - t h underu rubura — hai l ( n o p l . )

Note: In the African thinking, inkubh is a big animal,or being, living

i n t h e s k y . They usual l y sa y , "Inkubs, akubise umuntu," not um~aimoas w e would e x p e c t . This is because they think the animal did it.

~21. Direct quotations with -ti.This little word sort of' takes the

other hand., it may be the main verb, in which case it is translated"(he)

s aid , " o r " s a y s , " a s t h e c a s e may b e . It is followed by the exact words of

Yavuze ati Ni mugende, n zabonana namwe (you) ej o - H e sa i d , "Co,

-ti always has the regular verb prefixes:mvuga nti , uvuga uti , a v uga

'Uti iki? Nti >gwino kumfasha — Mhat did you say'? I sa,id,"Come

The change-down rule does not affect -ti.e.g. Igicucu kiravuga, kiti

t he f oo l sa y s . . .

" Mhat d i d y o u s a y ? " may be: Uti iki? or just: Uti?

verbs follo~ing subject to rules for dependent clauses.

b) ~No may introduce either a direct or an indirect quotation.I n t h i s

I ndi r e c t : Yavuze ngo uyu muntu ni we wishye ya nyam'aswa - Hesaid

that this man is the one who killed that an.imal.

Yesu yaravuze ati Nl mugum t i i l u r c j y e nanjye (and I ) ngume muri mwe.

2. Uti iki? Nti Cenda .uhamagare abakozi. " y. Umupastor i ya v u z e k o

a zaza e j o . 4. Impumyi yavuze iti Nataye inzira, ngwino umfa.she,

S inz i i b y o w a vuze . O ngera ub i v u g e . Navuze nti Iki gitabo l.igurishwa

amafaranga atandatu. 6 . Abakuru b a t e g e t s e k o b o s e b agomba. gukora k uwa gatandatu. 7, Mukuru wanjye yavuze ngo arahemba abakozi saa kumi.8. Umwigisha yashimye abana ati Mwatsinze neza

(you passed) mu kubazwa.9. Impumyi iti Nakorakoye cyane iki kintu,

ariko sinkizi. 10. Vmwubats i

yatubwiye ko azarangiza inzu mu kwezi kwa. gatatu.

Yavuze ko adashaka abakozi benshi — he said that the doesn't want

I will see you tomorrow."

kuyoberwa (bewe) - t o no t k n ow, be

gukumbura. (ye) - to be lonesome for,miss

i gnorant o f

Lxerci s s :I. Translate intc English:

(Lesson 114 , c o n t . >

II. Translate into Kinyarwanda:l . Th e f o o l say s , "There is no God." 2. Tell the people that the doctorwill come tomorrow to examine those who are sick. '3. This man says that

there was much rain and thunder and lightning at his place in the n ight .4 . The r i ch man s a i d , "All my people must come to work tomorrow."

The whi t e man w ho went t o E u r o p e (Buraya) says that he is very lone-some for the Banyarwanda. 6. Did you hear me when I said that ithailed (= hail fell) near Kibuye? 7 . T h e shepherds said , " Wild a n i ma l skilled three sheep in the night." 8. The deaf man went to the doctorand said. , "Mouldn' ' you try to heal me?" 9. The young giris s-id thatthey didn't have any grudge, although their older sisters reproved themvery st r ongly (= much ). 10. The old man stood in the doorway of' hish ouse and s a i d , " Don' t e n t e r m y h o u s e . "

,LESSON 11$Pre ositional Suffixe-

Vocabulariki raro — br idge (large)umugogo — small bridge (poles across)zgzcucu — shade, shadow

guhiga ze ) - t o h u n tkubyuka (tse) — to get up

(esp. f r om bed)Note: Th e w ord f o r " shad o w" or " hade" i" just the same s the word for"fool", but the context wi.ll' usually make it clear.

~2 . -ho. This suffix is used in many greetings, w hich you a l r e a d y k n o w.

have been taken away from our sins),

Nwaramutseho — good morningH uraho? Yego t u r a h o . — Hello. (and response)Huriho? Yego turiho — (same as muraho)Hwiriweho? — good at ternoon (or evening)Huririrweho — goodbye (when expecting to meet again ame day )Hurqramukeho — goodbye (af te r n oon, and. expecting to meet next day)Nurabeho - goodbye (not expecting to meet again soon)

~2 . -ho. Apart from the greetings given above, in general one might saythat -ho attached to the verb is used like the preposition ku. I t i sattached to the verb when the preposition ku governs an object pronounin the verb, or when the thougft of ku is expressed without a noun following.

e.g. Washyize igitabo ku meza? Yee, nag i s hy i z e ho , - Did y o u pu t t hebook on t h e t ab l e? Yes, I put it there (meaning "on it.")

Y esu yadukuyeho ibyaha — Jesus took away our s i n s (from us).-ho attached to a passive verb governs the subject of the verb.

e,g. Twakuweho ibyaha byacu — Our sins have been taken away ( l i t , w e

~2 . -yo. This suffix means "there," in reference to a place previouslymentioned. -ho is usually used for a mall place, such as on table,

chair, etc., while -yo is for a location, such as kraal, hill, town, etc.e.g. Nzasubirayo vuba — I shall return there soon. ( place p r e v i o u s l y

mentioned )Yavuyeyo — he camo r o ~ , t h e r e .

2'36. -mo. Thi- suff x i used for mu, as -ho is uscd for ku, a nd u.,ual l ygoverns an object, in the verb, or i s us e d w hen no o b j e c ' of mu i s n a med.

Sukamo amazi — pour wa.ter into it.K uramo i f u — take flour out of it.Ni muvemo — come out o f i t .

(These examples all imply that the thing containing the water, flour, etc.

is already referred to or known. One can also insert an ohject pronounfor the container: U isukemo amazi — pour water into it (pail), Thissame form may be used with -ho. Pointing to a chair, one migh t s a y,"Uyishyireho imyenda"- put the clothes o n i t ,

118( Lesson 11 >, c o n t . )-r imo (-ri + mo) means "contains", e.g. Isandugu irimo amafaranga — the

box cont a i n s f r anc s .

These suffixes may be attached to a verb of' any tense or form and do notin any way change the form of the verb itself. For past tenses the verbhas its regular past suff'ix followed by. the attached prepositional suffix.The addition of these suffixes brings the accent onto the syllable justp receding t h e m: 'Sukamo amazi .

-ho and;-mo it changes to w before a, i, and e, an d i s dr op p e d b e f o r e u ,E xerc i s e s :I. Translate into En lish:1. Mbese wagiye mu ishyamba guhiga? Yee, nvuyeyo ubu ngubu ( just now).2. Nazanye ikibindi (water pot ); sukamo amazi menshi, 3. Washyizeimyenda ku ntebe? Yee, nayishyizeho. 4. Iwanyu ni i Kigali? Mbeseuzasubirayo ryari? Si vuba kuko ikiraro cyapfuye. 5 , Yesu yaje ku i s ikugira ngo akureho ibyaha. 6. Mbese urashaka iyihe sandugu? Ndashakaiyo irimo amafa"enga. 7, Naka yabyutse vuba kuko uburiri bwe burimointozi. 8. Mbona. hari amazi hasi. Yee, nayamennyeho vuba. 9. I zuban i ry i n sh i ( i t ' s hot), ndashaka igicucu kugira ngo nicaremo.10. Twabonye ibintu byinshi ku meza., Ubikureho byose kuko dushakakuyategura. kugira ngo tuyarireho.

II. Translate into Kinyarwanda:1. There is much wood in the fire; take some out. 2. Tell the peoplewho are in the school that they must come out of it. 3. I wa n t t o goto Cyangugu, All right (nuko) I will send you there soon to take aletter. 4„ Is the meat on the table in the kitchen? I put it therethis morning. 5. Are there white potatoes in the garden? Yes, thereare. 6. Ne want to go in this path, but there are cows in it. Takethem out oi it. 7. h'e have long benches (chairs ) i n t h e c h urch andmany people sit on them. 8. A workman was splitting wood. H is ax egot caught ( was caught,) in the tree and he can't take it out, 9. Didthe girls go to the valley to work t,his morning? Y es, bu t t hey c a mefrom there at noon. 10. Vhat do you have in your tall basket? I havesome peas. Take them out and show them to me.

In speaking the -o usually clides with a following vowel, or with

LESSON 116

Ki and Umuki

ca11 out

Ibi ni ibiki? — what sort of things are these?

Aka ni agaki'? — what is this?

~VQcRbU1Rzubwoko — race, nation, people, kindumumara'ika (Sw.) — angelgutera (ijwi) hejuru — to shout,

~27, Ki, meaning "what kind of"?" is an invez iable adjective which alwaysfollows the noun it modifies. Also the noun loses its initial vowel.Sometimes this indicates wonder or astonishment.

Iki ni gitabo ki? — what sort of book is this'?Uyu ni muntu ki? — what kind of' p rson is this?Ubwoko bwe ni bwoko ki? — whatever k'nd of race i" his? (astonishment )Ki is also used in greetings like this: Amaturu ki? — what's the news?

To which one r ep l i es : Ni meza — it's good (news).~2 8, Umuki is a declinable pronoun usually preceded by ni. I t means"what kind of?", in the sense of nationality, genus, etc . How e v er , i tis not used much, except in expressions like the followin'g:

wbatever are these little things?

gusiga ( ze) — to l eavegusiga (ze ) — to an o i n ' , r ub on ,

pain t

U tu n i ud u k i ? - '

(Lesson 116 , c o n t , )

The prefixes of this word are '.hose of the nouns:

abakiimikiink iibik iamaki

urukiagak 1ubukiugrrki

inkiudukialrla.k iamak i

umukiur111.1 k iinkiigik ii r i k i

~2 9, There is also: ni iki":, meaning "what'?" showing absolute ignoranceof the nature of the thing. I:ow note these three forms given in thislcsson:

Swahili ni rurimi ki? — what kind of language is Swahili?Swahili ni iki? — what is Swahili? (people, language, thing)Ibi ni ibiki? — whatever are these?

E xerc i s e s :I. Translate into English:1. Yibese ni muhungu ki ukunda. kurwana imi.nsi .yose? 2, Ubwoko bwo muriiki gihugu ni 'owoko ki? 3. Uzatora gitabo ki muri ibyo byinshi?4. Ni muntu ki utegel'a atyo? $. Za. nyamaswa mwahize ni nyamaswa ki'?6. Umuti wasize ku mwana. ni muti ki? 7. Ywavuze ko naka afite iradiyo.I'rbese iradiyo ni iki? 8. Cya gihugu mwavuyemo ni gihugu ki? 9 . Ib i r y obabateguriye ni biryo ki? 10. Uwanditse urwo rwandiko ni mur.tu ki?11. Ibyo bintu ni ibiki?

II. Translate into Kinyarwanda:1. You have many books. What kind are they? 2. Did you hear what thisn sa,id? Wha.t sort of man is he? 3. What is "umumaraika?" 4. What

sort of flowers are those? 5, What. kind of dish is t,hat from whichyou t,ook out, food? 6, What kind of clot,hes did you leave at, home?7. I saw the doctor rubbing medicine on that, man. What kind of illnessdoes he have? 8. What are pincher ants? We don't have any in ourc ountry . 9. What kind. of nails does the fundi want me to bring? ( zz

t hat I b ri n g). 10. Whatever kind. of a hat is that'? Wi here d i d y o u g e ti t ( = take it from)?

LESSQN 117

Ka Tense

fea=less

satisfied

and they sprout and grow and bear fruit.

when the action between is very close, in fact, the second action is a

Vcca:bulary~ gahaga z ei — to eat a lot, te

gutinp~ a (tse) — to dare, b e

kwifuza (je) — tc covet, want very much

240. a) The -ka- t,ense is usually used for the purpose of' connecting verbs

rr;-.tural result of the firs' one. It is subject to the change-down rule.'. is primarily used f'or a series of habitual happenings in past and

p t esenl,; ir'i a erie- of' con<litionals; and in a series in a. dependent' clause, except wher there is subjunctive o: narrative tenses (see les ons12) and 124 ) . For t h e ne g a t i v e wh e re a -ka — would be e x pec t .ed, use thenega" i ; e subjunc t i . =, Also, -I'.a- may he used in a series of f'uturehotppenings , b y p u t . t . ing - z a - a f t e r i t, . O.g . Bak wi r i y e k ug e nda ba k azahembwa

r<tera imbuto zikamera, zif'akura, zikera imbut.o — he plant". the seeds

b) A -ka- verb alway implies the tense of' the verb preceding it. -The

verbs following. -ka- may be translat.ed "end", or may not, be translated.

gukinga ( nze) - t o c l o s e (door)gukingura (ye) — to open (door )kubiba (bye) — to p l ant (small

seed.s)

fir t verb of the sentence or account sets the tense and mood for. the -ka-

I. Translate into English;

(Lesson 117, cont . )

E xerc i s e s : (dome or these sentence- are taken from Scrtpttne, but ttav

1. Umuntu abiba imbuto, zimwe zikagwa mu nzira., inyoni zikaza zikazirya.2. Ubwami bwo mu i juru busa n'umusemburo

(is like leaven); umugoreakavufata akawuhisha mu ngero (measures) eshatu z ' i f u . 3, Herodeyafashe Yohana, akamuboha akamushyira mu nzu y' imbohe(prisoners ),4t Dawidi yinjiye mtu nzu y'Imana, akarya imitsima ikwiriye kuribwan'abatambyi (pries t s ) basa, akayiha n'abandi bari kumwe (with) na we.Abandi n' bo bumva ijambo ry'Imana bakaryemera bakera imbuto nyinshi.

6. Ijwi rivugira mu i juru riti iNi wowe (you ar e ) m wana wanjye nk unda ,nkakwishimira, 7 , I z o mu n z i r a . , abo ni b o b a mara k v umva ( when they h a v eheard ), uwo mwanya Satan i a J:aza., agakuramo iryo jambo ryabibwe muri bo.B. Aho yajyaga hose, ba.shyiraga abarwaye mu nzira bakamwinginga, ngoa bemerere gukor a k u mwenda we gusa , . a bavukozeho b ose bagak i r a .9. Dushaka ko mutinyuka kuvuge. Ijambo ry'Imana, imbere y'abantu mukaba-bvira ko bakwiriye kvihana mukabigisha inzira y'agakiza,

10. Icyombif'uriza (prep, fo rm) ni uko muhaga. mu by'Imana, maze mugatinyukakubimenyesha abandi kugir- ngo na. bo (they too ) bahage.

l. A man planted seeds and he went and slept and in the morning he gotup and looked a,t hi s g a rden. 2. The people began to come and theybrought the sick and asked Jesus to heal them.

3. I want you all tohear me ( = that you hear) and do what I s a y . 0 , You k now t ha t t ho s ewho rule tell people to work and they vant to be obeyed(obey = kwumvira ),5. I remember your tears nd I am lonesome to see you and I want to

talk with you (namwe) . 6. In times to come (= that will come) peoplcwill throw away their f'aith and vill put their hearts on things ofearth nd they vill go astray. 7. Yiy friend wrote me a letter andtold me his news and asked. me to write to him,

been adapted t o t he o cabulary y o u h a v e s t u d i e d .)

120

II. Translate into Kinyarwanda:

LESSON 118Some Adverbs T he - ra c a - Ten s e

2Jr2. Adverbs o f ' n l a c e ;

201. Ad verbs o f' manner:

can also mean empty or naked.

i nner r o o mv al l e y , road

Vocabulary is included in the grammar.This lesson is for the purposeof giving you some o t he common adverbs . You already know many of' them

t .

cyane - v e ry , much neza - w e ll , nicelyvuba — soon, recently, quickly ubusa, - i n v a i ngusa, - on l y n abi — bad l ybuhoro (or, buhoro-buhoro ) gent l y , r wose - a l t oge t h e r , completely,s lowly , slightly, so-so very muchNote: ubusa. (derived f r om ~asa), besides meaning "in vain" or " n oth i n g " ,

igikombe kir'mo ubus — the cup i s empty (contains nothing)umwanta agenda. yambaye ubusa — the child is naked, goes naked

hepfo — be lo w, lo wer d ow nhakuno - on t h i s s ide o . ri ver,h Juru - uJ) t abo' v"e t 0 1 r o D v al l ey roadharuguru — h i g h er u, , h takurya - on the o t h e r s i d» o] r i ve r ,

hagati - in the middlc, midst o f imbere — in front of, in idc of'h af i - nea ri nyuma — behind , o uts id e o f 'kure — fa rhanze - o uts i d e (of' hnuse ), out d o o rshino - on this side (of r i v er , aha, hano — h e re ( this very spot)valley , r o ad) (if near) h ariya - o ver t h e r ehirya. - on that side, far side of ino - her e (this place or district)something,but this "ide of river

ahandi — clsewhere

(Lesson 118, cont . )Note 1: Be careful in using ishere srd ~in uma. They are often used duspthe opposite oi the way we expect. F or example, in the number 124, wewould say that the num'oer 4 is behind, or after, 2, but an African wouldsay that it is imbere. >Ihat we consider the front of a house the Africansoften call ~in as,. In placing things on a shelf, we would say that thethings at the back are behind the others. Africans would say they arei.mbere because they are further inside. Learn from them how to use theset wo words c o r r e c tl y .Note 2: All the words in par. 242 from ~he fo to in~a , inclusive, mustbe fol l owed by ~a (or in ca,se of a pronoun, by the possessive with the gprefix ) if an object follows.

121

e,g, Imbere y'umuhungu — in front of the boyinyuma ye — behind him

~24 , -ra a- tense. This is inserted between the personal prefix andthe present stem or with statives the past stem), and it means "still".In 'the negative it is "no longer". The dependent form has the meaningo f "whi l e " with no introductory conjunction necessary. Here is theconjugation :

ndacyakora, — I am still working turacyakora — we are still workinguracyakora — you are still working muracyakora — you are still workingaracyakora. — he is still working b aracyakora — t h ey "

e.g. Mariya aracyari hano — Mary is still hereThis is also used with the verb -ri,

In the negative and in dependent clauses the -~rac a- chan g es to - k i -(this is subject to the change-down rule).Paulo ntakiza kwigishwa - Paul no longer (does not still) comes to l earn .Ntacyiga (ki before a vowel becomes ~c) — he no l onger l earns .

Dependent: Agihinga avugana n' abandi - 'while he's hoeing, he talks witho thers .

E xerc i s e s :1. Inzu yawe iri he? Iri hakurya y'uruzi. 2. Mbese ibitabo biri muisandugu? Oya, isandugu irimo ubusa. 3. Yesu yaraj e ahagarara hagatiy'abigishwa be. 4. Imirima iri hepfo y'aho; iri hafi y'akabande.5. Hari. abantu benshi cyane hariya imbere y'urusengero. 6. Kerainyamaswa zanteye ubwo'oa, n'ubu ziracyabuntera. 7, Mbese wa. mujuraaracyihisha'? 8. Abakozi bakibumba amadafari bararirimba. 9. Mariya.ntacyambara wa, mwenda we mushya. Uri he? Maracitse, 10. Ndacyakuriki-ra. Yesu kandi ndashaka kumukurikira imyaka yanjye yose.

II. Translate into Kinyarwanda:1. The birds are above the t ees. 2. There are five men behind me.3, The b r i c k s ar e o n t he gr o u nd n ear t h e ho u s e . 4 . The r i c h m a n ' skraal is on this side of the valley. 5 , Everywhere t h e p e opl e a r eplanting seeds now because the rains (use sing.) ar e be g inning.6. Gahungu is still asking us for work, although we told him many timest hat we h av e n o n e . 7. Ld'e no longer covet the things of earth becausewe have been saved. 8. Is that blind man still here? No, he is nolonger. here, he went to Burundi. 9. The fundis are still buildingthat new school on the other side of the river. 1 0. I a m n o l on g e ra child, I have gzown up and I don' t learn in school any more (no longer)

g g wg ds dt + tt *

LESSON 119More Adverbs

244. Adverbs

ubu - nowubu nyine,potg~kg.

n one - n o wo f t i m e :( in sense of t oday) k enshi — o f t e n

u bu ngubu — r i gh t n o w rimwe na rimwe — sometimeskangahe'? — how often? how many times?

IZZ(Lesson 119, cont . )maze, re r o — t h e n , after that iminsi yose - alwaysubwo nyine — at that very t,ime k are — ear l yubundi — at some other time kera — long ago, fa" in the futuree jo — yesterday, tomorrow b ukeye, b ukeye bw ' aho - t he ne x t d a yejobundi — day before yesterday, m bere — befor e (as to time)day after tomorrow nyuma — after ( as t o t i m e )

Exercises:

baracyari kumwe na se wabo?

aho — when, where ( as conj . ) , t h e r eNote: mbere and ~n when precedmust be followed by ~a, Nyuma y'~24 , Miscellaneous adverbs:iburyo - at the rightibumoso — at the lef'ti ruhande — bes i d e , a t th e s i d e simuhira — at homea hari , y e n d a , wenda — perhapsnuko — thus , t h er e f o r e , son uko rero - s o t h e n

if anything follows which is governed by that word.e.g. iburyo bwe - at his right side iruhande rw'inzira — beside

I. Translate into Er@lish:1, Stefano yabonye mu ijuru abona Umwami Yesu iburyo bw'Imana.2, Nasize ibitabo 'byanjye byose imuhira. 3. Imana iri iruhande rwacuiminsi yose. 4. Mbese ushobora kwandikisha ukuboko kw'ibumoso'?5. Abagabo batangiye gukora; maze bamwe batangira kureka akazi no kune-bwa. 6. Umwana wicaye iburyo bwawe ni nde? 7. Mukuru wawe ara cyar iimuhira '? Oya., yagiye i Kigali gushaka akazi. 8. Umumarayika. yarikumwe na Petero igihe bamushyiraga mu ibohero (p ison). 9 , Ibyotwasaruye mbere biruta ibyo dusarura uyu munsi. 10. Mbese abana banyu

II. Translate into Kinyarwanda:1. Go to take that letter right now. 2 . Perhaps we shal l s ee o u rfriends tomorrow. 3. One day the boys learned well, but the next daysome were absent , . 4. There were two animals beside the path. 5, Af ' t e rthese things, the man tried to hide; then some children saw him. 6. Ialways like to sit near the teacher so that I hear everything he says.7. Sometimes we are tempted to doubt God's Word, but ~esus enables us( causes us t o be ab l e) to defeat Satan. 8. The sower (umubibyi )planted the seed and some fell beside the. path and. the birds ate them.9. Often the children like t,o play ( prep, f o r m) together beside theschool. While they are playing they chat. 10. The baby is stillsleeping in the bed which is at the right of his mother,'s bed. Don't

hamwe — together', in unison, a t t h e

kumwe — together with ( refer r i ng t o

n ka — l i k e , approximately, aboutby'ukur i , mu by'ukuri — truly, r eal l y

Note: The first three ~ords here are always f'ollowed by the possessive,

ing and go v e rn i n g a nou n o r pr on o u nibyo — after those things.

the path

same place

people; followed by na)

waken him.

LESSON 120

V ocabularvumusabiri i — beggarintege — strengthintege nke — weaknessumupastori — pastor

Or, Untahirize abandi — greet the others for me.

246. There are nouns formed ho pregixing ~umun a to a noun g-iving a characteristic of a person. You have already seen this in the word:

Miscellaneous Ex ressions

gutashya (hije)

gusobanur a (ye)

to send , t a k e g "ee t -ingst o exp l a i n ,i nter p r e t

Note: ~t a sh~a is usually used like this: Ndabatashya — I greet you.

(Lesson 120, cont . ) 123

umunyabyaha - s i nner .Here are a few others: umunyeshuri — pupil (person of school). Observe

tha,t sometimes a and i contract to e.u munyabwenge — a wis e p e r s o numunyantege nk e — a weak pe r s on

Note in the last example that an adjective may follow the noun agreeingwith it, though the word as a whole is first class.

e.g, abanyantege nke bamwe — some weak people

ikinyabwoya - a hairy caterpillar lit. a. hairy thing)ikinyantege nke - a weak thing

This same construction may be used with ikin a- , referring to a thing:

247. A noun may be used to describe another noun by using the possessiveparticle between the two. This is one more way of' expressing our Englisha djec t i v e s ,

umusabirizi w'impumyi - a blind beggarumwana w'umuhungu — a boy ba,by

248. Suf'fix -~nine, This means "itself"' or "alone" or "the same," " thevery one .

e.g, Nabikoze jyenyine - I did it alone (by myself )Ni icyo gitabo nyine - that's the very book.

This may be attached to any pronoun:

Also, with pronouns of other classes:

wenyine - you, or he, alone bonyine — they themselvestwenyine — we ourselves, alone mwenyine; — you yourselves

ryonyine: I jambo ry'Imana ryonyine - the Word of God itself.cya giti cfonyine — that very tree

Another similar expression is: aha ngaha - r i ght her eu bu ngubu — r i gh t no wibi ngibi - these very ones.

E xerci s es :

~24 . Ther e i s ai so t h e f or m ~ubwan' e, meaning "myselt" (and: u bwawe,ubwe, ubwabo, ubwayo, etc . ), But note the difference:

Nabikoze ubwanjye — I did it myself'(it was my idea)Nabikoze jyenyine — I did it myself'(no one helped me)

1. Nkumbuye cyane abantu b'i wanyu; ubantahirize cyane mu Mwami wacu.2, Uzi kudoda neza. Vadoze iyi myenda wenyine? g. Imana yonyineishobora gukiza abantu no kubaha ubugingo. 4. Ukwiriye gutonora byab inyobwa byose wenyin e . 5. Ubwanjye sinzi neza kuvuga, ururimi rwanyu;undi akwiriye kunsobanurira, 6. Uriya muntu ni umunyanzika cyane.Tumukunde tugerageze kumu asha, guhinduka ukundi. (While ukundi has theidea of "differently" in this expression, no English word. is needed forit.) 7. Mu mujyi nabonye umwana w'umusabirizi. Nifuje kumufasha kugirango ajye mu ishuri kwiga. 8. Icyo giseke cyonyine ni icyo mama yaboshye.9, Umupastori wacu ni umunyamwete mwinshi. Amaze imyaka myinshi mumirimo ye, ariko aracyakora cyane. 10. Abo bana b'impunzi bahinze aho

II. Translate into Kinyarwanda:1 . The pupi l s (use construction in paw. 246) will come back to schooldav after tomorrow. 2. The Word of Cod itself has power to speak inthe nearts of people. 3. Some wise men went to visit ( i .e' . l ook a t )the baby Jesus. 4. The teacher's wif'e gave birth to a baby girl.5. I will greet our people for you (pl.). 6. A mercif'ul person (useform in 246 ) i s k i n d ( = does n i c e l y ) to ot h e rs . 7. Did y o u c a t c h t heleopard in a trap by yourself? 8, Lying and stealing are shameful habits(use form in 247). 9, Medicine is a valuable thing ( = thing of value)because it heals sicknesses of many kinds ( uburyo) . 1 0 . T h i s v er y b r i d g eis the one that broke ( = died ) the time we went to Kibuye.

hantu hose ubwabo.

12L>

LESSON 121

Nore Miscellaneous Ex res ions

(as eavesdr op)

~Vocabularg usa — to be l i k e (no past ) gut ega ( z e) amatwi — to listenkwumvira (ye) — to obey kwuzura ( ye) — t,o be fu l lkwumviriza (je) — to listen to kwuzuza, (ujuje) — to f i l l ( t r . )

Note: kwuzura is usually used in the stative: igikombe kiruzuye - the

cup is full, or, igikombe cyuzuye — a, fu l l cup .

infinitive: kuzura, kumvira., etc.

~2 O. Na (and, vith, by, also) and nka (like) join with the personal

Remember that verbs whose stems begin with u may omit the w in t h e

pronouns like this:nanjye — and Inawe — and you (s,)n a. we — and he , s h enatwe — and we

na bo - and t h eynamwe - and you (pl.)

nka.njye — like men kave — l ike you ( s . )nka. we — like him, hern ka,twe — l i k e u snkKmwe — like you (pl.)nka bo — like them

Note: ~nan' e cou l d b e " an d m e" a s 'wel l a s " and. l " d e p end ind o n i t s u sein the sent,ence, and likewise the others. Also, it could be: " wit h me" ,"by me", "I also." Observe that in the grd person both singular andplural it is written as twq words and the a is short.

e.g. Ndash~ka kubikora nanjye — I want to do it too.

Other examples:

This form is used with the pronouns of other classes as we l l :

Another way to say the same thing is: Zana, n'icyo g i t abo.

other verb, but it has no past forms.

Notice the difference between nka and ~ usa.

Yabikoze na. ve - he did it too.

Bazajyana natwe - they will go vith us.Ameze nkanjye — he is like me.Ubikore nawe — you do it, too.

Zana, icyo gitabo na, cyo — bring that book, too.

~2 1 . Gus a , , "to be like", is always followed by na, It is used like any

e.g, Umwana asa na, se — the child is (or, looks) 1&~.e his f a t h e r .

Uyu mwana asa na se - this child is like (looks like) hi s f a t h e r .

Ma muhungu akora. nk'umugabo — that boy works like a man,Zana. isah~e nk'iyi — bring a dish like this one.

Perhaps it could be expla.ined this way: when "like" is used with the

verb "to be" the verb ~sa is used; when "like" refers to appearance,but the verb "to be" is not used., the word nka is used; when the similar-ity has to do with aotion the word nka is used. 'The word kumera followed

by nka is used, when the similarity is in character, nature, habits.e.g. Umwana. ameze nka se — the child is like his father (in

c hara.cter, habi t s ) .E xerc i s e s :

Transla.te into English:l. Uzuza igikombe ama,ta. uyahe uyu mwana. 2. Nutege amatwi neza kuko

mfite ikintu cyiza, cyo kubabwira. 3. Yesu yabwiye Abafarisayo ko bamezen ka se Sa t a n i . 4 . Unshak i r e u n d i m uhungu uzakora n k ' u y u . 5 . Ayo maf a -ranga, ko (since) ushaka ko tuyakujyanira, m bese nta y o u d uha n a t w e ?6. Hazaza, undi. mupastori uzafashanya ranjye mu mirimo y'Imana. 7 . I g i h u g ucyanyu ntigisa n' igihugu cyacu kuko ino hari imisozi myinshi n'ibitokebyinshi. 8, Nbese ntiwanshakira indi mbugita nk'iyi? 9 . Ni b a ndeba.shaka gukinira hamwe natwe? 10, Ndangije kwuzuza. igikombe. Mbesenuzuze n ' i ndobo?

( Lesson 121 , c o n t . )

II. Translate into Kinyarwanda:1. I have seen no c thers who obey their teachers like you ( pl . ) . 2 . T h ehole is full of water. 3. Bring. two other books like thi:s one. " ' . Iknow this child because she looks (is) like her mother. 5. Mill you gow' th us to the market? 6. The pa s to r i s an hon o r a b le p e r s o n (use formin par. 246), Me ought to listen to him. 7. Me are ready ( rc havep =epared ou r s e l v e s , s tat i ve ) to begin our j o u r ney. Bring your s l e epingm ats and y our f oo d (for t h e j o u rney) too . 8 . Rr e y o u (pl.) afraid towalk in the darP too? T here' s n o t h i n g ba d t he r e . 9 . Jesus was a l w ayskind (did nicely) to people. Let's try to do like Him, and to o b eyH im. 10 . Y ou (pl.) have been patient (for) many hours. Are you tired?

— 125-

I'm tired, too,

LESSON 122S ummar o f Te n s es

Jd

j ust a s p r a i n .

N egat i v e

Affirmative:N egat i v e

unable to do something

kuvuna~nnye ) — to break (tr.)kuvunika ( tse) - t o b r e a k ( int , )kunanirwa (niwe) — to be tired.,

Note 1: kunanirwa. is usually used in the stative, and very often meansphysical wear iness. It is also used like this: a person has been t r y i n gto solve a problem and is unable, so he says, "Ndananiwe" — I've t r i ed

defeated me, (Usually the 2 n's are not written, but it is done here toshow you t h e 1 s t pe rs . s ing. as ob jec t .)gote 2: kuvuna and kuvunika are used oi' breaking a slender thing, sucha s a s t i c k , bo n e , etc., while kumena is used for "to break" o ther t h i n g s .However, while in English we would say, "I br'oke my arm," in Kinyarwandathe transitive is not used unless it was done intentionally.

One would.say, "Navunitse ukuboko.". Observe that it is not: u kuboko kwavuni t s e .People often say this when the bone is not actually broken, but it is

~2. FIere is a summar of im erative forms. Some of these you have notbeen taught before , so you need to learn them.

Immediate present, Affirmative:

F uture t o d a y , ugendewekugenda

or, ntugende

uzagendewekuzagenda

or, nt u z a gende

umubare — number

S~in ular Pluralgenda nimugendewigenda,~«~ ~ ~ m w7genda, ~~'~

Far f u t u r e ,

gutwika ( tse) - t o burn up ( t r , )gusiba (bye) — to eraseguhumeka ( tse) — to breathe

mugendemwekugendantimugendemuzagendemwekuzagendantimuzagende

Affirmative:N egat i v e :

"never" imperative: insert -ka- Ntukabeshye — never l i e .

passlveprepositionalc a.usat i v er ef l e x i v ereci p r o ca lprep, s u f f i x

-bonwa.-bonera-bonesha- ibona-bonana-bonayo

to be s e ento see a t , f ort o cause t o s e et o see onese l fto see each o t h e rto see there (also, -bonaho, -mo)

nta enda n t en d a

ereka.

( Les,on 122 , c o n t . ')

C. Here is a summary of all the tenses you have studied, w ith t h e v e r b sg iven i n t he 3 r d pe r s o n singu3ax.

~Re l a r v er b a~z end a adenda

~N e a.t i v e

V owel-s t em ver b arerekaN e . v o we l - s t e m ntiverek nti e reka

126

-HA- PHESENT PHEF'IXLESS PR. SUBJUNCTIVE -ZA- F'UTURE

ende a z e n d a

n t end e ntazaaenda

ereke

nti e r e ke nt az er ek aazereka

Re l ar v er b

N e at i v eVowel-s t em ver b a reret s e

i e

nt i ea 1 e ara i e

nti i e nti end aa rere t s e e rek a

end .ant i i v e

eretseNe . vowel-stem nti eretse n t i e r e ts e nti eretee nti ~ereka a

-KA- TENSE NOT-YET TENSE - RA CYA- CONDITIONAL

n tar end a .

Re la r ver b ak a. end.a.

N e a.t i v eVowel-s t em ve rb a ker ek a

N e . v o we l - s t e m

Exer cises :I. Translate into English:

1. Nasibye.amazina y'abanyeshuri bamwe kuko bataje iminsi yose. 2. Nfiteinyota cyane, unzanire amazi akonje, 3. Dutwitse izo mpapuro ubu ngubu.

Uyu mwana ararwaye cyane; ananiwe guhumeka. 5, Jyana uyu mugabo mubitaro vuba kuko yavunitse ukuboko. 6. Jlbese nturasiba ayo magamboyanditswe n'umwana mu gitabo? 7. Sinakingura urugi rw'inzu yawe(insert "if") utabimbwiye. 8.Igihe muzasubirira iwanyu, muzantahirizeinshut i z anyu. 9, Umwana yorohewe, ntakiruka kandi ntagikorora.10. Nugomba gushaka abakozi benshi mukajyana na bo mugatwika umusozi.11. Ik'ekuvuna icyo giti. Dushaka kugikoresha mu murima.

I I . 'I?anslate into Kinyarwanda.:1. This woman's husband died (long ago), 2, Just now we drank lots ofwater because we were very thirsty. 3. I am defeated in working (towork ) these humbers. Help me. 4. This morning the men will burn allthe grass on the hill. 5. Yesterday two people came to the dispensaryw ho had broken thei r l e g s . 6. Vhy are you erasing all those words?You must write them again. 7. The children are beating the dog witha s t i c k . Tak e t he stick and b-eak it. 8. Vh o .d id n ' t u se a cu p t odrink w i t h? 9. Before you fill these pails wash them well with soa.p.10. Wouldn't you try to take the children o n the n a r r o w p a t h ? 1 1. Don ' tburn those papers ( right now) because I want them.

ara e rek a ak wer eka

ntac er e ka nt i ak wer e k a ,

a rac a e n d a endantaki enda n ti ~enda

ntarereka.

LESSOiN 123The Narra t i v e Te n s e s

Vo abula rdu imbuka (taej — to j umpgucukura. ( ye)-to d i g a h o l e

~2 . Th e narrative is not a new tense, but another use of tenses alreadylearned. As the name indicates it is used in recounting something whichhas happened. It may be a long story or just a sentence or two. The twomain tenses used in a narration are the -ra- present and the prefixless

ubukwe - wedding

Q i

x eroi s e s :l. Translate into English:

t he house and h i d .

(Lesson 123, cont. )present, even though the time is past.

Often the first verb in the narra-tion will be pest, indicating the time, then it continues with presentf orm ver bs . Here is an important rule to remember:

In the narrative amain verb is in the -ra- Dresent tense if nothinfollows within thatmain clause except c ane or ati

or othez. forms of -tielse follows h e r ef i x l es s resent i s u s ed . It is not necessary to usea, word for "and" in most cases in the narrative.

Before ~n o, o r ko t h e-ra- present is used since these words introduce another clause.Beforean infinitive the prefixless present, is used,

e.g, Umugabo yabonye ingwe aratinya arahunga; agera mu nzu arihisha-The man saw a leopard and he wa,s afraid and fled; he azwived in

A s you read in the Gospels you will ebserve the use of the narrativet hroughout . T ry e a d ing Hark 1 :9 , 11 , and othe r p a s sages .

Adamu yari afite (he had) abana babiri; amazina yabo yari Kayinin a Abel i . Umunsi umwe bazanira Imana ibitambo ( sacri f i c e s ) . A b e l intiyaburaga guJFura igitambo mu ntama ze,ati Imana ntiyemera. igitambokidafite amaraso. Nta kintu gikura ikibi mu mutima w'umuntu keretse

(except) amaraso, Ariko Kayini, mukuru we, ntiyazanaga ikintu gifiteamaraso, ariko azana. ibivuye mu mirima ye gusa, arabitanga. (For

Then God accepted Abel, but he refused the other.Then Cain wasangry and he killed Abel.

God called him, saying, "Vhere i s y ourb rother ? " C ain s a i d , "Do I k n ow? Do I watch him?" Then God punishedhim and cursed (kuvuma) him. I tell you that, the blood of Jesus isthat which washes the hearts of people,

III, Translate into English:H iark I : 9 V ll , 1 3 ; 2 :1 3 ; 3 :13 ,

— 127-

ne~ t i v es , see next l e sson, )II. Translate into Kinyarwanda:

LESSON 12LI.Narrative Continued

talked with him,

umugaragu - se rvant {male)umuja - se rvant (female)~1 M ost ~de endent olauses sithin the narrative use the preftxless past{that is: personal prefix +

verb stem with past suffix) : e.g. ~ i e,

~Vocabulkwishyura {ye) - t o p a y a debtgusana. (nnye) - t o mend, re pair

(esp. woven things )

2'4. Other tenses in the namative:

ugiye, ~a i e , etc. Vhen reading narrative and you see this tense youwill know it is a dependent clause.

If there is no othe.". introductoryword, ' t is very often translated "when",o r as a pa r t i c i p l e : " go i n g . "

e.g. Av uy e mu r u s e ngero a r a genda. ashaka Xohana av ugana nawe — Vhen hecame (or, coming) f r o m t h e c hurch he went a n d f o u n d J o h n a n d

e.g. Abantu baraza baramubaza, bati Uzajya i Xerusalemu?Arabasubizaa ti Oy a , s in j y ay o u b u . — The people came and asked him, " Vil l y ougo to J e r u s a l e m?" He answered them, "No, I am not going there now."

guhimbaza ( je) — to p r a i s egusubiza (je) — to answer (as gues-

tion, letter) , return ( t r , )(as borrowed object )

statement,

— 128-(Lesson 120, con t . j

3) Sometimes within the narrative there is a. statement that refers toa characteristic of' a person or a. habitual action or attitude that is notreally a part of the events, only telling something about a persont Thisverb then takes the ordinary past prefix but the present stem + -~ase.g. ~ aknnd a. It will have a ra -i-n it also if' nothing follo - it. inthe clause except ~cane or ati.

e.g. Xera hari umugabo ufite abahungu babiri. Umwe yakundaga gukora,

mukore mu mur ima. — Long ago t h e r e wa s a man who had t w o s o ns ,One liked to work and the other was lazy. Their father calledthem and told them, "Go to work in the garden."

undi akanebwa. Se arabahamagara, arababwira, ati Ni mugende

You will observe that here "to like to work" and. " to be l a z y " a r e c h a r a c -ter tra,its, not a part of' the series of' actions, thus they have the tensesy ou see ab ov e .

4) ~The ne ative in the narrative, whether anything follows or not., is:

prefix + present stem + -~a.

5) There is,a tendency to avoid using the word nta in the narrative,so you will find expressions like this: Ntih ir a umuntu ubimen a,-no one knew i t (lit. there was not a person who knew it , instead of:nta, muntu abimen a.

There are other tenses used within the narrative sometimes, but theseare t h e o n e s y o u n eed t o k n o w now.

E xerc i s e s :I. Translate into English:

bw'Imana, ati Igihe kirasohoye (arr i v ed ), ubwami bw'Imana buri hafi;mwihane mwemere Ubutumwa Bwiza. Aciye i ruhande rw'inyanja y'i Gali-laya, abona Simoni na Andereya mwene (son of) se baterera urushundura,(net) mu nyanja, kuko bari abarobyi (fishermen). Yesu arababwira a t iNimunkurikire, nzabagira, abarobyi b'abantu. U wo mwanya bas iga i n s h u -ndura, 'baramukurikira. Agiye imbere hato abona Yakobo mwene Zebedayona Yohana. mwene se, na bo bari mu bwato basana inshundura, Uwo mwanyaarabahamagara, basiga se Zebedayo mu bwato hamwe n'abakozi be, baramu-kurikira. Mariko 1>1LI-18.

II. Translate into Kinyarwanda:

Samuel, When three vears were finished she took him to the church inorder that he might work for God. Every year she went to see him andgave him clothes. After (hashize ) a few years, one night God calledhim. Samuel thought that Eli called him, He ran and said, "Did y oucanl me?" E l i sa i d , "No, I didn't call you, go back to bed." Afterthree times Eli understood that God was calling Samuel. He told Samuelthat he ought to answer, "Yes, Lord, your servant hears." God calledagain and Samuel answered. Then God showed. him the punishment he wasgcing t o s end ( jus t u s e . u + ur e o 1. "send", nothing for "going to") on

Bamaze kubohesha Yohana, Yesu ajya i Galilaya, avuga Ubutumwa Bwiza

Long ago a woman named Hannah gave birth to a son and she named him

tne sons of Eli.

129

LESSON 125Heview

II. Translate into English:

if they have an object?

which tense a verb will be?

within the narrative?

n arra t i v e ?

past pact i on?

15. i k i r a r o16. gutera he juru17. guh i mbaza18. kubyuka19. ikimenyetso20. ha r u gur u2 1, t o d e c e i v e2 2. t o c h o o s e23, to be l i ke24. t o b e n a rr ow25. t o a n s wer26. t o b e l one s ome27. t o b e r i ch2 8. t o o p e n d o c r

I, Questions:1. How is the word for "some" formed?2, What part of speech in Kinyarwanda is often used to express

descriptive adjectives (other than adjectives )?How is the past of reduplicated verbs formed?

4. Nha.t word usually introduces a direct quotation?5. Nhat words may introduce an indirect auotation?6. Give three common prepositional suffixes attached to verbs and

give an example of each. Translate your examples.

7. Nhat is the difference between ki and umuki?8. Nhat is the -ka- tense used for?9. What must always fcllcw adverbs such as hai'i, ~

ic m a , et c .

10. Explain the difference between ~sa and nkae

11. Nhat are the two main tenses used in narrative and what determines

12. How can yo u r e c ogn iz e a " w h en" clause or other dependent clause

13, Nhat determines the tense used in a direct quotation within the

14. Nhat tense or form is used in the narrative to express habitual

15. How is the negative of the narrative formed?Illustrate.

Imana. ibwira Samweli ngo asige Sauli abe umwami, iti Azakiza abantubanjye, kuko nabonye ibyago byabo, numvise ugusenga kwabo. Saul i y a r i

mwiza kandi yari umunyamwete. Yari afite umuhungu w'umusore witwaga

Yonatani, yasaga na se akagira umutima nk'uwe; Umunsi umwe Sauli ajya

mu mujyi Samweli yarimo; Samweli aramuhamagara amuha icyuba.hiro.

Bukeye bari bonyine amusxga amavuta mu mutwe; aravuga ati Ubu Uwiteka(the Lcrd — the Eternal) aragusIze; uzaba umwami w'abantu be,

uzabakiza

abanzi. Sauli atashye ntiyavugaga ibyabaye (what happened) . Umwuka.

(Spirit) w'Imana amuzaho. Ukwezi gushize abanzi bakikiza (surround)umujyi umwe; a'bari muri wo bahamagara abandi Bisirayeli bose ngo'baba.tabare. Sauli arabajyana batsinda abanzi.

III. Vocabulary Quiz:1 . kuby i b u ha2 , guhora

gusubiza4, kwuzuza

umur abyo6, 3guf wa7. gutashya8 e umut waro9. guhaga

10. kunyeganyega1 1. kunan i r w a1 2. haku r y a1 3. ah a r i14. i byago

2 9. to expl a i n30. t o b e f ea r l es s3 1. t o g r e e t32. on the left

t o ru b o nto cove t

35. to burn up36, together37. to p r o t ec t38. shade39. t o b e w h it e

for 4 0. t o ob e y

130- Index

Abstract i d eas 52>55 99"account of " 207Adject i ves ( char t) 97

Agreement o f 6,15,76,79Demonstrative Less.86-88;172-179,

D escr i p t i v e L es s . 8- 9 ; 15 ,1 6 , 2 0 ,22b ) 30)38 46 )50 6 2)64 67 97

98, 229Expressed by n o uns 246,247E xpressed by v e r b s 229."nta" as adjective 211:1,214Numeral 75-80,97,98:6,121Order of 15n,77,86,98,199Possessiv e 6 , 8 )13,15n,18,20,30,

38,46,50,62,64,67,97, 98:1,153-155,(inc.chart )

Quantity 98:4 )99Reduplicated 16:n3Nith part of body 129n

Adverbs 100 ,1 2 3 ,241-242)244-245Manner 241Miscellaneous 245Numeral 123Pla,ce 66,242PositIon of 100- te? 223T Ime 244

"again" 92Agreement (chart ) 67

Compound subject, 23D escrip t i ve ad j ec t i v e 15-he? 97,198-199Numeral adjective 76,79-80Object pronouns 118Possessive adjective 6- te? 223V erb and c l a s s 19 )25

ahubwo 83A I U r u l e 105,15'7,200"al l " 84-87,97,98:5al so 250

"among" 102"another " 91,98:2Antecedents ( rel t ' v e c l . ) 192-196( umw) anya 182"anyone" 213ari l .o 83A rt.i c l e 2 ;Ex. l lII a~,k ll

93Associe t i v e v er b s 220-221

-banza-ba.za" to b e "

-ban i and s i

190

Numbers refer to paragraphs unless otherwise indicated. l numberlike this: 67n or 6'7a,,refers to the note following paragraph 67, o r a p a r to f par . 67 ; or : 10 0 : 2 , means section 2 of par. 100.

"to be" (cont.)-ri pr e sent- r i p r esent negat '- r i p a s t- r i af t er k uk o , e- r i d e p endent n e g

"because of""befor e ""begin"(im)bere-beshya- bira and - b i z abot,h

"break""br o'ther"-buratl but lI

-buza

"cal l " 166Cardinal numbers 7~ 0 ,9 7 )98:6C ausat i v e 156-162, 201Objects with 16o-162Past of 158

Change-down rule 21, 115n, 116n, 1862186: 2,187: O,231,240a

Charts: Ad jectives 97Classes 67Demonstrative adjectives Less.86Past s t e ms 105-107Possessive adjectives 155ffVerb t e n s es 252

Classes of' nouns (chart ) 67Class 1 2,4Class 2 8,loClass 3 13 )17Class 4 Zo-24Class 5 3o-34Class 6 38-43Class 7 46-49Class 8 50-55Class 9 62-63Class 10 64-66C lasses , o b j e c t pr on o u n s 118,119Summary of' classes 67

"come", imperative 56C omparison 224Compound sub j ec t 230 ondi tional 228,252Conjugation of verbs

Conditional 228,252Dependent n ega t i v e 186Far f ut u r e 57Far future, negative 6oFar future, vowel-stems " 72Far future, vowel-stems,neg. 73FaI pas t 141

19lve 29

112,113tc. 185a t i v e 186

20718961

242:nlLess.58,voc,n

128n124

Less.122 , v oc . nZ148,149

18o83

136a,225:3

6193

195

131Conjugation (cont.)

F ar pas t , neg, 142- f i t e , pr es e n t 35Immed.iate past 150O rdinary p a s t 103-109O rdinary p a s t , n egat i v e 110O rdinary p a s t , vowel-s t ems 109Prefixless presentP ref i x l e s s p r e s . vowel-stems 69bPresent negat i ve 28P resent n e g , vowel-s t ems 74- ra- p r e s e n t 25- ra- p r e s e n t , vowel-s t ems 69a- racya t e n s e 243, 252-ri p r esent 19-ri present negative 29- r i o r d i n a r y p a s t 112- r i o rd i n a r y p a s t , nega..ive 113Stative voice 129ariko , n y amara , ahubwo 83kuko, ko Less.45 voc, ,54 , 184,

185,232na 9, 138, 165, 212, 250C onsonant change 14, 16n, 21, 22, 39,40,53,116n,186:2,231

" conta i n s " 236Continuous pas t 114Continous p r e s ent 26:5C ontrac t i o n s (se'e: vowel changes,consonant changes )

75-80Dates 125Days of t h e w e ek 126.144D ef'ect ive v e r o s

- f i t e 35, «8,171-r1 19,29,112, 11'3, 185, 186-zi 94-96

Demonstrative adjectives,Less.86 (chart ) , 102,172-179,190

Demonstrative pronouns 190,195,215

Immediate past in. 152kuko int r od.ucing 54,184,185N arrat i v e i . n 254:1Negative i n 186,187Not-yet tense in 188,189n ta i n 216P efixless present in 45: 2- ra— present n o t us e d i n 26 3 , 1 8 4- racya- i n 243Belative clauses . 192-196- r i i n 5,185T enses used 1n 184 .ko Less,45 voc, ,184,185,232

Descriptive adjectives (see

Counting

Con junctions

D ependent c l a u s e sF ar past i n

i, preposition— iba.il i f ll

Immediate pastImperative

"come"guhaN egati v ePluralH eflex i v eSeriesSingularS ubjunct i v eThird person,Vowel-s t ems

"each"" each o t h er "ejobundiElis ion 5 , 7 , 9 ,12n"enough""even""every""excuse me"Express i ons

" face"Far pas t t en" fa t h e r "" f i r s t "- f i t eF uture t e n s e

-ga tense-garuka-genda.-gira-gira ngo-gombaG reet i ng sgutya, gutyo

-ha- a s o b j e c t pr o n o un 66n,137h a- pref i x 66-ha 117: n1,159: n, 171-habwa 171Habitual action 26:4,45:1,114:2,240a,

-hagarara 136b-hamagara 166-he? 97 t 198 i 199( 1g1) he 181,203:2-hesha 159: n-ho 233,234Hour s 127H ousehold t e r m s Lesson 63"hot '. 223"how many?" 81,97,98:3

Direct object 115-120,143,160-162,

117:nl37,134

131210133

37i192 i 133133

etc. 134

18Less.58 voc.n

L ess. l l l , voc . ntense 150-152,252(chart) 25 A

Index, 2

193,197: 3,209 21t),218, 236

227217-219144,244

, 54,Less . l l l v oc , n191:2

21284-85

L ess. 46 v o c .page 4

66:3se 141-142, 252

61,12135i58 171

26:6,57,60,72,7'3,119:b,

114,252592

35i58Less.50 voc, , l 35 ,187:a

Intr o. ,233163

ii di e il

Diminutive

u nder Ad j e c t i ve s)48~9

254; 3

191

252

90

mu

murl

-mo

1 Z2,Less.72 v o c . n163,250,251

z417

236

159:5169,170,171

106:n,107z04

91146-147

125,32,1CZ,176,236

11,111102, 176

321C2,176

19175, 121, 226-227

na 9,138,165,2J 2,221,250changed to no 138

naka z06

-mwe

Imperative (cont. )with gutya, gutyo 163with object proncuns 132

Impersonal expressions 24,55,66!Zb i117

Indirect object 116,120,143,209Infinitive 36,63,116n,130

as noun 63na, wa, b a , e t c . ch a nge b e f o r e 138

" it " ( i n d e f i n i t e) 24,66.'2b- i t a 166i wanjye, e t c , 18

-jyana(umu) jyi

- ka- t e n s e Less.101 v o c . n , 2 4 0 , 252-kanguka, - ke.ngura i .e s s . 8 9 v o c . n 2-kena i ess.91 v o c . n-ki 237-239-ki- t e n se 243,252"kind" 237-239"know" 94-96ko 184,185,232ku 11,18,32,102,176,234

after kuva 11,111c hange to k u r i 102,176with 5th class 32

kuber a 207ku bwa 207kugira ngo Less . 50 voc . ,135,187akuko 54,184,185kur i 102,176kwa 197: 5-kwir i ye 191

" las t ""1&e"

M anner, a d v erbs o fmbese

N onosyl l a .bi c v e r b sc ausat i v epassivepastprepositional

"more""mother"Months

a gter k u v ac hange t o mur iwith 5th clasc

"must"

Less.50 v o c . n , Z21bL ess.92 v o c . n l

132

N arra t i v e t en s e snde?-ndlN ear f u t u r eNegative o f ver b sConditional 228cDependent 186-189Dependent o f - r i 186:1D ependent n o t - y e t 188-189Far f u t u r e 60Far future, vowel-stems 73,119bFar pas t ,142I mmed.iate pa s t 152Imperative 134b,252-ki- ( r acya-) 243N arra t i v e 254:4O rdinary p a s t 110Present 28,44,74-' r i p r e s e n t 29-r i o rd i na r y p =-st 113Subjuncti ve j-34-135Summary 252"why?" with negative 225:3

"never" 215d-ngahe? 81,97,98:3ngo 135,232bngwino 56n iba. Less. l l l , v oc . nn i and s i 5,19nka 250, 251"no l o nger " 243"none" 211"no one" 211-216"nothing" 215Not-yet t ens e 183 , 1 84 ,188,189,252Nouns used to expres adjec . 246,247nta 211-216ntuza 205Numbers: Cardinal 75-80,97,98:6

Ordinal 121N umeral a d v e r b 123-nya- 246nyama,ra 83-nyine 248-249

Objects (see also Object pronouns)Direct k indirect, order 143,

160-162i n causa t i v e s 160-162in reflexives 209nta 214,215P ersonal p r o n o . n s 101R eciproca l s 218w ith nd e? 97 • 3w ith - r a - a n d - a r a — tenses 2 6 , 4 5 ,

141, 253with relative clauses 193

Object pronouns 115,116,118-120,132,137, 161, 162,215, Z36

"of" (see: Possessive particle)

Index,

240,253,254197

91>97,98:2z6:6,57,184

-ohereza 82